Skip to main content

Full text of "Thompson's Island beacon, May 1908 - April 1909"

See other formats


THOMPSON^    IkSLAND 


BEACON 


Vol.  12.    No.  1.       Printed  at  The  Farm  And  Irades  School,  Boston,  Mass. 


May,  1908 


Entered    November    23,    1903,    at    Boston,    Mass..    as   Second-class    matter,    under   Act  of  Congress  of  July  16,  1894. 


Cbe  School's  Ulater  System 

The  water  used  by  the  School  for  various 
purposes  comes  from  the  high  service  of  the 
Metropolitan  Water  Works.  The  main  pipe, 
which  is  six  inches  in  diameter,  comes  under  the 
water  of  the  bay  from  Dorchester  by  way  of 
Squantum.  This  pipe  like  all  the  large  ones  is 
of  cast  iron.  At  the  south  end  of  the  Island,  in 
the  main  pipe,  is  a  water  gate  which  can  be 
closed  for  repairs  to  be  made.  On  a  hill  over 
which  the  pipe  passes  is  an  air  plug  which  can 
be  used  if  the  pipe  gets  air  bound. 

From  the  water  gate  the  pipe  runs  to  the 
hydrant  by  the  house  where  it  is  continued  by  a 
four  inch  pipe  which  goes  just  inside  the  build- 
ing. From  this  four  inch  pipe,  a  two  inch  pipe 
connects  with  two  tanks  in  the  attic.  A  fire 
hose  is  connected  with  these  two  inch  pipes 
on  each  floor. 

These  tanks  are  rectangular  in  shape  and 
are  copper  lined.  One  holds  one  hundred  thirty- 
five  gallons  and  the  other  holds  seven  hundred 
thirty-six  gallons.  These  tanks  are  so  ar- 
ranged that  either  one  or  both  may  be  used. 
This  is  very  convenient,  especially  when  repairs 
are  necessary.  Pipes  lead  from  these  tanks  to 
the  dining  room,  wash  room,  laundry,  and  other 
places  where  cold  water  is  used.  The  water  to 
be  heated  goes  to  two  heaters  from  the  tanks, 
one  in  the  laundry,  and  one  in  the  kitchen. 

The  water  used  for  drinking  in  the  house, 
at  the  gardens,  industrial  building,  farm  house, 
barn  and  wharf,  comes  direct  from  the  main  pipe. 
Below  the  back  road  is  a  water  gate  where  a 
pipe  branches  off  to  the  barn  and  wharf.  This 
is  a  very  important  pipe  as  it  supplies  water  for 
the  barn  hydrant,  animals,  the  steamer,  and  for 
the  boats. 


Besides  the  system  of  running  water  we 
have  five  large  cisterns  which  hold  rain  water. 
There  are  also  two  wells,  each  of  which  is  sup- 
plied with  a  pump,  the  one  at  the  house  being 
eighty  feet  deep.  This  part  of  our  water  system 
is  not  used  however. 

The  hydrant  near  the  house,  and  the  one 
near  the  barn,  are  both  protected  by  small  houses 
in  winter  to  prevent  their  freezing. 

Frederick  C.  Webb. 

eastcr 

Easter  comes  the  first  Sunday  after  the 
first  full  moon  in  Spring.  This  year,  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Bradley  were  away  and  did  not  get  back 
until  a  week  before  Easter,  and  that  left  us  only 
a  week  to  prepare  for  the  concert.  The  choir 
rehearsed  the  songs,  and  the  fellows  studied 
their  recitations  so  they  were  all  learned  by 
Saturday  night. 

On  Sunday  afternoon,  as  we  entered  the 
chapel,  we  noticed  the  pretty  decorations  in  the 
front  of  the  room.  They  consisted  of  Easter 
lilies,  daffodils,  geraniums,  pinks,  roses,  tulips, 
and  a  white  lilac  tree,  besides  many  other  plants. 
All  of  these  were  artistically  arranged. 

The  service  commenced  wi1h  a  song  by 
the  choir,  followed  with  a  prayer  by  our  minis- 
ter, and  then  a  recitation.  An  interesting  fea- 
ture was  an  exercise  by  nine  small  boys.  First, 
one  boy  marched  out  with  the  flag  of  France  and 
said  something  in  praise  of  it.  Then  another 
came  out  with  the  flag  of  Spain,  and  then  one 
by  one,  representatives  of  other  countries  ap- 
peared until  all  but  one  had  spoken.  He 
marched  in  with  a  large  white  banner  bearing 
the  words  "Jesus  is  Risen,"  in  gilt.  He  said 
that  all  these  countries  were  very  great  in 
power    but    that    they  all  bowed  down  to  the 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


power  represented  by  his  banner,  and  he  called 
upon  them  to  salute  his  flag.  This  they  did, 
acknowledging  him  greater  than  the  rest. 

After  the  service,  Mr.  Bradley  said  that 
each  fellow  was  to  be  given  one  of  the  geranium 
plants  as  soon  as  the  weather  was  suitable  to 
put  them  out  of  doors.  He  also  gave  credit  to 
those  that  took  part  in  the  concert  for  doing  so 
well  in  a  week's  time.  We  then  each  received 
a  pink  and  this  ended  the  pleasant  afternoon's 
concert.  Herbert  M.  Nelson. 

Kitcbeit  mcrk 

To  do  the  work  in  the  kitchen  there  are 
three  fellows  and  the  baker  in  the  morning,  and 
four  others  in  the  afternoon.  Two  fellows  get 
up  at  five  o'clock  each  morning  to  help  prepare 
the  breakfast  and  wash  the  milk  pails.  At  six 
the  two  other  fellows  come  in  and  help  them. 
In  the  morning  one  boy  besides  his  other  work, 
has  to  prepare  all  the  potatoes  that  we  use. 
Another  has  to  look  after  the  fires.  The  other 
fellow  helps  in  any  way  he  can.  The  baker 
works  all  the  morning.  When  he  mixes  bread 
another  fellow  helps  him.  Besides  baking  the 
wheat  bread,  he  bakes  the  ginger  bread,  corn 
bread,  and  cookies  which  are  baked  in  the  large 
brick  oven.  The  work  in  the  afternoon  is  done  by 
the  other  four  boys.  They  work  from  twelve 
o'clock  until  the  work  is  done,  and  they  work 
after  supper  also  washing  the  dishes  used  in  pre- 
paring supper. 

Frederick  W.  Marshall. 

Cbc  Presidents 

Probably  most  people  never  stop  to  think 
how  old  the  presidents  were  when  elected,  and 
their  age  at  death.  James  Garfield  was  the 
youngest  when  he  died,  and  John  Adams,  the 
second  president,  lived  to  be  the  oldest,  ninety- 
one  years.  Garfield  was  fifty.  George  Wash- 
ington was  sixty-seven,  although  he  is  generally 
thought  to  have  been  older.  Two  presidents 
were  fifty-six,  two  sixty-seven  and  two  sixty-eight. 
The  average  age  of  the  presidents  when  they 
died  was  seventy  years  and  a  fraction  over. 
The  ages  of  some  run  like  this,  7 1 ,  72,  73,  74,  77, 
78,  80,  81.     The  next  oldest  was  Andrew  John- 


son, the  seventeenth  president,  who  was  eighty- 
nine  years  old.  Three  presidents  were  5 1  when 
elected,  and  five  were  57.  One  president, 
James  Garfield,  died  the  same  year  he  was 
elected.  Five  presidents  died  in  office,  three 
having  been  assassinated.  There  have  been  25 
presidents. 

The  following  are  the  names  of  our  presi- 
dents with  their  ages  when  elected,  and  when  they 
died:  Elected        Died 

George  Washington  57  67 

John  Adams  61  91 

Thomas  Jefferson  57  83 

James  Madison  57  85 

James  Monroe  58  73 

John  Quincy  Adams  57  8 1 

Andrew  Jackson  61  78 

Martin  Van  Buren  54  80 

William  H.  Harrison  67  68 

John  Tyler  5 1  72 

James  Polk  49  54 

Zackary  Taylor  64  66 

Millard  Filmore  50  74 

Franklin  Pierce  48  65 

James  Buchanan  65  77 

Abraham  Lincoln  51  56 

Andrew  Johnson  57  67 

Ulysses  Grant  46  63 

Rutherford  Hayes  54  71 

James  Garfield  49  50 

Chester  Arthur  5 1  56 

Grover  Cleveland  47  — 

Benjamin  Harrison  55  68 

Grover  Cleveland  55  — 

William  McKinley  53  57 

Theodore  Roosevelt  43  — 

Average  age  70. 

Herbert  F.  M.  Watson. 

Birds 

There  are  many  different  kinds  of  birds  on 
the  Island.  Some  of  the  birds  build  their  nests 
near  the  house.  I  know  where  there  are  six 
sparrows'  nests  and  three  of  robins.  We  see 
the  robins,  brown  thrashers,  thrushes,  sparrows, 
chickadees,  meadow  larks,  and  many  other  dif- 
ferent kinds  of  birds. 

Spencer  S.  Profit. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Our  new  Cead  and  Rule  Cutter 

Recently  we  received  a  new  lead  and  rule 
cutter  in  the  printing  office.  It  is  a  great  deal 
better  than  the  one  we  formerly  used.  It  will 
cut  from  one  up  to  one  hundred  picas.  It  has 
two  knives  attached,  one  for  cutting  leads,  and 
the  other  for  cutting  rules.  There  are  front  and 
back  gauges  which  can  be  set  for  the  desired 
length.  The  front  gauge  can  be  set  to  cut  any 
length  from  one  pica  to  fifty.  The  back  gauge 
can  be  set  from  five  to  one  hundred  picas.  On 
the  cutter  there  is  a  graduated  scale,  marked 
off  by  half  and  even  picas,  by  which  the  gauge 
is  set.  This  machine  is  operated  by  a  handle 
which  works  similar  to  a  pump  handle.  This  is 
a  very  interesting  machine. 

Earle  C.  Marshall. 

Cutting  Sod 

One  day,  another  boy  and  I  were  sent  to 
cut  sods  on  the  right-hand  side  of  the  farm 
house  path  going  towards  the  barn.  We  cut 
strips  about  three  feet  and  one-half  long  and  one 
foot  wide.  We  cut  the  sods  and  then  loosened 
them  with  the  forks  we  had. 

Edward  H.  Deane. 

Sloyd  Course 

Sixteen  boys  go  to  sloyd  in  the  morning 
from  seven  o'clock  until  eight  forty-five.  When 
a  fellow  first  gets  into  sloyd  he  is  given  a  hook 
to  hang  his  coat  and  hat  upon,  and  a  bench  is 
assigned  to  him  at  which  he  is  to  work.  Then 
he  is  set  to  work  drawing  his  first  three  models 
which  are  the  wedge,  planting  pin,  and  plant  sup- 
port. After  these  are  drawn  he  fills  out  a  lum- 
ber order  blank.  If  it  is  approved  by  the  In- 
structor, he  selects  his  wood  and  makes  his  first 
model.  The  same  plan  is  carried  out  all  through 
sloyd  until  he  comes  to  the  boat.  The  sloyd 
models  consist  of  a  wedge,  planting  pin,  plant 
support,  flower-pot  stand,  coat  hanger,  cylinder, 
file  handle,  hammer  handle,  butter  paddle,  paper- 
knife,  picture  frame,  towel  roller,  bread  board, 
pen-tray,  nail  box,  cake  spoon,  mallet,  diploma 
frame,  sugar  scoop,  book  support,  sundial,  dumb- 
bell, boat,  and  tool  chest. 

Louis  M.  Reinhard. 


B  Cecture 

Two  years  ago  Mr.  Myron  J.  Cochran  gave 
an  illustrated  lecture  on  the  making  of  maple 
sugar.  This  year,  April  twenty-second,  he  gave 
another  stereopticon  lecture  covering  points  of  in- 
terest in  Massachusetts,  and  several  Vermont 
scenes  were  also  shown.  He  started  the  lecture 
with  views  of  Concord  and  Lexington,  showing 
us  the  points  of  interest  along  the  route  the  Brit- 
ish marched  from  Boston  to  Concord.  As  a  pic- 
ture came  on  the  screen,  he  told  the  chief 
points  of  interest  about  it.  Some  of  the  pic- 
tures shown  were  the  tavern  near  where  the 
battle  of  Lexington  was  fought;  also  a  monu- 
ment in  memory  of  Captain  Parker  who  said: 
"Don't  fire  unless  fired  upon,  but  if  they  mean 
to  have  war,  let  it  begin  here."  There  were 
pictures  of  the  houses  of  famous  men  and 
churches,  and  the  "Minute  Man"  of  Concord. 
Thomas  Carnes. 

CDe  Ball  Game 

One  Saturday  afternoon  our  first  nine  played 
the  Boston  Latin  second  team.  The  game  was 
very  exciting,  too.  At  the  first  the  visitors  were 
ahead,  but  in  the  last  of  the  ninth  inning  we  tied 
the  score  so  we  had  to  have  another  inning, 
ending  with  the  score  fourteen  to  thirteen  in  their 
favor.  William  W.  Foster. 

makind  maps  in  School 

We  drew  a  map  of  the  Central  States  and 
colored  it.  It  was  dark  green  in  the  valleys 
with  a  white  line  for  rivers,  and  it  was  colored 
a  darker  yellow  for  high  lands.  The  Black  hills 
and  Ozark  mountains  were  the  highest.  The 
Mississippi  was  the  lowest,  and  the  Missouri 
next.  Warren  A.  Skelton. 

Screening  Gravel 

In  the  spring  large  quantities  of  gravel  have 
to  be  screened  because  the  other  gravel  has 
almost  all  been  washed  off  of  the  walks.  First 
the  gravel  is  put  on  the  sand  screen  to  get  the 
sand  out.  Then  it  is  put  on  the  gravel  screen 
and  all  that  goes  through  the  screen  is  the  right 
size.  Then  the  gravel  is  taken  up  and  put  on 
the  paths  and  avenues. 

Harold  Y.  Jacobs. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Cbotiip$on'$  Island  Beacon 

Published  Monthly  by 

THE  FARM  AND  TRADES  SCHOOL 
Thompson's  Island,     Boston  Harbor. 

A     PRIVATE     SCHOOL     FOR     WORTHY     BOYS 
DEPENDENT     UPON      DONATIONS     AND     BEQUESTS. 


Vol.    12.   No.    1 


May,    1908. 


Subscription    Price    -    50  cents  per   year. 


BOARD  OF  MANAGERS 


president 

Alfred     Bowditch 

vice-president 

Henry  S.  Grew 

treasurer 

Arthur  Adams 

secretary 

Tucker  Daland 

managers 

Melvin  0.  Adams 
I.  Tucker  Burr 

Charles  P.  Curtis 
George  L.  DeBlois 

Charles  T.  Gallaghef 
V/ alter  Hunnewell 
Henry  Jackson,  M.  D. 

Richard  M.  Saltonstall 
Francis  Shaw 

William  S.  Spaulding 
Moses  Williams,  Jr. 
Ralph  B.  Williams 


Charles  H.  Bradley 


Superintendent 


Treasurer's  Address  50  State  St. 

Boston,  Mass. 

The  following  success  maxims  from  an 
after-dinner  speech  given  by  Mr.  J.J.  Hill,  the 
Great  Northern  Railway  Magnate,  praises  anew 
the  spur  of  necessity  and  the  value  of  doing 
things  well.  The  truth  of  these  words  can 
easily  be  traced  in  our  own    little  community 


and  in  the  lives  of  its  present  and  past  citizens. 
Look  about  boys,  and  think.  Seriously  apply 
yourselves  now,  for  your  own  success,  and  for 
the  good  of  the  community. 

"For  a  man  to  say  that  power,  or  the  power 
that  wealth  gives,  is  something  for  which  to 
make  a  slave  of  ourselves  is  not  fit.  I  would 
not  do  it;  it  is  not  worth  the  candle.  And  if  to 
make  money  was  the  object  of  my  life  I  could 
have  been  satisfied  long  ago,  because  I  hope  I 
have  learned  that  for  myself  and  those  who 
come  after  me  it  is  not  the  most  fortunate  or 
best  thing  that  they  should  have  more  money 
than  their  share. 

There  is  one  thing  that  young  men  feel  is 
a  burden  and  hardship,  and  I  want  to  tell  them 
that  the  spur  of  necessity  of  which  many  com- 
plain is  a  rich  heritage,  and  that  most  young 
men  who  miss  it  fall  in  the  race. 

The  spur  of  necessity,  of  doing '  what  you 
have  to  do  and  doing  it  well  because  you  feel 
you  must  do  it  well  or  fail  and  be  written  down 

as  a  failure — that  really  is  of  more  value  to  a  man 
who  has  to  meet  the  conditions  that  present 
themselves  in  all  the  varied  business  affairs, 
and  is  of  more  value  to  him  than  anything  that 
I  know  of;  more,  1  might  say,  than  anything 
else,  unless — and  I  won't  claim  any  original 
credit — that  a  man  must  make  up  his  mind,  if 
he  is  going  to  succeed,  that  he  must,  as  some 
one  said,  if  he  takes  the  other  man's  dollar, 
must  give  it  back  to  him  with  a  fair  and  honest 
return. 

If  any  business  enterprise  is  honestly  con- 
ceived and  executed  business  reward  will  follow. 

The  character  of  every  community,  city  or 
state,  is  the  character  of  the  men  who  consti- 
tute it. 

My  work   is  nearly  done.     I  have   always 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


looked  forward  to  a  little  leisure  and  time  to 
read  a  book  or  two. 

When  I  do  lay  down  the  work  there  has 
not  been  a  line  written  that  cannot  be  published 
to  the  world." 

notes 

April  1 .  Finished  a  junk  room  in  storage 
barn. 

April  2.  Sowed  clover  seed  back  of  Cot- 
tage Row. 

Load  of  joists,  clapboards,  and  shingles  from 
Freeport  Street. 

20  bushels  cracked  com,  60  bushels  oats, 
600  pounds  cottonseed  meal,  and  600  pounds  of 
gluten  came. 

April  3.  Made  a  roof  ladder  for  north 
wing. 

Planted  16  Sugar  maples  on  Cemetery 
hHl. 

April  6.  Set  out  willow  shoots  along  the 
east  shore. 

A  load  of  dressing  from  Walworth's. 

April  7.  Ernest  Matthew  Catton  entered 
the  School. 

April  8.     First  radishes  from  hot  bed. 

April  9.  Steamer  painted  and  varnished 
outside. 

April  10.  A  load  of  dressing  from  Wal- 
worth's. 

April  1 1 .  Observatory  floor  and  stairs 
varnished. 

April   12.     A  litter  of  10  pigs  born. 

April  13.  Put  a  new  door  in  the  pent 
house. 

April   18.     Planted  Alaska  peas. 

Decorated  chapel  for  Easter. 

April   19.     Sunday.     Easter  concert. 

First  chickens  hatched. 

April  20.  Treasurer  Arthur  Adams  visited 
the  School. 

Planted  shrubs  at  east  end  of  the  farm 
house. 

April  2 1 .  Floors  of  boys'  private  room  and 
slop  closet  varnished. 

Edwin  James  Tape  entered  the  School. 

George  Wilford  Eastty  returned  to  his  father. 


April  22.  Covered  roof  of  cow  run  with 
mineral  roofing. 

Stereopticon  talk  on  historical  places  around 
Boston,  by  Mr.  Myron  J.  Cochran. 

April  23.  200  pounds  meal,  10  bushels 
cracked  corn,  60  bushels  seed  oats,  and  5  bags 
wheat  came. 

April  24.  Two  and  one-half  tons  chemicals 
for  fertilizer  came,  also  seven  tons  plaster. 

Sowed  oats  and  seeded  down  the  piece 
back  of  Cottage  Row  and  in  Bowditch  Grove. 

April  25.     Mixed  fertilizers. 

Put  on  summer  caps. 

A  play  entitled  'The  Spy  of  Gettysburg" 
given  by  the  first  class. 

Ball  game  with  second  team  of  the  Boston 
Latin  School.  Score  14  to  13  in  favor  of  visit- 
ing team. 

April  26.  A  number  of  the  boys  attended 
church  in  town. 

April  27.     Planted  an  acre  of  potatoes. 

Secretary  Tucker  Daland  visited  the  School. 

Set  out  30  white  spruces  north  of  the  root 
cellar. 

April  28.     Room  No.  5  painted. 

Peas  planted  April  1 8  germinated. 

William  Howard  McCullagh  entered  the 
School. 

Planted  peas,  spinach,  lettuce,  and  radishes 
in  the  garden. 

Ernest  Niels  Jorgensen  left  the  School  to 
work  for  N.  F.  McCarthy  &  Co.,  Florists,  84 
Holly  St.,  City. 

April  29.  Claud  Wallace  Salisbury  left  the 
School. 

Graduate  Alfred  Lanagan  visited  the 
School. 

Hall  Graff  am  returned  to  the  Children's 
Home,  Fitchburg,  Mass. 

William  Frank  O 'Conner  left  the  School  to 
work  for  the  A.  T.  Stearns  Lumber  Co.,  Nepon- 
set. 

Entertainment  consisting  of  music  and  reci- 
tations given  by  Miss  Ethel  C.  Jackson,  Miss 
Anna  E.  White,  and  Mr.  Ralph  G.  Winslcw  cf 
Dorchester. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


April  30.     Transplanted  celery  in  hot  beds. 

Hoisted  topmast  to  flag  staff. 

Treasurer  Arthur  Adams  visited  the  School. 

Stereopticon  talk  on  Alaska  of  today  by  Rev. 
Frederick  M.  Brooks,  who  recently  visited  there, 

Joseph  E.  K.  Robblee  visited  the  School. 

A  Guernsey  bull  added  to  the  herd.  A  gift 
of  Mr.  George  Mixter. 

J\pr\\  metcorolodv 

Maximum  temperature,  82°  on  the  23. 

Minimum  temperature,  24°  on  the  4. 

Mean  temperature,  for  the  month,  45.8°. 

Total  precipitation,  1 .09  inches. 

Greatest  precipitation  in  twenty-four  hours, 
.27  inches  on  the  9th. 

5  clear  days,  23  partly  cloudy,  2  cloudy 
days. 

Total  number  of  hours  sunshine,  248  and 
30  minutes. 

CDe  Tartti  and  trades  School  BanR 

Cash  on  hand  April  1,  1908  $505.04 

Deposited  during  the  month  11.10 

$516.14 
Withdrawn  during  the  month  20.78 

Cash  on  hand  May  1,  1908  $495.36 

Black  Putty 

In  making  black  putty  a  small  round  pan  is 
quarter  filled  with  linseed  oil.  Into  this  lamp 
black  is  put  to  make  it  just  black  enough.  Then 
whiting  is  added  to  make  it  stiff  so  as  to  work 
on  a  board.  The  putty  is  then  taken  out  of  the 
pan  and  put  on  a  board  so  as  to  be  worked  stiff 
enough  to  use.  Frank  H.  Machon 

Cementing  Crees 

In  the  orchard  there  are  quite  a  number  of 
trees  which  are  decayed  or  have  been  hollowed 
out  by  woodpeckers.  In  such  cases  we  have  to 
fix  the  holes  in  them.  This  is  done  by  filling 
with  stones,  and  cement  or  concrete.  The  pro- 
cess by  which  the  concrete  is  made  is  as  follows: 
five  parts  of  fine  sand  are  sifted,  then  one  part 
of  cement  is  added.  These  are  thoroughly 
mixed  and  last  of  all  there  are  added  about  one 
and  one-half  gallons  of  water.     It  was  my  work 


one  Saturday  morning  to  help  Mr.  Kibby  do  this. 
We  did  almost  the  whole  orchard  that  morning. 
Our  object  in  filling  those  cavities  was  to  pre- 
vent the  rain  from  filling  them  and  causing  the 
tree  to  decay,  and  to  destroy  the  gypsy  moth  nests, 
Theodore  Miller. 

Tilling  Ruts  on  the  Playground 

During  the  fall  and  winter  just  passed,  the 
rain  and  snow  storms  caused  large  ruts  to  appear 
in  the  middle  of  the  playground.  If  these  ruts 
had  been  allowed  to  stay  it  would  have  spoiled 
baseball  playing  for  this  year.  The  fellows  have 
long  since  filled  them  in  and  rolled  the  play- 
ground all  over.  The  filling  was  taken  from  a 
large  pile  of  clay  behind  the  shop,  over  which 
we  spread  loam,  and  then  planted  grass  seed. 
Now  that  this  has  been  all  done  the  grass  will 
soon  grow  and  the  playground  will  look  like  a 
lawn  that  has  been  nicely  kept  up. 

Paul  H.  Gardner. 

Putting  the  Shot 

The  fellows  have  commenced  to  throw  the 
shot.  About  every  day  a  number  of  fellows  are 
to  be  seen  throwing  it.  We  have  two  shots, 
one  a  sixteen  pounder,  and  the  other  a  twenty- 
two.  When  a  fellow  is  going  to  throw  the  shot 
he  steps  back  from  the  line  and  runs,  and  when 
he  comes  to  the  line  he  throws  it.  He  does 
this  to  get  more  force  into  the  throw.  On  the 
Fourth  of  July  there  is  a  contest.  A  six  foot 
circle  is  marked  out  and  each  fellow  in  turn 
steps  into  it  and  throws  the  shot.  If  the  fellow 
steps  outside  the  circle  while  throwing  the  shot 
that  throw  is  not  counted. 

Clarence  S.  Nelson. 

Boating 

It  is  the  privilege  of  the  boys  in  the  boat 
crew  to  go  out  in  the  boats  rowing  if  they 
choose.  On  Saturday  afternoon  somebody  wants 
to  go  out  in  the  boat,  so  after  getting  permission 
they  go  down  to  launch  the  boat.  The  boats 
are  kept  on  the  wharf  and  are  launched  with  the 
aid  of  a  derrick.  A  rope  is  hitched  to  a  ring  in 
the  bow  and  stern  of  the  boat.  The  boat  is 
then  raised  so  it  will  swing  over  the  railing  on 
the  wharf.     The   derrick    is  then   swung  around 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


so  the  boat  is  over  the  water,  and  lowered.  The 
oars  are  then  put  in  and  everything  is  ready  for 
the  start.  There  are  two  large  buoys  which 
mark  our  course.  These  are  on  the  north- 
western side  of  our  Island.  We  row  between 
these  bouys  which  are  about  a  mile  apart. 
This  gives  us  quite  a  large  course  to  row.  There 
are  four  boats  which  we  use  for  this,  the  Standish, 
which  is  a  four-oared  boat,  the  Brewster,  having 
six  oars,  the  Priscilla  which  has  eight  oars,  and 
the  Mary  Chilton,  which  is  a  nine-oared  boat 
twenty-four  feet  long.  Louis  C.  Darling. 

matchind  a  Bira 

One  morning  as  I  was  walking  along  "Cot- 
tage Row,"  I  happened  to  see  something  run  in 
under  the  Corinthian  Cottage.  I  looked  again 
and  saw.it  was  a  bird.  When  the  boys  find  a 
bird  they  report  it  in  school  and  write  it  down 
on  the  bird  list.  I  hadn't  seen  a  bird  like  that 
before  this  year.  I  had  a  chance  to  get  quite 
close  to  it  and  1  kept  still  to  see  its  colors  or 
markings.  I  got  a  good  view  of  it  and  then 
came  up  to  the  house  and  described  it  to  the 
teacher  of  our  class,  and  then  we  looked  it  up 
in  the  bird  book.  We  found  it  was  a  chewink, 
and  I  wrote  it  down  in  my  bird  list. 

James  L.  Joyce. 

Kcpairing  £^ttm^ 

Most  of  the  cottages  of  Cottage  Row  need 
repairing  every  spring  and  this  spring  was  no 
exception.  The  first  thing  usually  done  is  to 
take  down  all  of  the  pictures  and  put  the  furni- 
ture and  other  things  in  a  corner  where  they 
will  not  be  in  the  way.  Then  if  there  is  any 
repairing  to  be  done,  one  of  the  owners  gets  the 
necessary  things  from  the  shop.  Usually  the 
doors  are  warped  and  have  to  be  planed  down  so 
they  will  open  and  shut  easily.  If  any  of  the  win- 
dows are  broken,  new  glass  is  set  in.  After 
all  the  repairing  is  finished,  inside  and  outside, 
the  walls  are  washed  and  then  painted.  The 
floor  is  scrubbed  next,  and  if  the  owners  have 
any  carpet  or  mats,  they  are  put  down.  Then 
the  Cottage  is  painted  on  the  outside.  When 
a  boy  wants  paint  to  use  on  his  cottage  he 
sends  in  a  requisition  to   Mr.    Burnham,  who 


looks  at  the  boy's  cottage  to  see  if  it  needs 
painting  very  badly.  If  it  does  he  will  give  the 
boy  the  right  kind  of  paint.  The  owners  try  to 
have  their  cottages  repaired  by  the  first  Visit- 
ing Day  so  they  can  show  them  to  their  rela- 
tives. T.  Chapel  Wright. 

gleaning  m  Pigeon  Eofts 

When  the  pigeon  lofts  need  cleaning,  and 
fresh  litter  put  in,  it  is  my  work  to  do  it.  First,  I 
scrape  the  old  litter  into  a  pile,  then  shovel  it 
into  a  barrel.  After  sweeping  the  floor  to  get  the 
remaining  Utter  and  dirt  up,  I  wheel  it  down  to 
the  pig  pens  for  the  pigs.  Then  I  spread  fresh 
litter  on  the  floor  to  the  thickness  of  about  two 
inches.  When  this  is  done,  1  sweep  the  cobwebs 
from  the  walls  and  ceiling,  then  1  wash  the 
windows.  The  lofts  need  cleaning  every  week, 
Prescott  B.  Merrifield, 

morkind  in  the  Sbop 

One  of  the  pleasures  which  the  fellows  have 
is  working  in  the  shop.  Every  day  the  first 
graders  can  go  in  there  to  work  if  they  want  to. 
On  Tuesday,  Thursday,  and  Saturday  the  second 
grades  are  allowed  to  go  in  there  to  work.  The 
fellows  use  gumwood,  mahogany,  maple,  and 
many  other  kinds  of  wood  to  work  with.  They 
make  pen  trays,  paper  knives,  jewelry  boxes, 
and  many  other  articles.  The  fellows  can  also 
work  on  the  lathe.  The  lath^  is  very  useful  for 
making  many  things  such  as  dumbells,  Indian 
clubs,  file  handles  and  other  things. 

A.  Allan  Eaton. 

Cbe  Gluing  Outfir 

There  is  a  new  gluing  outfit  in  the  printing 
office.  It  consists  of  a  lamp  which  has  a  tin 
chimney  with  a  space  where  mica*is  put  so  the 
one  using  the  outfit  can  see  the  blaze  and  regu- 
late it.  This  is  surrounded  by  a  tin  shield 
about  a  foot  high  with  an  opening  in  it  near  the 
bottom,  and  it  has  holes  all  around  the  top  of  the 
shield  which  is  open  at  the  top.  A  copper  pail 
is  put  inside  with  hot  water  in  it.  A  tin  cup  is 
put  in  the  pail  and  pieces  of  glue  are  put  in  and 
melted.  The  glue  is  applied  with  a  brush  in 
making  up  blocks,  and  in  binding  different  pam- 
phlets for  the  School.     Leonard  S.  Hayden. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Jllumni 

Herbert  W.  French,  78,  George  W. 
Byers,  '86,  Edward  L.  Davis,  '02, 
Charles  F.  Spear,  '03,  and  George  A. 
Maguire,'06,  were  sufferers  from  the  Chelsea  fire 
which  occurred  April  12.  They  all  lost  everything 
except  what  they  had  on.  Mrs.  French  was  seri- 
ously burned.  Mr.  French  and  his  son  Hobert 
had  great  difficulty  in  putting  out  the  fire  in  Mrs. 
French's  clothing,  as  well  as  that  in  their  own 
clothes,  which  caught  fire  several  times  in  their 
flight  for  life.  Mr.  Byers  lost  two  houses  which 
were  insured.  Spear  and  Davis,  as  well  as  the 
other  fellow,  showed  the  usual  Farm  School  spirit 
when  offered  assistance,  preferring  that  others 
should  be  helped  first  as  they  were  well  and  had 
employment. 

Henry  A.  Fox,  '79,  District  Chief  of  the 
Boston  Fire  Department,  with  his  driver,  was 
thrown  from  his  wagon  on  going  to  a  second 
alarm  fire  in  Charlestown,  April  22.  Beyond 
a  good  shaking  up  and  some  bruises  neither  men 
suffered  severely.  Chief  Fox  as  usual  landed  on 
his  feet  so  to  speak,  and  was  soon  at  his  post  of 
duty.  The  most  damage  was  to  the  horse  and 
wagon  in  the  run-away  which  followed. 

Walter  Cleary,  '93,  died  at  Roslindale, 
Mass.,  April  27.  Walter  left  the  School  in  1 893 
to  work  for  the  Brainard  Milling  Machine  Com- 
pany at  Hyde  Park,  Mass.  An  injury  to  his  left 
hand  two  years  later  prevented  further  work  in 
the  shop  and  he  began  work  for  the  Metropolitan 
Sewer  Commission  Engineers  Department. 
Later  he  went  to  Colorado  for  his  health;  return- 
ing he  entered«the  Pembrooke  Sanitarium,  Con- 
cord, N.  H.  Our  last  letter  from  him  was  from 
Concord  thanking  us  for  a  remembrance  box. 

^it  Jfftemoon  UlalK 

One  Sunday  afternoon  we  went  for  a  walk 
with  Mr.  Bradley.  First,  we  visited  the  hen 
house  and  looked  at  the  hens,  monkey,  and  rab- 
Lits.  Outside  we  visited  the  raccoon.  It  was 
a  cross  one  and  didn't  seem  to  enjoy  our  visit. 
We  then  went  along  the  beach  road  and  through 


Lyman's  grove.  Then  went  over  to  the  point 
where  the  cable  runs  through  to  the  mainland. 
Mr.  Bradley  explained  all  about  it.  Next  we 
went  where  David  Thompson's  cabin  used  to 
stand  and  Mr.  Bradley  explained  about  that  also. 
We  then  visited  the  bee  hive  and  from  there  we 
went  up  to  the  house.  Edwin  J.  Tape. 

Cbc  Brown  Cbrasbcr 

One  afternoon,  while  taking  a  wheelbarrow 
full  of  sod  over  to  the  sod  pile  at  the  south  end, 
I  saw  a  bird  new  to  me.  It  had  a  pale  red- 
brown  back,  darkest  on  the  wings,  underneath 
white,  breast  heavily  streaked  with  dark  brown 
arrow-shaped  spots  on  a  pale  white  background. 
The  bird  had  a  tail  about  five  inches  long,  and 
it  had  a  long  bill  curved  at  the  tip.  When  I 
looked  it  up  in  the  bird  book,  I  found  it  was  a 
female  brown  thrasher.  It  allowed  me  to  creep 
up  underneath  the  branch  on  which  it  sat,  and 
look  at  it  for  two  or  three  minutes,  while  it  looked 
at  me  with  its  yellow  eyes.  Then  it  flew  to  a 
higher  branch  and  1  went  on  my  way. 

Edward  M.  Bickford. 

J\  Hew  Jlrrangcment 

In  the  barn  we  have  been  in  the  habit  of 
getting  our  plaster  out  of  a  bag  which  was  kept 
on  the  cow  run.  But  this  was  not  a  very  good 
way  because  cows  going  out  and  coming  in  often 
tipped  the  bag  over  and  the  plaster  went  on  the 
floor.  To  remedy  this  a  box  was  made,  up  in  a 
corner  out  of  the  way,  to  hold  four  hundred  pounds 
of  plaster.  This  box  is  very  convenient.  The 
plaster  is  brought  up  from  the  storage  barn  in 
two-hundred  pound  bags  and  emptied  in  the  box. 
Theodore  M.  Fuller. 

Gypsy  moths 

A  gypsy  moth  is  a  tree  destroyer  and  if 
the  eggs  are  allowed  to  hatch,  the  caterpillars 
will  eat  the  tender  leaves,  and  so  destroy  the 
tree.  A  remedy  for  them  is  creosote.  This  is 
put  on  the  eggs  and  it  burns  them  so  they  can- 
not hatch.  A  brush  is  used  to  put  it  on  with. 
The  eggs  are  generally  found  on  the  under  sides 
of  bark,  boards,  stones,  etc.  They  are  found  in 
nests  of  about  three  hundred  eggs. 

Terrance   L.  Parker. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND 


BEACON 


Vol.  12.    No.  2. 


Printed  at  The  Farm  and  Trades  School,  Boston,  Mass. 


June,  1908 


Entered    November   23,    1903,    at    Boston,    Mass.,    as    Second-class    matter,    under   Act  of  Congress  of  July  16,  1894. 


memorial  Sunday 

Each  year  the  Elk  Pleasure  Association 
makes  up  the  programme  for  Memorial  Sunday. 
This  year.  Memorial  Sunday  came  on  May  31. 
Saturday,  it  rained  hard  and  we  thought  that  it 
would  not  be  a  good  day,  but  when  we  woke  up  in 
the  morning,  the  sun  was  shining,  and  it  was  a 
fine  day  for  our  exercises.  The  pieces  were 
given  to  ten  different  fellows,  about  two  weeks 
before  Memorial  Day.  In  the  afternoon,  we 
all  changed  our  clothes.  The  singing-books 
were  brought  down  from  chapel  and  carried 
over  to  the  cemetery  at  the  south  end  of  our 
Island  in  a  hand  cart.  The  flowers  were  also 
taken  over  in  the  same  way.  We  had  daisies, 
buttercups,  bluegrass,  white  violets,  peonies, 
Japanese  snowballs,  and  a  vine  called  honey 
suckle.  All  of  these  flowers  were  made  into 
bouquets.  About  quarter  of  three  the  bugle 
sounded  the  call  to  line  up.  In  the  front  of  the 
line  were  the  drummers,  bugler,  and  color  ser- 
geant, and  then  the  E.  P.  A.  privates,  with  the 
officers  at  the  side.  Next  came  the  Gardner 
Pleasure  Club  led  by  George  Holmes;  next  to 
these  were  the  rest  of  the  fellows  who  are  not  in 
either  club. 

We  first  marched  down  to  the  wharf  to 
receive  Mr.  Scott,  an  old  war  veteran.  We 
then  marched  along  beach-road  and  up  through 
Lyman  Grove  to  the  cemetery.  Captain  James 
Clifford  gave  the  first  address.  After  the  sing- 
ing and  speaking  by  the  boys  was  over,  the  offi- 
cers decorated  the  graves  with  flowers,  and 
placed  one  United  States  flag  on  each  grave, 
with  the  exception  of  one,  on  which  was  placed 
al:o  a  Swedish  flag,  in  honor  of  our  first  sloyd 
tercher,  who  died,  while  trying  to  save  the  lives 


of  some  of  the  fellows.  When  the  graves  were 
all  decorated  the  bugler  sounded  the  "Taps." 
Mr.  Bradley  next  said  a  few  words  and  an- 
nounced that  Mr.  Scott,  who  had  been  through 
the  Civil  War,  would  speak  to  us.  Mr.  Scott 
gave  a  very  interesting  account  of  his  life  during 
the  war.  We  all  started  for  the  house,  feeling 
that  we  had  had  a  very  pleasant  time. 

George  H.  Balch. 

Caundrv  Ulasbitid  Routine 

We  have  special  days  on  which  to  do  cer- 
tain things.  On  Monday  we  wash  the  instruc- 
tors' clothes,  on  Tuesday  we  wash  the  boys' 
sheets  and  pillow  cases,  on  Wednesday  the  boys' 
shirts  and  stockings,  on  Thursday  the  boys'  coats 
and  pants  that  have  been  changed  during  the 
week,  and  on  every  other  Friday  we  have  the 
farm  overalls  and  jumpers,  the  shop  overalls  and 
aprons,  and  the  sloyd  and  printing  office  aprons. 
Weeks  when  we  have  these,  we  clean  the  laun- 
dry on  Saturday  morning,  and  when  we  do  not 
have  them  we  clean  up  on  Friday  morning. 
Clarence  M.  Daniels. 

Repairing  tbe  Tarm  l)ou$e  Path 

One  afternoon  Mr.  McLeod,  Harlan  Stevens 
and  1  got  some  clay  and  gravel  in  a  wheelbarrow, 
and  went  to  the  farm  house  path.  Then  we  took 
a  bushel  box  and  put  straps  in  the  handles  so  we 
could  carry  it  easily.  After  this  Mr.  McLeod 
put  some  gravel  in  the  box.  Another  boy  had 
put  on  the  clay  so  Stevens  and  1  took  the  gravel 
and  dumped  it  on  the  clay.  Then  Mr.  McLeod 
took  a  rake  and  smoothed  it  out  so  it  would  look 
even.  After  that  we  went  farther  down  the  path 
with  the  wheelbarrows  full  of  gravel  and  dumped 
it,  ready  to  be  spread  out  by  Mr.   McLeod. 

Harold  W.  Smith. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


tbe  Beacon's  Birtbaay 

The  Beacon  is  eleven  years  old.  It  was 
born  in  May,  1897  and  has,  ever  since,  entered 
the  offices  and  homes  of  its  subscribers  monthly. 
There  were  two  reasons  why  the  school  was 
prompted  to  publish  the  Beacon,  first  for  its  ed- 
ucational value  to  the  fellows  on  our  Island,  and 
second  that  the  friends  and  relatives  would  get  an 
idea  of  the  school  in  their  boys'  own  words. 
When  the  Superintendent  and  Managers  thought 
of  having  a  paper  the  next  thing  was  the  question, 
"What  shall  we  name  it?"  After  having  sug 
gestions, offered  by  graduates,  and  friends  of  the 
school,  it  was  decided  to  take  the  name  suggested 
by  a  former  pupil,  John  P.  Ackers,  who  at  that 
time  was  president  of  the  Alumni.  The  name 
which  he  gave  was  the  "Beacon"  and  this 
seem.ed  to  fit  the  school's  position,  it  being  on  an 
Island,  in  the  midst  of  water,  casting  rays  of  hope 
to  some  person  wanting  to  have  their  boy  come 
to  this  school.  The  Beacon  is  looked  forward 
to  right  here  at  the  school  by  the  fellows,  because 
when  a  boy  gets  a  Beacon  fresh  from  the  press,  he 
looks  to  see  if  his  article  has  been  printed,  as 
most  of  the  fellows  try  to  get  an  article  in  the 
Beacon  as  often  as  possible. 

Frederick  J.  Wilson. 

Strainiitd  milk 

Every  morning  and  night,  at  five  o'clock,  it 
is  my  work  to  carry  milk.  I  get  the  strainers  at 
the  kitchen  and  carry  them  down  to  the  barn  and 
put  them  on  the  can.  There  is  a  shelf  that  holds 
two  cans.  When  the  milkers  get  through  milk- 
ing one  cow  they  weigh  the  milk  on  a  pair  of  cir- 
cular scales.  Then  they  mark  it  down  on  a 
chart  beside  the  number  of  the  cow  that  gave  it. 
Then  the  milk  is  strained  into  a  can  which  holds 
twenty  pounds.  The  can  weighs  five  pounds. 
When  two  cans  are  filled,  1  carry  them  up  to 
the  kitchen.  Here  I  strain  it  again  into  a  can. 
We  get  seven  or  eight  cans  of  milk  night  and 
morning.  Henry  G.  Eckman. 

Diddittd  up  Cms 

One  day  Mr.  Kibby,  a  lot  of  other  after- 
noon farm  boys,  and  I  went  over  to  the  Whale's 
Back  and  dug  up  all  the  small  dead  trees.     We 


dug  around  the  roots  first  as  far  as  we  could  and 
then  pulled  the  trees  up.  Then  we  continued  to 
dig  the  holes  until  they  were  a  foot  and  a  half  deep. 
We  put  sods  on  the  east  side  of  holes,  the  loam 
on  the  south  side,  and  the  gravel  on  the  north 
side.  We  dug  up  these  trees  so  that  we  could 
plant  new  ones  in  their  places.  This  job  lasted 
all  the  afternoon  and  at  the  end  the  team  came 
and  took  away  the  trees  that  we  dug  up. 

Oscar  Neumann. 

my  Dog 

I  had  a  dog  before  I  came  here  and  his 
name  was  Duke.  He  was  very  lively  and  in- 
telligent. He  used  to  come  to  school  and  meet 
me.  When  I  came  home  he  would  want  to  go 
out  and  have  a  frolic.  One  day  I  gave  him  a 
bone  and  he  went  out  and  buried  it  and  several 
days  after  he  went  and  dug  it  up  and  ate  it.  He 
runs  up  and  down  stairs  so  hard  that  you  would 
think  a  man  was  running  up  and  down. 

Edric  Blakemore. 

Picking  up  Stones 

One  day  some  other  fellows  and  I  went 
picking  up  stones  on  the  beach.  We  put  them 
in  piles  ready  for  the  teams.  When  the  teams 
came  we  loaded  the  stones  into  the  carts.  We 
worked  two  or  three  hours  there  until  the  tide 
came.  Then  we  went  over  to  pile  them  on  the 
dikes.  Dana  W.  Osborne 

Beacon  €bart 

Each  school  room  has  its  Beacon  Chart. 
The  one  in  the  second  school  room  is  one  yard 
three  inches  long,  and  eleven  inches  wide.  In 
the  second  school  room  there  are  three  classes, 
and  in  the  first  school  room  two  classes.  Each 
class  has  a  separate  chart  and  they  are  tied  to- 
gether with  red  ribbons.  When  a  fellow  gets 
an  article  in  the  "Beacon"  there  is  a  star  put 
opposite  his  name.     I  have  one  star. 

A.  Bennett  Cooke. 

Uisiting  Day 

Visiting  day  dawned  bright  and  clear,  the 
great  day  looked  forward  to  by  all  the  boys. 
We  worked  until  half  past  eight:  then  the  bell 
rang  and  we  got  ready  to  receive  our  friends. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


When  we  were  ready,  we  marched  down  on  the 
lawn  to  see  where  we  were  to  stand.  From 
there  we  marched  to  the  wharf  at  the  beat  of 
the  drum.  When  we  got  there  the  boat  was  in 
sight,  and  as  itneared  the  wharf  the  band  struck 
up  a  lively  tune  and  played  until  the  people  got 
off  the  boat.  Then  we  marched  up  in  step 
with  the  band,  onto  the  lawn;  there  the  band 
played  two  or  three  pieces.  Mr.  Bradley  spoke 
to  the  visitors  and  announced  the  second  visit- 
ing day,  then  he  dismissed  us  and  we  ran  to 
our  friends.  We  showed  them  all  around  the 
buildings,  then  we  had  our  luncheon,  with  our 
friends.  Then  the  bell  rang,  and  we  went  to  the 
wharf,  to  bid  them  good-bye.  After  they  were 
on  board,  we  gave  three  cheers  and  a  tiger,  and 
marched  to  the  house  to  put  our  food  in  our 
drawers.  Frederick  J.  Barton. 

B  Strange  Scene 

One  noon,  while  Fred  Webb,  Willard 
Perry,  and  I  were  playing  ball,  our  attention 
was  attracted  by  the  blowing  of  a  steam  whistle. 
We  looked  out  in  the  harbor  and  saw  a  light- 
ship coming  in.  It  got  half  way  to  Castle  Island 
and  turned  around  and  went  out  again.  It 
seemed  to  be  going  at  a  good  speed.  That 
was  the  last  we  saw  of  it  until  quarter  past  two 
in  the  afternoon  and  then  it  came  down  between 
Spectacle  Island  and  our  Island,  and  we  saw 
this —  "90  Hedge  Fence  90"  — on  the  side.  On 
the  mast  at  the  top,  it  had  a  large  black  flag  with 
the  words  "Fore  River"  in  white  letters.  It 
looked  like  a  new  ship.  Some  thought  the 
engines  were  being  tested. 

Gordon  G.  MacIntire. 

Printing  Uisitittd  Day  €ard$ 

Every  year,  about  the  last  of  April,  or  the 
first  part  of  May,  the  printers  are  busy  preparing 
the  visiting  day  cards.  We  first  got  the  re- 
quired amount  of  stock  and  cut  it  up  the  right 
size,  which  is  five  and  one-half  inches  long  by 
three  and  one-quarter  inches  wide.  Then  our 
instructor  made  up  a  good  design  for  the  face  of 
the  card,  and  then  printed  nearly  two  thousand, 
enough  for  the  rest  of  this  year.  Mr.  Bradley 
then  sent  down  a  paper  telling  when  the  first  vis- 


iting day  was.  1  then  set  it  up  in  a  plain  type, 
and  locked  it  up  in  a  chase.  While  I  was  doing 
this  another  fellow  was  printing  four  cuts,  repre- 
senting a  number  of  the  trades  taught  at  the 
School,  on  the  back  of  the  card.  One  was  of  a 
carpenter,  sawing  a  board,  and  one  at  the  lathe. 
The  other  two  were  of  a  blacksmith,  and  a 
printer.  After  he  had  finished  this,  the  form  I 
had  set  up,  was  put  on  the  press,  and  three 
hundred  and  fifty  cards  were  printed,  for  the 
first  visiting  day.  The  fellows  think  this  card 
an  improvement  over  the  old  one. 

Herbert  M.  Nelson. 

flower  Gardens 

On  the  northern  part  of  our  Island  near  the 
hedge  are  situated  the  gardens.  Every  fellow 
who  owns  a  garden  has  to  take  care  of  it 
during  the  summer  months.  As  soon  as  the 
weather  becomes  warm,  which  is  usually  in  the 
month  of  April,  he  is  up  there  with  a  shovel, 
rake,  and  trowel,  starting  to  repair  his  garden. 
First,  he  takes  a  shovel  and  digs  up  the  ground 
until  it  is  soft,  breaks  up  the  lumps  of  earth  so 
that  the  ground  is  not  lumpy,  and  takes  out  the 
large  stones.  Then  he  levels  the  dirt  off  and 
puts  stones  around  the  edges.  Many  of  the 
fellows,  in  order  to  have  good  garden  stones  go 
around  the  beach  and  pick  them  up.  Then 
they  get  the  required  amount  of  dirt  that  they 
need,  because  both  the  rain  and  snow  have 
washed  a  good  deal  of  the  old  dirt  away  during 
the  winter.  When  all  this  is  done  the  fellows 
are  then  ready  to  plant  their  seeds. 

Percy  Smith. 

Planting  Potatoes 

Every  year,  about  May  first,  the  farm  fellows 
are  busy  planting  potatoes.  They  are  first  soaked 
in  formaldehyde  so  as  to  keep  off  the  potato  scab, 
then  they  are  cut  up  leaving  at  least  one  eye  on 
each  piece.  The  rows  are  from  three  to  four 
feet  apart  and  are  from  eight  to  ten  inches  deep. 
The  fertilizer  is  spread  in  the  rows  and  the  po- 
tatoes are  dropped  about  fourteen  inches  apart. 
After  the  potatoes  are  covered,  they  are  not 
worked  until  they  are  up  and  growing  pretty  well. 
Terrance   L.  Parker. 


THOMPSON'S   ISLAND    BEACON 


Doiiip$on'$  Tsland  Beacon 

Published  Monthly  by 

THE  FARM  AND  TRADES  SCHOOL 

Thompson's  Island,   Boston  Harbor 

A      PRIVATE     SCHOOL     FOR     WORTHY     BOYS 
DEPENDENT     UPON      DONATIONS     AND      BEQUESTS. 


Vol.     12.     No.     2. 


June,    1908. 


Subscription  Price     -     50  Cents  Per  Year. 


BOARD  OF  MANAGERS 


president 

'Alfred  Bowditch 


vice  president 

Henry  S.  Grew 


treasurer 

Arthur  Adams 


secretary 

Tucker  Daland 


managers 

Melvin  0.  Adams 
1.  Tucker  Burr 

Charles  P.  Curtis 
George  L.  DeBlois 

Charles  T.  Gallagher 
Walter  Hunnewell 
Henry  Jackson,  M.  D. 

Richard  M.  Saltonstall 
Francis  Shaw 

William  S.  Spaulding 
Moses  Williams,  Jr. 
Ralph  B.  Williams 


Charles  H.   Bradley, 


Superintendent 


Treasurer's  Address  50  State  St. 

Boston,  Mass. 


The  "Listener"  in  the  June  6th  Transcript 
expresses  so  much  sentiment  concerning  this 
School  that  will  interest  our  older  readers,  who 
perhaps  have  not  seen  the  article,  and  that  our 
boys  may  grasp,  if  possible,  a  little  better  the 
associations  that  surround  them  we  reprint  be- 


low, by  permission,  what  Mr.  Clement  says: — 

Almost  "tout  Boston,"  that  is  to  say,  the 
old  "tout  Boston" — -the  Boston  of  the  Beacon 
Hill  of  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century — 
took,  its  annual  sail  down  the  harbor  Friday. 
It  only  went  as  far  as  Thompson's  Island — noth- 
ing of  course  like  Nantasket  is  within  its  ken — 
for  its  immemorial,  yearly  inspection  of  the 
Farm  School,  now  "The  Farm  and  Trades 
School,"  if  you  please,  being  thus  officially 
designated  in  the  amended  charter.  It  is  one 
of  the  many  monuments  of  the  enlightened  phil- 
anthropy of  Boston  and  dating  back  to  the  leaders 
of  the  social  life  of  the  first  generation  of  the 
nineteenth  century,  it  shows  that  this  Boston 
"home,"  "asylum,"  arid  school-founding  habit  is 
of  long  growth.  The  big  old  school  house  on 
Thompson's  Island  is  as  genuine  and  unspoiled 
a  bit  of  old  Boston,  the  Boston  of  long  before  the 
war,  the  Boston  of  the  "swell  front"  houses  with 
purple  panes  of  glass  in  the  long  windows,  on  the 
slope  of  Beacon  street;  of  the  Boston  when  the 
homey  streets  of  the  West  end  converging  into 
Bowdoin  square,  made  Tremont  row  and  Court 
street,  with  their  bright  shops,  the  promenade  for 
the  afternoon,  as  Boylston  street  with  its  new 
shops  is  today.  The  whole  detail  of  this  most 
interesting  institution  is  of  the  period — down  •  to 
the  eight  by  ten  window-panes  and  the  slim 
round  mahogany  banisters.  The  facade  carries 
with  an  air  something  of  the  grandiose  architec- 
ture of  a  public  building — with  four  fluted  col- 
umns and  the  broad  space  above  the  entabla- 
ture pierced  by  a  half-round  lunette — fronting 
though  it  does  only  the  boys  and  the  farm,  and 
the  southwest  winds.  But  the  grandeur  is  mod- 
est in  brick  and  demure  in  a  certain  grayish 
yellow  paint,  a  color  stipulated  in  the  bequest 
which  was  left  by  one  of  the  worthies  of  the  per- 
iod to  the  foundation  for  its  periodical  repaint- 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


ing  which  insures  its  always  looking  fresh  in  this 
Puritan  suit  of  yellowish  drab.  The  whole  thing 
is  truly  touching,  though  it  is  flourishing  in  its 
age  like  a  green  bay  tree.  It  irresistibly  ap- 
peals to  the  veneration  that  every  true  Boston- 
ian  feels  for  the  great  old  names  of  our  chro- 
nicles to  see  that  the  affairs  of  the  Farm 
School  are  still  in  the  hands  of  the  quietly  loyal 
and  loving,  and  sturdily  up-keeping  sons  and 
grandsons  of  the  founders. 

So  a  distinguished  company  of  these  and 
their  sisters,  and  their  cousins,  and  their  aunts, 
with  a  few  invited  guests  appreciating  their  priv- 
ileges, fairly  filled  solid  the  walk  from  the  end  of 
the  pier  winding  up  through  the  finely  crowned 
road  to  the  great- school-house  on  the  top  of  the 
broad-topped,  splendid  hill  which  forms  the 
northern  half  of  the  Island.  There,  under  the 
noble  old  trees  making  an  academic  grove  in 
front  of  the  main  building,  the  view  for  the  com- 
pany swept  down  the  length  of  the  fair  Island 
with  its  beautiful  rolling  land — here  a  green  knoll, 
there  rich  with  black  soil,  now  studded  with  the 
lines  of  the  new  springing  crop.  The  pictur- 
esquely charming  Squantum  Head,  with  its  sav- 
in-decorated rocky  promontory,  lies  in  the  mid- 
dle distance,  and  Quincy  and  the  Blue  Hills 
supply  the  distance.  Among  the  white-haired 
men  and  matrons  were  representatives  of  the 
■smart  second  generation  come  down  from  State 
street  for  the  afternoon  on  cheerful  duty  bound, 
keeping  informed  as  to  the  ancient  trust.  Gaz- 
ing across  the  land  and  water  and  listening  now 
and  then  to  the  vigorous  music  of  his  boys'  band, 
the  company  were  given  in  a  brief  resume,  by 
Superintendent  Bradley,  more  than  a  score  of 
years  now  headmaster,  the  whole  long  history  of 
Massachusetts  B.ay  for  background.  One  could 
almost  see  Captain  Miles  Standish  in  his  steel 
armor  and  helmet  landing  at  the  tip  end  of  the 


Island  as  plainly  as  one  saw  Mr.  Henry  S.  Grew 
in  his  straw  hat  beaming  upon  Mr.  Bradley  and 
the  company  assembled  to  show  their  continued 
faith  in  him  and  interest  in  the  work. 

It  is  another  visible  proof,  this  whole  beau- 
tiful Island  and  the  clean  and  simple,  whole- 
somely thorough  work  done  there  in  character- 
building,  that  the  Boston  men  of  other  days  who 
gave  the  town  its  tone  and  name  in  progress  in 
benevolence  and  enlightenment,  took  their 
measures  well.  It  shows  the  right  seed  sown 
and  planted  and  watered,  the  best  sort  of  trees 
selected.  Here  is  a  plant  that  has  constantly 
grown  in  value  and  improved  in  character.  If 
it  is  still  true  that  the  boys  are  "indigent"  they 
are  not  told  so  or  described  thus  to  the  public. 
It  is  no  longer  an  "asylum"  that  they  are  nur- 
tured in  from  tender  years  to  manhood's  threshold ; 
but  a  home  in  all  senses  and  a  school;  and  they 
are  not  grudgingly  limited  to  the  three  R's 
and  the  useful  trades;  they  may  lay  here  the 
foundation  for  all  the  cultivation  they  can  take 
in  future  years  and  all  that  it  is  necessary  to 
have  at  eighteen  in  any  walk  of  life.  The  old 
stigma  is  as  completely  gone,  there  are  no 
more  bad  boys  at  The  Farm  and  Trades  School 
than  there  are  Indians  at  Squantum  or  Fore 
River,  where  on  the  trip  when  he  took  in 
Thompson's  Island  Captain  Standish  killed  a 
couple  of  men  and  a  boy  becauase  he  wanted 
their  cabin  to  pass  the  night  in,  a  little  incident 
of  that  period  which  corresponds  to  boy-gunners' 
feats  with  the  feathered  tribes  inhabiting  the 
coves  along  the  shore.  The  boys  are  good  ap- 
parently without  any  discipline,  nowadays.  The 
atmosphere  created  by  the  teachers  and  the 
beauty  of  the  environment  are  enough  to  insure 
that.  The  little  old  "Gardner  Hall,"  with  stair- 
ways strongly  suggestive  of  the  severely  plain 
passageways  of  Hollis  Hall  at  Harvard,  and  the 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


gift  of  the  old  John  L.  Gardner — not  the  late 
"Jack" — of  HoUis's  period,  is  a  small  "Tech" 
teeming  with  fine  salable  works  from  joinery  to 
blacksmithing  and  job  printing. 

notes 

May   I ,     Veterinary  here. 

Picture  moulding  put  up  in  Room  No,  5. 

Transplanted  1800  celery  plants  in  hotbed. 

May  5,  Royal  Raymond  Ellison  entered 
the  School. 

Raised  front  of  cow  mangers  12  inches 
higher. 

May  6.  Through  the  kindness  of  Mr. 
Arthur  Beane  the  first  nine  attended  the  Har- 
vard-Williams base  ball  game. 

May  7.     Cut  asparagus  for  the  first  time. 

May  8.  Sowed  peas  and  oats  and  seeded 
down  the  piece  by  the  observatory. 

Through  the  kindness  of  Henry  Bradley 
several  of  the  boys  and  instructors  attended  drill 
at  the  Boston  Latin  School. 

May   1 1 .     Put  out  rat  poison. 

May  12.  Finished  planting  5  acres  of  po- 
tatoes. 

Edric  Blanchard  Blakemore  entered  the 
School. 

Entertainment  on  "Yawcob  Strauss"  by 
Mr.  Charles  FoUen  Adams. 

May  13.  Planted  early  sweet  corn  and 
beans. 

Graduate  Matthew  H.  Paul  visited  the 
School. 

May   14.     A  litter  of  nine  pigs  born. 

Began  repairs  in  sitting  room  and  parlor. 

Scott's  works  given  to  the  School  library 
by  Mr.  Alfred  Howard. 

Removed  fence  crossing  the  Island  by 
Cottage  Row,  except  that  directly  back  of  the 
cottages.. 

May   16.     Planted  onion  seeds. 

May  18.  First  visiting  day.  208  present 
including  Vice  President  Henry  S.  Grew,  Sec- 
retary Tucker  Daland,  and  Manager  Charles  T. 
Gallagher. 

May  20.  40  bushels  of  rhubarb  sent  to 
market. 


May  21.  Farm  School  Alumni  Associa- 
tion name  changed  to  Alumni  Association  of 
The  Farm  and  Trades  School. 

May  22.  Finished  transplanting  1260  to- 
mato plants. 

May  23,     Put  up  School  sign  on  the  wharf. 

Ball  game  with  North  Bennett  Street 
School.     Score,  12  to  12. 

Graduate  S.  Gordon  Stackpole,  and  Evariste 
T.  Porche  a  former  pupil,  visited  the  School. 

Mr.  Gustaf  Larsson  and  graduating  class 
from  the  Sloyd  Normal  Training  School  spent 
the  forenoon  here. 

May  24.  Sunday.  Rev.  Ernest  Lyman 
Mills  of  South  Boston  spoke  to  the  boys.  Ser- 
vices were  held  on  the  front  lawn. 

May  25.  Sprayed  the  orchard  with  bor- 
deaux mixture  and  Paris  green. 

May  26.  Harry  Arthur  Bagley  and 
Warren  Augusta  Skelton  returned  to  their 
mothers. 

Removed  stack  of  Steamer  "Pilgrim"  to  re- 
pair whistle  pipe  and  clean  boiler  tubes,  also 
fitted  new  gaskets  at  hand  holes. 

May  27.     Two  tons  of  wood  ashes  came. 

Set  out  1000  strawberry  plants. 

May  28.      12  boys  went  to  the  circus. 

Finished  planting  field  corn. 

May  29.     Scow  John  Alden  painted. 

May  30.      14  boys  went  to  the  circus. 

Cucumbers  and  peas  in  blossom. 

Scow  John  Alden  made  ready  for  use  as 
judge's  barge  at  the  South  Boston  Yacht  Club 
races. 

May  31.  Memorial  Sunday.  Appropriate 
exercises  at  the  cemetery  by  the  Elk  Pleasure 
Association  as  usual.  Mr.  Scott,  a  Grand  Army 
man,  spoke  to  the  boys. 

may  meteorology 

Maximum  temperature,  85"  on  the  27th. 
Minimum  temperature,  38°  on  the  2nd. 
Mean  temperature,  for  the  month,  57.4^. 
Total  precipitation,  2.47  inches. 
Greatest  precipitation  in  twenty-four  hours, 
.99  inches,  on  the  8th. 


THOMPSON'S   ISLAND    BEACON 


12  days  with  ,01  or  more  inches  precipita- 
tion, 8  clear   days,   20  partly   cloudy,   3  cloudy 

days. 

Total  number   of   hours  sunshine,  227  and 
■40  minutes. 

Che  Tarm  and  trades  School  Bank 

Cash  on  hand  May  1,  1908  $495.36 

Deposited  during  the  month  56.77 


$552,13 
Withdrawn  during  the  month  15.86 

Cash  on  hand  June  1,  1908  $536,27 

CDc  Gardens 

Every  boy  who  wants  a  garden  has  one. 
Some  boys  own  one  together,  I  own  with  an- 
other boy,  I  have  already  planted  my  sweet 
peas,  nasturtiums,  and  pansies.  The  boys 
have  stones  for  the  border  of  their  gardens.  I 
think  that  the  gardens  are  very  pretty. 

Frederick  J,  Hynes. 

Vawcob  $trau$$'$  Lecture 

We  have  been  having  some  lectures  lately. 
We  had  one  May  twelfth,  on  poems  that 
were  written  by  Mr.  Charles  Follen  Adams,  or 
"Yawcob  Strauss,"  as  he  called  himself.  He 
writes  in  the  "Dutch"  dialect.  He  wrote  "The 
Long  Handled  Dipper,"  "Little  Yawcob  Strauss," 
"My  Mother-in-law,"  and  "Vos  Marriage  a 
Failure?"  These  were  interesting  to  listen  to. 
He  is  a  veteran  of  the  Civil  War  having  been  a 
Union  soldier.  He  fought  at  Gettysburg  and  was 
wounded.  The  fellows  had  an  opportunity  to 
see  some  of  his  books,  one  of  them,  "The  Long 
Handled  Dipper,"  was  published  in  the  shape  of  a 
dipper.  His  poems  were  divided  into  four  groups, 
and  after  each  group  the  band  played. 

Paul   R.   Rietz. 

One  of  Our  Pleasures 

While  the  "Rebecca  Palmer"  was  laying 
at  anchor  near  our  Island  all  the  boys  had  the 
pleasure  of  going  aboard  it  on  visiting  day  after- 
noon. We  were  taken  aboard  her  in  groups  by 
the  steamer  "Pilgrim."  The  "Rebecca  Palmer" 
is  two  hundred  eighty-five  feet  long,  forty  feet 
wide,   thirty-five  feet   deep.     It  has  five  masts 


and  each  one  cost  twelve  hundred  dollars.  The 
hoisting  of  the  sails  and  boats  is  done  by  steam 
power.  It  takes  three-fourths  of  an  hour  for 
the  vessel  to  get  under  way.  This  vessel  is  a 
coal  carrier  and  holds  four  thousand  two  hundred 
tons  of  coal.  It  takes  two  days  to  load  and  two 
days  to  unload.  It  carries  coal  along  the  coast. 
While  we  were  on  board,  we  were  entertained 
by  a  boy  who  worked  on  board.  He  played  upon 
the  piano  with  a  pianola  attachment.  Besides 
this,  we  were  allowed  to  go  about  at  our  will. 
Roy  D.  Upham. 

nortb  and  South  €nd  Bars 

The  north  end  bar  is  on  the  north-eastern 
end  of  the  Island.  The  south  end  bar  is  on  the 
south-eastern  end.  The  north  end  bar  is 
wider  and  not  so  long  and  narrow.  These  bars 
are  formed  of  material  that  has  been  washed 
from  the  Island  and  been  carried  down  by  the 
tide  and  wind.  The  sea  gulls  stop  on  these 
bars,  especially  the  one  at  the  south  end,  after  the 
tide  has  gone  out.  These  bars  are  made 
mostly  of  sand,  some  stones,  and  shells.  There 
is  a  swift  channel  that  runs  past  the  south  end 
bar  and  this  is  the  only  separation  from  Squan- 
tum,  a  part  of  the  mainland, 

Stephen  Eaton, 

my  Desk 

My  desk  is  two  feet  and  four  inches  high, 
one  foot  eleven  and  one-half  inches  long,  fifteen 
inches  wide,  and  four  and  a  half  inches  deep. 
I  have  five  books  and  two  pencil  boxes,  and  an 
ink  well,  I  have  a  chair.  Another  boy  sits  in 
it  in  the  afternoon.  Frank  S.  Mills. 

mork  in  the  Orchard 

One  afternoon  I  worked  with  Mr.  Kibby  in 
the  orchard.  The  first  thing  was  to  hold  the 
pail  for  Mr,  Kibby  to  cement  the  holes  in  the 
apple  trees.  In  a  little  while  Mr,  Kibby  told  me 
to  go  up  in  number  seven  room  and  get  a  bottle 
of  creosote  and  paint  the  gypsy  moth  nests 
We  cement  the  holes  up  to  keep  out  the  gypsy 
moths.  The  creosote  is  to  spoil  the  eggs  of  the 
gypsy  moths  and  kill  them. 

Harold  D.  Morse. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Jlluitiiti 

John  A.  Buttrick,  '95,  Agent  for  The 
New  York,  New  Haven  and  Hartford  Railroad, 
at  Blackstone,  Mass.,  writes  that  he  was  ap- 
pointed to  his  present  position  December  1, 
1907,  and  seems  to  be  master  of  the  situation, 
as  he  has  found  time  to  take  on  twenty  or  more 
pounds  of  flesh. 

Edward  Steinbrick,  '95,  writes  from  Re- 
hoboth,  Mass.,  where  he  now  is,  mentioning  the 
many  benefits  derived  from  his  attendance  at 
this  school.  He  expects  to  shortly  start  on  a 
large  carpentry  contract.  At  present  he  is  farm- 
ing as  his  health  is  not  of  the  best. 

Joseph  E.  K.  Robblee,  '04,  died  Wed- 
nesday, June  3d,  with  Tuburcular  Meningetis 
after  being  sick  in  bed  but  two  weeks,  and  not 
thought  to  be  seriously  ill  at  the  time.  Joe 
visited  the  School  April  30,  and  seemed  in 
good  health.  Not  long  before  that  Joe  brought 
Mrs.  Bradley  home  from  the  Symphony  in  his 
automobile;  he  was  a  careful  driver,  happy  and 
cheerful  in  disposition,  and  well  liked  by  his  em- 
ployers. He  was  buried  at  Newton  Centre, 
Friday,  June  5. 

The  annual  business  meeting  of  the  Farm 
School  Alumni  Association  was  held  on  May  21 
at  Winthrop  Hall,  Dorchester,  at  which  a  num- 
ber of  important  matters  were  discussed.  The 
following  were  admitted  as  members: — Frederick 
B.  PuUen,  '58,  J.  Frank  Dutton,  '82,  Leroy  S. 
Kenfield,  '82,  Fred  W.  Piecey,  '86,  Richard 
N.  Maxwell.  '00,  Evariste  T.  Porche,  '07, 
Ernest  N.  Jorgensen,  "08.  It  was  voted  to 
change  the  second  article  of  the  Constitution  to 
the  following: — Name.  The  name  of  this  or- 
ganization shall  be  The  Alumni  Association  of 
The  Farm  and  Trades  School.  Resolutions 
were  passed  and  sent  to  the  Board  of  Managers 
expressing  our  appreciation  of  their  action  in 
changing  the  name  of  the  School.  All  of  the 
Treasurer's  records  were  destroyed  In  the  Chel- 
sea fire,  but  as  the  funds  were  in  the  bank  no 
money  loss  was  suffered.     Resolutions  of  sym- 


pathy were  passed  to  those  of  our  number  who 
were  affected  by  the  fire  and  assistance  was  of- 
fered. Mr.  Bradley  having  invited  the  Association 
to  pass  a  day  at  the  School,  the  entertainment 
committee  announced  a  field  day,  to  be  held  on 
the  Island  June  17th,  open  to  members  of  the 
Association  with  their  wives.  A  committee  was 
appointed  by  the  President  to  draw  up  a  revised 
set  of  By-Laws  and  report  at  the  next  metting. 
Merton  p.  Ellis. 

Our  €lotl)c$  Dryers 

When  it  is  stormy  weather  we  hang  the 
clothes  in  the  laundry  instead  of  the  clothes 
yard.  We  use  for  this  purpose  two  clothes 
horses,  for  the  boys'  clothing,  which  hold  a  great 
many  things,  then  there  is  a  reel  which  turns  so 
the  clothes  will  all  have  a  chance  to  dry  near 
the  fire.  For  the  instructors'  clothes  there  are 
two  horses  and  a  reel.  These  reels  each  have 
three  sets  of  rods.  The  reels  are  in  both  ends 
of  the  laundry  and  extend  to  the  top. 

James  R.  Gregory. 

the  mash  Koom  Cupboard 

In  the  assembly  room  there  is  a  cupboard 
which  is  called  the  wash  room  cupboard. 
There  are  hockeys,  tools,  skates,  flags,  and 
many  other  things.  Some  Saturday  mornings 
1  take  the  things  all  out  and  put  them  in  the 
assembly  room.  Then  1  sweep  out  the  cup- 
board and  scrub  it.  Then  1  put  the  tools  back 
in  again.  The  cupboard  is  about  thirteen  feet, 
seven  inches  long,  and  about  four  feet,  four 
inches  wide.  Lawrence  C.  Silver. 

Bakery  Ulork 

One  Friday  morning  when  Harold  Marshall, 
the  baker,  went  to  play  in  the  band,  Charles 
Morse  and  1  took  the  bread  out  of  the  oven. 
The  oven  is  a  large  brick  one  which  holds  over 
a  hundred  loaves  of  bread.  We  took  two  holders 
each  so  that  we  would  not  burn  our  hands. 
We  took  a  long  pole  with  a  flat  end  like  a  shovel, 
called  a  peal,  to  pull  the  bread  out  of  the  oven 
with.  He  pulled  the  bread  out  and  passed  it  to 
me,  and  1  took  the  loaves  out  of  the  pans  and 
piled  the  pans  up. 

Preston  M.  Blanchard. 


THOMPSONVS    ISLAND 


rnALOS 


Vol.  12.    No.  3.        Printed  at  The  Farm  and  Trades  School,  Boston,  Mass.  July,  1908 

Entered    November    23,    1903,    at    Boston,    Mass.,    as    Second-class    matter,    under    Act  of  Congress  of  July  16,  1894. 


Jllunini  Tield  Day 

Some  forty  members  of  the  Association 
with  their  wives  were  fortunate  in  having  fine 
weather  for  their  second  annual  field  day  at  the 
School  on  June  17th.  The  steamer  "Pilgrim" 
with  its  mate,  the  "John  Alden,"  left  City  Point 
at  10.30  A.  M.  for  the  School,  arriving  there 
soon  after.  While  going  over,  a  short  business 
meeting  was  held  at  which  John  J.  Henry,  '50, 
Soloman  B.  Holman,  '50,  and  Thornton  B. 
Lewis,  '80,  were  admitted.  Teams  for  the  ball 
game  were  also  made  up  with  the  married  men 


against  the  single  men.  After  hard  work  nine 
married  men  were  finally  located  and  drafted 
for  the  team.  Some  were  eager,  but  not  as 
young  and  spry  as  years  ago,  neither  were  they 
as  thin. 

As  soon  as  we  arrived  at  the  Island  the 
boys  spread  around  to  look  over  the  improve- 
ments and  changes  that  have  been  made. 
Many  favorable  comments  were  heard  on  the 
condition  of  things  in  general. 

•  At  twelve  o'clock  we   had   lunch   on  the 
tennis  lawn,  and  immediately  after  we  were  pre- 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


vailed  upon  to  gather  together  and  keep  quiet 
long  enough  to  have  our  photograph  taken. 
Then  came  the  ball  game.  The  married  men 
being  so  used  to  being  looked  after  by  their  wives 
were  not  able  to  find  the  ball  and  consequently 
were  beaten  by  the  single  men,  1 5 — 8.  Graham, 
for  the  married  men,  at  second  base  in  blue  over- 
alls for  a  suit,  was  easily  a  good  comedian,  even 
if  he  had  to  a  certain  extent  forgotten  baseball. 
Umpire  Kenfieid  managed  to  last  through  the 
game  and  was  not  obliged  to  call  on  the  police 
of  Cottage  Row  for  assistance.  His  efforts 
were  rewarded  with  a  handsome  (?)  prize.  The 
line  up  was  as  follows. 

Married.  Single. 

Hefler  c  Bryant 

Hughes  p  Pulson 

Buchan  1  b  Dinsmore 

Graham  2nd  b  Stackpole 

Piercey  3rd  b  Malm 

Loud  s.s.  Means 

Duncan  r  f  Pratt 

French  c  f  Capaul 

Alcott,  G.  J.     If  Thayer 

The  sports  which  followed  the  game  were 
quite  interesting,  the  race  of  the  fat  men  very 
amusing,  Graham  again  making  himself  notice- 
able by  winning.  Mrs.  Graham,  not  to  be  out- 
done, won  her  running  race.  Time  slipped  by 
too  fast  and  soon  it  was  time  to  leave.  The 
prizes  were  given  out  on  the  return  trip  and 
were  won  by  the  following. 

Running  Jump,  A.  C.  Malm;  Standing 
Jump,  D.  C.  Clark;  Light  weight  ladies'  race, 
Mrs.  D.  C.  Clark;  Heavy  weight  ladies'  race, 
Mrs.  Graham;  Heavy  weight  men's  race.  J.  H. 
Graham;  Light  weight  men's  race,  D.  C.  Clark; 
Backward  Race,  A.  C.  Malm;  Race  to  wharf, 
1st,  Henry  Bradley;  2nd,  E.  Capaul. 

The  field  day  under  the  direction,  and  for 
the  Alumni  Association,  is  now  an  annual  event 
and  all  the  members  should  try  to  be  present. 
That  they  would  enjoy  it  can  be  vouched  for  by 
members  coming  from  as  far  as  Woonsocket, 
Bridgewater,  and  Marlboro  to  be  present.  Cele- 
brations  elsewhere    prevented    a   number   from 


being  at  the  school.     Those  present  are  named 
below: — 

George  J.  Alcott  '80      John  J.  Henry  '50 
Herbert  Balentine  '00    Champney  Hughes  '98 
Charles  Blatchford  '04  Herbert  A.  Hart  '99_ 
Charles  Bridgham  '85    Leroy  S.  Kenfieid  '82 
Harold  E.  Brenton  '90  Clarence  W.  Loud  '96 
Warren  H.  Bryant  '06  Thornton  B.  Lewis  '80 
George  Buchan  '97        Alfred  C.  Malm  '01 
Fred'k  Burchstead  '02     Louis  E.  Means  '04 
John  A.  Buttrick  '95     Fred'k  W.  Piercey  '86 
Edward  Capaul  '05  Evariste  T.  Porche  '07 

Don  C.  Clark  '06  C.  James  Pratt  '06 

James  A.  Cross  '73       Clifford  M.  Pulson  '97 
Wm.  N.  Dinsmore  '06  1.  Banks  Quinby  '06 
Charles  Duncan  '71        Frank  C.  Simpson  '03 
Merton  P.  Ellis  '99        William  L.  Snow  '90 
Herb't  W.  French  '78    S.  Gordon  Stackpole  '06 
Jas.  H.  Graham  '81       Henry  M.  Stokes  '76 
Alden  B.  Hefler  '87       Fred'k  P.  Thayer  '04 
Lester  H.  Witt  '02 

CDe  Book  Cupboard 

In  the  assembly  room  there  is  a  book  cup- 
board. As  you  come  in  the  "elm  tree"  door,  it 
is  in  the  left-hand  corner.  This  cupboard  is 
five  feet  high  and  four  feet  long,  and  has  ten 
shelves.  When  the  fellows  go  to  work  they  put 
their  books  in  it.  The  fellows  keep  library 
books,  stamp  albums,  their  own  books,  scrap 
books,  and  post  card  albums  there.  On  Wed- 
nesday nights,  and  Sunday  mornings,  library 
books  are  changed.  When  a  fellow  wants  a 
book  changed  he  leaves  it  on  the  top  shelf,  from 
which  it  is  taken  up  to  the  library,  and  the  ex- 
change made.  John  L' Estrange. 

J\  Crip  to  the  Circus 

On  Saturday  afternoon,  May  30,  some  of 
the  boys  went  to  the  circus.  We  got  there  just 
about  in  time  to  get  a  seat.  The  band  played 
until  the  parade  was  ready  and  then  a  man  blew 
a  whistle  for  the  parade  to  start.  It  was  led  by 
four  trumpeters.  In  the  parade  were  people 
representing  many  different  tribes,  also  trained 
animals,  and  other  interesting  things.  In  the 
ring  near  us,  there  were  a  dog  and  five  ele- 
phants that  did  tricks,  some  daring  trapeze  per- 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


formers,  a  double-jointed  man,  tight  rope 
walkers,  and  others.  In  the  arena  there  were 
horses  and  ponies  that  did  things  such  as  jump- 
ing and  racing.  There  were  three  horses  with 
high  jumping  records  of  7  ft.  8  in.,  6  ft.  8  in., 
and  6  ft.  9  in.,  respectively,  and  two  ponies  with 
leaping  and  broad  jumping  records  of  6  ft.  1  in. 
A  ladies'  jockey  race  went  three  times  around 
the  track,  a  two  horse  race  went  three  times 
around  the  track,  and  a  four  horse  chariot  race 
went  around  three  times.  There  was  also  a 
race  between  the  fleetest  American  and  English 
whippet  racing  dogs.  The  last  was  the  autos 
that  pass  in  the  air,  and  this  was  done  by  two 
women,  one  driving  the  red  car,  the  other  the 
white.  They  both  start  at  the  same  time,  one 
in  back  of  the  other,  down  a  ninety  foot  runway. 
The  foremost  car  turns  a  somersault  while  the 
other  car  glides  under  it  and  lands  on  a  plat- 
form closely  followed  by  the  car  that  turned  the 
somersault.  Before  coming  back  we  visited 
the  animals.     We  enjoyed  every  moment. 

Laurence  C.  Silver. 

It  was  my  work  to  harness  up  Major  and 
Bell  to  the  spring-tooth  harrow  and  harrow  over 
on  observatory  hill.  This  piece  had  been  done 
with  the  disk-harrow  to  cut  the  pieces  of  sods 
up  and  to  stir  the  manure  in  with  the  soil.  It 
breaks  up  the  lumps  of  soil,  then  it  has  to  be 
done  again  with  the  spring-tooth  harrow  to 
smooth  it.      1  harrowed  all  the  afternoon. 

Henry  G.  Eckman. 

Roofing 

In  the  cow  yard  there  is  a  small  shed,  and 
at  one  end  is  a  cow  run  which  was  to  be  covered 
with  Andamant  roofing.  Another  fellow  and  I 
hammered  the  nails  down  on  the  roof  of  the  run 
to  make  it  smooth  for  the  roofing.  In  each  roll 
of  roofing  there  is  a  can  of  cement  and  enough 
large  headed  nails  to  lay  the  roll.  We  com- 
menced laying  the  tooting  at  the  eaves  and  par- 
allel with  them,  allowing  the  sheet  to  bend  one 
inch  over  the  edge  of  the  roof,  securing  it  with 
the  large  headed  nails,  driving  them  in  two  in- 
ches apart.     The  second  and  succeeding  sheets 


were  lapped  over  three  inches,  applying  the 
cement  thoroughly  the  entire  length  of  lap,  then 
nailing  it  one  inch  back  from  the  edge  of  sheet 
and  having  the  nails  about  two  inches  apart, 
A  light  board  was  used  to  stand  upon  when 
nailing  and  cementing.  When  we  came  to 
where  the  barn  and  roof  of  the  run  join,  making 
a  flashing,  we  turned  the  roofing  up  under  the 
clapboards  about  four  inches  against  the  barn. 
After  cementing  the  boards,  we  bent  some  new 
pieces  of  tin  and  nailed  them  on  the  roofing. 
Elmer  Bowers. 

Clcanittd  the  mcst  Dormitory 

Every  morning  after  we  make  the  beds  in 
the  west  dormitory  we  sweep.  We  first  move 
all  the  beds  to  one  end  of  the  dormitory.  When 
that  is  done  it  leaves  a  space  at  the  other  end. 
We  sweep  this  space  and  move  the  beds  that 
belong  there  back,  and  so  on  until  it  is  all  done. 
We  sweep  the  dirt  into  a  pile  and  take  it  up  with 
a  dust  pan  and  brush,  and  empty  into  the  dirt  box. 
One  fellow  does  this  and  another  dusts  the 
dormitory.  When  this  is  done  we  straighten  up 
the  pillows.  Each  fellow  has  two  rows  to 
straighten  up.  While  we  straighten  up  a  pillow 
we  straighten  up  the  beds  also,  \  mean  by  this  to 
get  all  the  wrinkles  out  and  make  the  beds  look 
smooth.  Alonzo  B.  James. 

Cleaning  tbc  CDapcl 

The  chapel  is  our  largest  assembly  hall. 
When  it  is  to  be  scrubbed  it  is  f'rst  cleared  of 
the  chairs,  settees  and  other  furniture.  When  it 
is  scrubbed  once,  or  as  many  times  as  it  is 
needed,  it  is  waxed,  by  putting  the  wax  on  a 
cloth  and  then  rubbing  it  in  thoroughly.  After 
it  is  rubbed  in,  it  is  polished  with  some  polishers 
or  weights.  Then  the  wood  work  is  washed  and 
the  furniture  put  back.  Percy  Smith. 

B  new  Club 

In  our  new  club  we  have  twenty  boys,  and 
we  have  given  it  the  name  of  the  Gardner  Pleas- 
ure Club  because  it  was  organized  in  Gardner 
Hall.  The  purpose  of  it,  is  to  have  gun  drills 
and  pleasure.  William  B.  Laing. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Dompson's  Island  Beacon 

Published  Monthly  by 

THE  FARM  AND  TRADES  SCHOOL 

Thompson's  Island,   Boston  Harbor 

A     PRIVATE     SCHOOL     FOR     WORTHY     BOYS 
DEPENDENT     UPON     DONATIONS     AND     BEQUESTS. 


Vol.     12.    No.    3. 


July,    1908. 


Subscription  Price 


50  Cents  Per  Year. 


BOARD  OF  MANAGERS 


president 

Alfred  Bowditch 


vice  president 

Henry  S.  Grew 


TREASURER 

Arthur  Adams 


secretary 

Tucker  Daland 


managers 

Melvin  O.  Adams 
1.  Tucker  Burr 

Charles  P.  Curtis 
George  L.  DeBlois 

Charles  T.  Gallagher 
Walter  Hunnewell 
Henry  Jackson,  M.  D. 

Richard  M.  Saltonstall 
Francis  Shaw 

William  S.  Spauldin^ 
Moses  Williams,  Jr 
Ralph  B.  Williams 


Charles  H.   Bradley, 


Superintendent 


Treasurer's  Address  50  State  St. 

Boston,  Mass. 


Salvation  sounds  like  a  religious  word  but  it 
is  no  more  nor  less  religious  than  the  trees  and 
flowers.  It  is  natural.  It  stands  for  perfect 
health  of  body  and  mind.  God  meant  every  boy 
and  girl,  man  and  woman,  to  be  saved  in  just 
that  way. 


Perfect  health  means  muscles  that  are 
obedient  servants  to  the  mind,  that  can  lift  and 
carry,  and  help  every  other  part  to  do  its  work. 
If  a  muscle  in  the  arm  acta  out  of  order  then 
there  is  trouble  and  the  days  work  cannot  be 
finished.  If  a  muscle  in  the  leg  says  that  it 
will  not  act  with  the  other  muscles,  then  there  is 
trouble,  and  so  trouble  in  the  whole  system, 
because  every  part  sympathizes  with  every 
other  part.  Each  muscle  must  be  obedient,  there 
must  be  good  team  play,  then  there  is  happiness, 
unconscious  right  action,  and  a  chance  to  win. 

When  we  ask  ourselves  what  we  are,  the 
answer  comes  back  that  we  are  just  what  our 
minds  are.  Your  mind  is  you,  my  mind  is  me. 
It  is  that  which  reveals  us  to  each  other.  It  is 
that  which  trains  us  and  guides  our  thoughts. 
It  teaches  us  to  think  good,  strong,  pure 
thoughts,  until  we  are  able  to  stand  in  all  cir- 
cumstances and  win  a  victory  over  everything 
and  anything  that  is  not  absolute  good.  In  our 
gardens,  if  a  supposed  flower  turns  out  to  be  a 
weed,  we  pull  it  out  just  as  quickly  as  we  can 
and  put  a  good  flower  in  its  place. 

Our  minds  are  like  gardens  that  bloom  all 
'  the  year  around.  When  we  see  that  thoughts 
are  going  to  grow  bad,  we  can  pull  them  out  and 
put  good  and  right  thoughts  in  their  places. 
We  can  uproot  jealousy  and  meanness,  and  un- 
kindness  in  all  forms,  and  every  thing  like  that 
that  would  try  to  hinder  our  growth  and  choke 
our  good  deeds  and  thoughts. 

We  can  resolutely  plant  love  and  grati- 
tude, a  desire  to  be  of  service  to  those  about  us, 
and  a  determination  to  do  the  duty  which  is 
before  us  although  it  may  be  unattractive  and 
disagreeable.  We  can  only  grow  through  obe- 
dience. Intelligent  obedience  is  the  test  of 
the  highest  culture.  It  is  the  stepping  stone  to 
knowledge,  power,  and  practical  wisdom. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Napoleon  learned  to  command  through 
learning  perfectly  to  obey,  in  the  military  school, 
when  he  was  poor  and  unknown.  By  obedience, 
the  muscles  grow  and  serve.  By  obedience  to 
the  highest  thoughts  and  instincts,  the  mind 
grows  and  serves,  and  a  healthy  body,  the 
servant  of  a  healthy  mind,  saves  one  from  evil. 
Through  daily  effort  each  saves  himself  by 
achieving  a  character  which  withstands  and 
protects,  and  is  his  salvation. 

Dotes 

June   1 .     Planted  cucumbers  and  mangles. 

Repolished  Assembly  Hall  floor. 

June  2.     Through  using  steam  heat. 

June  3.  Repaired  picket  fence  back  of 
Cottage  Row. 

June  5.     Planted  sweet  corn  and  beans. 

June  8.     Began  haying. 

June  1 1 .  Made  a  platform  for  graduation 
exercises. 

June   14.     First  green  peas  of  the  season. 

June  15.  Superintendent's  sitting-room, 
parlor,  and  hall  painted. 

June   19.     Planted  cabbage  seed. 

A  small  load  of  spruce  and  pine  lumber  came 
from  Freeport  Street. 

June  20,     Launched  the  Lozier  launch. 

Sail  yachts  Trevore  and  Winslow  painted 
and  varnished. 

Fire  escape  on  northeast  wing  painted. 

June  22.     Picked  the  first  strawberries. 

A  swimming  float  for  boys  use  completed. 

Screen  doors  and  windows  put  on  Main 
building. 

June  23.  Plumbers  finished  putting  in 
closets  in  east  and  west  dormitories,  and  a 
drinking  fount  on  the  same  floor,  also  stand  pipe 
for  fire  service  on  top  floor. 

June  24.  Renewed  fire  grates  in  Steamer 
"Pilgrim." 

June  27.  Finished  transplanting  1800 
celery  plants. 

Finished  a  map  of  farming  operations  for 
1908. 


3unc  meteorology 

Maximum  temperature,  88""  on  the  8th. 

Minimum  temperature,  48°  on  the  2nd. 

Mean  temperature  for  the  month,  67°. 

Total  precipitation,  1 .68  inches. 

Greatest  precipitation  in  24  hours,  .83  in- 
ches on  the  29th. 

7  days  with  .01  or  more  inches  precipita- 
tion, 6  clear  days,  24  partly  cloudy. 

Total  number  of  hours  sunshine,  317  and 
30  minutes. 

Thunderstorm  with  hail  on  the  28th. 

Cbe  Tariti  and  trades  School  Bank 

Cash  on  hand  June  1,  1908  $536.27 

Deposited  during  the  month  54.75 


$591.02 
17.13 
$573.89 


Withdrawn  during  the  month 
Cash  on  hand  July  1,  1908 

Graduation  Day 

The  twelfth  of  June  was  Graduation  Day. 
It  was  an  ideal  day  for  such  an  event.  The  ex- 
ercises took  place  on  the  front  lawn,  where  set- 
tees had  been  placed  for  the  guests.  A  plat- 
form was  erected  where  the  members  of  the 
class  stood  while  speaking.  The  programme 
was  opened  with  a  selection  by  the  band,  after 
which  Rev.  F.  B.  Richards  led  us  in  prayer. 

T.  Chapel  Wright,  after  welcoming  the 
people,  gave  an  essay  on  Forestry.  This 
was  followed  by  an  essay  on  the  life  of  Thomas 
Edison,  by  Frederick  Webb.  Next,  four  boys 
told  about  the  principal  legal  holidays  celebrated 
in  some  of  the  different  states,  giving  what  has 
been  written  concerning  some  of  them  by  our 
poets  and  statesmen.  The  history  of  Cottage 
Row  was  given  by  James  Clifford,  who  told  how 
it  was  started,  and  its  growth  up  to  the  present. 
Louis  Darling  gave  some  interesting  facts  about 
mosquitoes,  and  the  methods  used  here  for  their 
extermination.  Meteorology  was  the  subject 
taken  by  Alfred  Neumann,  who  told  about  the 
observatory  and  the  different  instruments  used 
at  this  school.  Thomas  Carnes  decided  in  his 
essay  that  the  Germans  were  the  best  immi- 
grants to  this  country.     The   class  prophet  was 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Herbert  Watson,  who  created  much  laughter, 
especially  about  the  future  of  Thomas  Carnes 
whose  highest  ambition  in  life  was  to  be  the 
"best  dressed  man  in  the  country." 

The  others  were  given  these  futures: — 
A.  Neumann,  keeping  a  hair-dressing  shop;  C. 
Clifton  Wright,  farming  down  in  Mexico;  Louis 
Darling,  a  theatrical  manager;  Van  Brown, 
dancing  teacher;  A.  Allen  Eaton,  a  star  base- 
ball pitcher  whose  "hornets"  cannot  be  beaten; 
James  Clifford,  a  mayor;  Frederick  Webb  an 
inventor  whose  inventions  were  a  benefit  to  this 
school  in  doing  away  with  laziness;  T.  Chapel 
Wright,  a  manager  of  an  agency  for  office-boys; 
Herbert  Nelson,  editor  of  "Colored  People's 
Matrimonial  Gazette;"  and  Frederick  Marshall 
a  teacher  of  higher  mathematics  in  India. 

The  class  motto  "Loyalty,"  was  the  last 
essay.  The  band  now  played  another  selection. 
The  Rev.  Charles  F.  Dole,  the  speaker  of  the 
day,  gave  a  fine  address  on  the  highest  kind  of 
power. 

The  diplomas  were  then  presented  to  the 
members  of  the  graduating  class  by  Mr.  Bradley. 
The  alumni  gold  medal  was  also  awarded  to  the 
graduate  that  stood  highest  in  the  class,  by  Mr. 
J.  T.  Evans.  Dr.  Frank  E.  AUard  gives  three 
prizes  each  year  to  the  three  fellows  that  show 
the  most  interest  in  the  United  States  History. 
They  were  awarded  by  Mr.  Bradley  to  Percy 
Smith,  Harold  L.  Marshall,  and  Robert  W. 
Gregory.  The  exercises  were  concluded  by  an- 
other selection  from  the  band.  At  five  o'clock 
the  guests  returned  home,  accompanied  by  the 
graduating  class  as  far  as  City  Point. 

Frederick  W.  Marshall. 

Jllllgator  Pear 

Mr.  Bradley  brought  to  the  first  school  room 
a  fruit  which  he  said  was  an  alligator  pear,  brought 
him  by  Mr.  Adams,  from  Philadelphia.  It 
is  a  tropical  fruit,  although  it  is  sometimes 
known  as  a  vegetable.  The  fruit  weighs  from 
one  to  two  pounds,  and  contains  a  single  seed, 
enclosed  by  a  hard,  firm,  yellowish-green  pulp. 
The  seed  is  removed  and  the  pulp  eaten  with 
vinegar,  salt,  and  pepper,  or  a  French  dressing. 


This  pulp  also  contains  an  oil  which  is  used  for 
illuminating  purposes,  and  for  making  soap. 
The  seed  yields  a  deep,  indelible,  black  stain, 
employed  for  marking  linen.  The  Alligator 
pear  tree  is  an  evergreen  which  grows  to  be 
about  thirty  feet  high.  It  is  grown  as  far  north 
as  Los  Angeles,  but  it  needs  a  hotter  climate  to 
make  the  fruit  palatable.  Most  Europeans  do 
not  like  the  taste  of  the  Alligator  pear,  but  once 
it  is  acquired  they  become  exceedingly,  and 
sometimes  excessively  fond  of  it.  The  tree 
bears  fruit  when  five  years  old. 

Herbert  F.  M.  Watson. 

Coveritid  Books 

The  office  boys  cover  all  the  books.  The 
different  books  we  have  to  cover  come  from 
the  school  rooms,  office,  library,  and  chapel. . 
When  the  covers  of  the  library  books  get  torn 
or  badly  soiled,  they  are  sent  around  to  the  of- 
fice where  they  get  re-covered  as  soon  as  possi- 
ble. When  the  school  terms  are  over,  a  good 
share  of  the  school  books  need  covering.  All 
new  books  are  covered.  This  is  done  with  a 
heavy  gray  paper.  The  hymn  books  have  to  be 
re-covered  nearly  every  year.  They  are  cov- 
ered with  a  heavy  black  paper.  Sometimes 
when  a  book  comes  in  to  be  re-covered,  the 
binding  is  torn  and  some  of  the  pages  are  loose. 
These  are  glued  so  they  will  be  in  a  good  con- 
dition for  the  next  user. 

T.  Chapel  Wright. 

Dclit^eritid  €iothe$ 

Every  week  after  the  clothes  are  washed 
and  ironed,  they  are  taken  to  the  rooms,  where 
they  belong.  We  take  the  clothes  off  the  reel 
where  they  are  hung,  after  they  are  ironed,  and 
sort  the  clothes  and  put  them  in  their  right  piles. 
Then  they  are  put  in  blankets  and  delive.ed  to 
their  respective  rooms. 

Clarence  M.  Daniels. 

Tun  in  the  6ymna$ium 

In  the  winter  time  the  majority  of  the  fel- 
lows are  found  in  the  gymnasium  in  Gardner 
Hall.  There,  they  spend  their  play  hours  doing 
stunts  on  the  ladder,  swinging  on  the  rings, 
practising  on  their  band  instruments,  climbing 


THOMPSON'S   ISLAND    BEACON 


the  rope,  and  swinging  Indian  clubs.  On  the 
three  traveling  rings,  the  fellows  play  tag.  The 
fellow  with  the  middle  ring  tries  to  tag  either  of 
the  other  two  fellows  and  then  the  one  he  tags 
has  to  be  "it."  On  the  ladder  are  stunts  of 
many  kinds,  two  of.  which,  are  to  get  up  over 
the  side  hand  over  hand,  and  skip  three  rounds 
at  every  swing  the  whole  length  of  the  ladder. 
On  the  climbing  rope,  which  is  twenty  feet  long, 
are  two  very  good  stunts  to  go  up  hand  over 
hand  with  kicking  your  feet  and  without  kicking 
them.  There  are  not  many  fellows  that  can 
swing  the  Indian  clubs  very  well  but  they  are 
learning.  There  are  other  sports  which  the  fel- 
lows enjoy  besides  these. 

J.  Herbert  M.  Nelson. 

The  fishing  has  begun  now  and  quite  a 
number  of  the  fellows  go-  out  on  Saturdays. 
For  bait,  sea  worms  and  clams  are  used.  The 
best  fishing  is  done  on  the  end  of  the  wharf  and 
that  is  where  most  of  the  fellows  go.  The  fish 
that  are  caught  are  flounders,  and  sculpins. 
The  flounders  are  kept  and  cleaned,  and  the 
sculpins  are  thrown  overboard.  After  the 
cleaning  is  done  they  are  brought  up  to  the  kit- 
chen where  they  are  cooked  and  then  sent  into 
the  dining  room  for  the  fellows  who  caught  them. 
James  R.  Gregory. 

Samplittd  Grain 

In  the  second  school  room,  there  are  ten 
bottles  of  sample  grain.  I  weighed  them  and 
found  that  the  linseed  meal  weighed  the  most, 
buckwheat  next,  and  corn  bran,  the  least.  The 
different  states  legally  decide  the  number  of 
pounds  to  a  bushel  of  the  different  grains.  At 
present,  the  general  reckoning  is: — oats,  thirty- 
two  pounds,  wheat,  sixty  pounds,  and  rye,  fifty- 
six  pounds  to  a  bushel.  This  seems  very  inter- 
esting to  me  because  1  am  interested  in  every- 
thing about  a  farm.  George  M.  Holmes. 

Cbe  nidnkcv 

We  have  near  the  house,  a  monkey  named 
"Whitey."  She  is  in  a  cage.  Mr.  Mead  and  1 
made  a  trapeze  for  her  to  swing  on  but  she  did 
not  seem  to  appreciate  it  so  Mr.  Mead  made  a 


rope  ladder  and  1  helped  him  to  put  it  up.  She 
uses  it  quite  often.  I  was  going  into  the  cage 
one  noon,  to  feed  her  and  clean  it  out,  and  she 
jumped  on  my  back,  then  up  to  the  top  of  the 
ladder  and  began  shaking  it  until  she  hit  me  in 
the  back  of  the  head.  After  I  got  through  I 
stepped  out  and  filled  her  dish  with  water  and 
she  stepped  up  and  let  me  smooth  her  and 
looked  up  in  my  face  as  if  to  say  "I'm  sorry." 
She  then  jumped  up  the  ladder,  after  I  shut  the 
door,  and  I  said,  "down,"  just  to  see  what  she 
would  do,  and  down  she  came  to  the  door.  All 
the  boys  like  to  see  her  go  through  these  actions, 
but  it  is  hard  to  get  her  to  when  so  many  are 
around.  Gordon  G.  MacIntire. 

Cestiitd  Seeds 

After  last  year's  planting  we  had  some  vege- 
table seeds  left.  Some  seeds  die  when  they  get 
old.  Mr.  Kibby  took  a  hundred  of  each  kind  of 
seeds  and  placed  them  in  between  two  pieces  of 
cotton  flannel,  then  dampened  the  cloth  and  put 
them  into  dishes,  each  with  another  dish  on  top 
so  as  to  make  it  warm  and  damp  inside  of  the 
dish.  Then  the  dishes  were  put  into  a  window 
box  in  the  school  room.  If  the  seeds  are  good 
they  will  sprout.  If  enough  of  these  seeds  are 
good  we  will  not  have  to  have  to  buy  so  many 
next  spring.  N.  Harold  Silver. 

Postal  Cards 

Lots  of  the  fellows  collect  postal  cards  and 
keep  them  in  albums.  Some  fellows  have  quite 
a  number.  I  am  saving  postal  cards  and  have 
about  one  hundred  and  ninety.  I  have  some 
from  different  places  such  as  Mexico,  California, 
Arizona,  and  other  interesting  places.  Mr. 
Bradley  sent  the  boys  postals  when  he  was  abroad 
and  also  Mr.  Humphreys  gave  us  each  a  postal 
card.  Some  were  of  Italy,  and  others  of  Africa. 
On  Christmas  and  the  Fourth  of  July  many  of 
the  fellows  have  postals  appropriate  to  the  day. 
Each  year  brings  up  our  collection  so  that  now 
and  then  we  have  to  get  new  albums.  Ralph 
Whittemoie  has  the  largest  collection  of  any 
fellow  in  the  School.  It  consists  of  about  five 
hundred.  William  W.  Foster. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


jn\mn\ 

C.  Archie  Graves,  "07,  now  in  Dorset, 
Vermont,  writes  from  his  home,  with  Mr.  C.  B. 
Gilbert.  Not  only  on  the  farm  but  in  the  church 
he  has  made  a  place  for  himself,  taking  part  in 
the  meetings  and  leading  them  when  necessary. 

Foster  Hoye,  '07,  writes  from  Watertown, 
New  York,  that  he  is  a  chaff eur  and  well  and 
happy.  His  employer  was  so  well  pleased  with 
his  work  that  he  engaged  him  for  the  winter. 
He  subscribes  for  the  Beacon,  because  next  to 
seeing  Thompson's  Island  is  hearing  from  it. 

Cms  of  Our  Tsland 

We  have  many  varieties  of  trees  on  our 
Island.  The  "Old  Elm"  is  the  oldest  and 
largest.  It  is  situated  between  Gardner  Hall 
and  the  main  building.  In  front  of  the  house 
are  two  large  acacia  trees.  On  one  side  of  the 
playgrounds  are  two  rows  of  trees  some  of 
which  are  maple.  On  the  northwest  side  of 
the  main  building  we  have  a  grove  comprised 
mostly  of  pine,  oak  and  maple.  At  the  south 
end  of  the  Island  are  Lyman  Grove,  Oak  Knoll, 
and  Whaltbapk.  Lyman  Grove  is  mostly  of 
osks  and  larches.  Oak  Knoll  has  oak  trees  from 
which  it  gets  its  name.  On  Whaleback  there 
are  spruce  and  oak  trees.  At  the  north  end 
there  is  Bowditeh  Grove  of  oak,  maple,  and 
spruce  trees.  At  the  extreme  north  end,  there 
is  a  grove  of  Austrian  pine  and  white  birches. 
In  the  orchard  we  have  apple,  pear,  and  cherry 
trees.  Ralph  A.  Whittemore. 

Tronitid  napKins 

One  afternoon  I  had  to  iron  napkins.  It 
was  a  special  "Visiting  Day,"  and  ever  so  many 
people  come  through  the  laundry.  I  had  my 
picture  taken  as  1  was  working. 

Walter  R.  Horsman. 

Putting  in  Rich  Soil 

One  afternoon  Mr,  McLeod  had  a  few 
boys  shovel  the  gravel  from  around  the  com- 
post shed  to  make  ready  for  planting  shrub- 
bery. The  boys  loaded  the  teams  with  gravel, 
then  the  driver  took  it  over  to  the  south  end 
bringing  back  a  load  of  loam.  The  gravel  was 
taken   out    about    two    feet    deep    and    a    rake 


handle's  length  wide.  When  the  loam  was  put 
in,  Mr.  Kibby  went  over  to  the  nursery  and  se- 
lected some  shrubs.  The  largest  ones  were 
put  in  the  background  and  the  smallest  ones  in 
the  front  and  on  the  ends.  After  they  were 
planted,  a  boy  got  the  water  barrel  and  a  bucket, 
and  watered  the  shrubs,  allowing  about  a  bucket 
full  to  three  shrubs.  Edward  H.  Deane. 

Sewing 

Of  late,  extra  work  has  been  brought  into 
the  sewing  room,  such  as  flags,  curtains,  and 
other  things.  The  ends  of  the  flags  were  torn 
and  had  to  be  mended.  If  there  was  a  tear  in 
the  stripe,  it  had  to  be  repaired  up  as  far  as  the 
tear  went.  Then  the  instructor  in  charge  put  a 
new  piece  in.  There  was  also  a  Union  Jack  and 
a  pennant  to  be  mended.  All  around  the  stars  of 
the  Union  Jack  the  cloth  was  thin  and  torn,  so 
they  were  taken  off  and  replaced  by  a  new  and 
better  piece.  Then  the  stars  were  sewed  on 
again.  The  end  of  the  steamer's  pennant  was 
torn.  This  had  to  come  to  an  exact  point  so  the 
boys  did  not  help  mend  it.  When  the  sheets 
are  torn  too  much  they  are  thrown  away.  These 
of  course  have  to  be  replaced.  The  sheets  and 
pillow  cases  are  hemmed  by  the  sewing  room 
boys.     I  like  the  work  quite  well. 

Leland  B.  Watson 

Che  Pictures  in  Our  School  Room 

The  pictures  in  our  school  room  are  very 
pretty.  There  are  about  fifteen  in  all.  One  of 
the  pictures  represents  "The  Village  Black- 
smith." In  it  one  may  see  the  blacksmith, 
working  at  the  forge,  and  the  school  children, 
looking  in  at  the  door.  Another,  represents 
"The  Childrens'  Hour."  In  this,  there  are  three 
little  girls  coming  down  the  broad  stairs,  and 
there  is  a  large  clock  in  the  back.  Another,  is 
"The  Gleaners,"  which  is  Millet's  masterpiece. 
In  this,  three  peasants  are  picking  up  the  re- 
maining sheaves  of  wheat.  In  the  distance 
there  is  the  large  wagon,  waiting  for  the  grain. 
Another,  is  "George  Washington,"  by  Copley, 
an  early  American  painter,  which  we  all  like  very 
much.  Still  another,  is  of  the  Matterhorn,  in  the 
Alps  in  Europe.  There  are  also  other  very  good 
pictures  but  these  especially  interest  us. 

George  A.  Matthews. 


THOMPSONVS    IkSLAISTD 


BEACON 


Vol.  12.    No.  4.        Printed  at  The  Farm  and  Trades  School,  Boston,  Mass.       August,  1908 

Entered    November    23.     1903,    at    Boston,    Mass..    as    Second-class    matter,    under    Act  of  Congress  of  July  16,   1894. 


Tourrb  of  3uly 

Fourth  of  July  is  one  of  our  most  interest- 
ing days  of  the  year  and  is  looked  forward  to  by 
every  fellow.  On  the  night  before  the  fellows 
assembled  around  the  Old  Elm.  Mr.  Bradley 
read  the  names  of  the  races,  one  by  one,  and  the 
fellows  who  wished  to  enter  a  race  had  their 
names  put  down. 

After  this  was  done  we  went  to  bed  anxious 
for  the  night  to  pass.  At  sunrise  most  every 
boy  was  awakened  by  the  sound  of  the  bugle 
and  the  noise  of  the  cannon.  At  half  past  six 
we  had  breakfast. 

At  seven  o'clock  the  necessary  work  was 
done  and  at  eight  o'clock  we  went  to  the  as- 
sembly hall  and  each  fellow  was  given  five 
bunches  of  fire-crackers,  a  piece  of  punk,  and  a 
package  of  torpedoes. 

About  nine  o'clock  we  were  ready  for  the 
cross  country  run.  Mr.  Bradley  started  the  fel- 
lows off.  All  the  rest  of  the  fellows  were  anx- 
ious to  see  who  had  the  lead.  Some  went  up 
in  the  gymnasium  to  watch  them.  In  a  little 
while  some  one  told  us  that  Clifton  Wright  was 
ahead  when  they  passed  the  farm  house,  but 
as  they  approached  nearer  Robert  Gregory  was 
about  twenty  yards  ahead  and  he  won.  The 
blind  race  v/as  a  good  one  because  it  caused 
lots  of  laughing.  The  fellows  in  it  were  told  to 
get  their  towels  and  have  some  one  tie  them 
over  their  eyes.  They  were  then  told  the  course 
to  take,  and  at  a  given  signal,  started  off.  Some 
of  them  ran  into  trees,  others  ran  into  the  potato 
piece,  and  a  few  ran  straight  for  the  goal. 
Another  funny  race  was  the  obstacle  race. 
The  fellows  that  were  in  this  had  to  go  through 
the  rounds  of  a  ladder,  through  a  barrel  top  of  a 
bench,  under  a  bench,  then  run  down  to  a  bench 


that  had  mugs  on  it,  with  corn  in  them.  They 
had  to  take  off  their  shoes  and  stockings,  turn 
the  latter  wrong  side  out,  put  them  on  again, 
then  count  the  corn  in  the  mugs  and  put  the 
amount  and  his  name  on  a  tag  on  the  mug, 
then  run  back  to  the  starting  point. 

At  eleven-thirty  we  had  dinner.  At  twelve 
o'clock  the  salute  was  fired.  It  was  raining  at 
two  o'clock  p.  m.  so  we  had  to  postpone  the 
races  on  the  beach  road  until  it  stopped.  After 
it  stopped  we  were  given  a  bag  of  "Dr.  Bancroft's 
double-jointed,  California  fresh  roasted  peanuts." 
After  the  peanuts  were  passed  around  we  went 
to  the  wharf  to  watch  the  swimming  races. 
They  were,  follow  the  leader,  the  obstacle  race, 
and  the  two  swimming  races.  We  then  went 
over  to  the  beach  to  watch  the  races  there. 
Some  of  the  best  and  funniest  ones  were  the 
three-legged,  wheelbarrow,  and  barrel  races. 

After  the  races  were  all  over  we  went  to 
the  house  and  at  five-thirty  we  had  supper.  At 
seven  twenty-four  came  flag  lowering  and  salute. 
Then  came  the  tug  of  war  that  was  between  the 
odds  and  evens.  The  evens  won.  At  eight 
o'clock  the  fire-works  were  started,  and  enjoyed 
by  every  one.  By  nine  o'clock  we  were  ready 
for  the  fire-ball  battle,  or  Mexican  Insurrection 
as  it  was  called.  This  looked  very  pretty. 
Every  fellow  tried  catching  a  blazing  ball  of 
wicking  soaked  with  turpentine.  They  threw 
them  as  far  and  as  high  as  they  could.  After 
the  fire-ball  battle  Mr.  Bradley  lit  some  red 
torches  and  stuck  them  in  the  ground  around  the 
main  building,  and  we  went  up  to  assembly  hall 
and  returned  the  fire-crackers,  or  punk  that  we 
had  not  used.  After  this  we  went  to  bed  rather 
tired,  but  feeling  that  we  had  spent  a  glorious 
fourth.  Stephen  Eaton. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


ma$b  Room 

1  have  been  assigned  as  morning  wash  room 
boy.  It  is  my  duty  to  keep  the  wash  room  clean 
and  to  siiine  the  brass.  I  open  the  wash  room 
cupboard  in  the  morning  and  give  the  boys  the 
things  they  need  to  work  with.  Then  I  go  to  my 
work.  For  the  last  few  days  I  have  had  some 
one  to  help  me.  The  towels  are  changed  twice 
a  week.  On  bath  night  1  get  out  the  soap  and 
put  the  brushes  on  the  floor. 

Royal  R.  Ellison. 

Out  Sailing 

Visiting  day  afternoon  Mr.  Bradley  asked 
some  of  the  fellows  if  they  wanted  to  go  for  a 
sail.  I  guess  we  did!  Some  of  the  boys  went 
down  and  got  the  "Winslow"  ready.  She  is  an 
eighteen  foot  knockabout.  We  sailed  from  our 
Island  across  to  the  South  Boston  Yacht  Club 
where  we  made  a  short  stop.  From  there  we 
sailed  in  back  of  the  Life  Saving  Station  and 
past  the  Gasoline  boat.  Then  we  headed  for 
our  Island.  It  was  a  cool  trip  and  we  all  enjoyed 
it.  Frank  H.  Machon. 

Squash 

In  preparing  summer  squash  for  dinner,  1 
first  wash  them,  and  then  cut  them  in  slices  and 
peal  off  the  skin.  After  that  I  put  a  pail  of 
water  in  the  boiler  with  the  squash  and  put  them 
on  the  stove  and  let  them  boil  until  they  are 
soft  and  mushy.  They  are  then  strained,  that 
is,  all  the  water  is  strained  out  and  then  salt, 
pepper,  and  butter  added  to  flavor  them.  They 
are  then  taken  to  the  boys'  dining  room  ready 
for  dinner.  Gordon  G.  MacIntire. 

Jlwaraing  Prizes 

At  the  end  of  every  six  months  conduct 
prizes  are  awarded.  Mr.  Francis  Shaw,  one  of 
the  Managers  of  the  School,  gives  fifty  dollars 
annually  to  be  distributed  to  the  ten  boys  who 
stand  highest  in  their  grade,  and  receive  the 
least  number  of  marks.  These  prizes  are  called 
the  Shaw  Cash  Prizes. 

The  Temple  Consolation  Prizes  are  given 
by  Mr.  Alfred  Bowditch,  in  memory  of  the  late 
Mr.  Temple,  a  former  Manager  of  the  School. 
These  prizes  are   books,  and  are  given  to  the 


next  five  fellows  who  stand  highest  in  grade. 
Honorable  mention  is  for  the  next  five  fellows 
that  are  highest  in  grade. 

These  prizes  were  awarded  by  Mr.  Bradley 
on  the  fourth  visiting  day.  Also  the  Good  Citi- 
zenship prizes  were  awarded,  which  are  given 
by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Albert  H.  Willis,  to  the  four 
fellows  who  show  the  most  interest  in  Cottage 
Row,  and  do  their  duty  best,  either  as  office 
holders  or  citizens. 

The  fellows  who  received  the  prizes  are  as 
follows: — ■ 

Shaw  Cash  Prizes 

1  John  F.  Nelson  6     Joseph  Kalberg 

2  Herbert  M.  Nelson     7     Roy  R.  Matthews 

3  Frank  H.  Machon      8     Alfred  Neumann 

4  James  Clifford  9     Thomas  Carnes 

5  Harold  N.  Silver       10     A.   Bennett  Cooke 

Temple  Consolation  Prizes 

1  A.  Allan  Eaton  3     Ralph  H.   Marshall 

2  Laurence  C.  Silver     4     Herbert  H.  Kenney 

5     Percy  Smith 

Honorable  Mention 

1  John  0.  Enright  3     Harlan  Stevens 

2  Clarence  S.  Nelson    4     Alfred  W.  Jacobs 

5     Herbert  F.  M.  Watson 

Good  Citizenship  Prizes 

1  James  Clifford  3     Laurence  C.  Silver 

2  Stephen  Eaton  4     Harold  N.  Silver 

Clarence  S.  Nelson. 

Che  Tourtb  Uisitina  Day 

July  twenty-ninth  dawned  eventually,  much 
to  the  joy  of  many  boys  who  expected  to  see 
their  friends  on  that  day.  At  seven  o'clock  I 
went  to  my  place  of  work  in  the  sewing  room, 
and  started  to  work  washing,  wiping,  and  shining 
the  lamp  chimneys,  while  Frederick  Barton  filled 
and  cleaned  the  lamps.  After  all  were  done,  I 
went  and  told  Paul  Gardner  that  his  lamps  were 
ready  and  he  came  and  got  them  and  put  them 
in  their  places.  Soon  the  bell  rang  for  us  to 
stop  work  and  change  our  clothes,  and  assemble. 
When  all  was  ready,  we  filed  down  to  the  wharf 
with   the  band  in   the  lead.     When   the  guests 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


arrived,  we  all  assembled  on  the  front  lawn  where 
the  band  played  a  few  pieces,  and  then  Mr.  Brad- 
ley awarded  the  Conduct,  and  Good  Citizenship 
prizes.  The  Conduct  prizes  are  given  by  Mana- 
ger Francis  Shaw,  and  Mr.  Bowdich,  who  con- 
tinues it  in  memory  of  the  late  Mr.  Temple,  a 
former  Manager  of  the  School.  The  Good  Cit- 
izenship p;izes  are  given  by  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Willis.  The  boys  were  then  dismissed  and  all 
had  a  pleasant  time  until  half  past  twelve,  when 
the  boat  came  and  carried  off  our  friends,  and 
then  every  boy  looked  sad  until  we  went  in 
swimming,  then  the  water  washed  the  sad  look 
away.  Edward  M.  Bickford. 

J\  Pig  Pen 

The  last  of  July  Mr.  Kibby  and  four  fellows 
went  to  -the  woodpile  and  got  stakes  and  boards 
and  had  them  carried  over  to  the  field  near  the 
celery  piece.  Then  we  staked  out  a  square  by 
first  driving  the  corner  stakes  and  putting  in 
others  between  them.  Then  we  nailed  on 
boards.  In  the  northwest  corner  we  made  a 
shelter  for  the  small  pigs.  When  this  was  done 
we  took  the  pigs  by  their  hind  legs  and  handed 
them  to  a  boy  to  put  in  the  wagon.  They  were 
then  driven  totheir  new  home.  There  are  nine- 
teen of  these  small  pigs.  They  are  mostly 
Berkshires,  a  few  being  Chester  white. 

Herbert  A.  Souther. 

Comatocs 

The  tomato  plants  were  started  in  the  hot 
bed  about  five  weeks  before  they  were  trans- 
planted into  the  field  in  rows  five  feet  apart,  and 
opposite  each  other.  The  cultivating  of  the  to- 
matoes is  done  every  week  to  keep  the  weeds 
down,  and  also  to  let  the  moisture  get  at  the 
roots  better.  Hoeing  and  weeding  is  done  to 
prevent  the  weeds  from  getting  the  start  of  the 
plant,  and  so  take  the  nitrogen  from  the  plant. 
Terrance  L.  Parker. 

Eauncbitid  a  Rowboat 

Our  rowboats  are  kept  on  the  wharf  under 
wooden  covers.  When  a  boat  is  going  to  be 
used  for  any  purpose  this  cover  is  lifted  up  and 
the  boat  pulled  out.  The  boat  is  then  carried 
over  to  a  derrick  which  stands  on  one   edge  of 


the  wharf.  A  piece  of  rope  called  a  sling,  or 
bridle,  with  a  hook  on  each  end  and  a  ring  in  the 
middle  is  now  taken.  The  hooks  on  the  ends 
of  the  sling  are  fastened  on  to  two  rings  in  the 
boat,  one  in  the  bow  and  the  other  in  the  stern. 
The  ring  in  the  middle  is  hooked  on  to  the  derrick 
rope.  One  fellow  stands  by  the  boat  to  guide  it 
while  the  other  fellow  hoists  the  boat  high  enough 
to  clear  the  railing.  The  derrick  is  then  turned 
around  so  that  the  boat  can  be  lowered  into  the 
water  without  hitting  anything.  Then  the  boat 
is  lowered,  the  ropes  put  away,  the  oars,  oarlocks, 
rudder  and  tiller  put  in  place,  and  the  boat  is 
ready  for  use.  Clarence  M.  Daniels. 

Picking  Berries 

One  morning  on  the  farm,  Mr.  McLeod, 
Harold  Jacobs,  and  1  picked  berries.  We  got  two 
crates  and  some  boxes  from  the  storage  barn 
and  carried  them  over  to  the  berry  bushes. 
First,  we  picked  the  large  red  gooseberries 
about  as  large  as  strawberries.  Of  these  we 
picked  seven  and  one-half  quarts.  We  then 
picked  ten  quarts  of  yellow  ones  of  the  same 
size.  The  rest  of  the  gooseberries  were  small 
and  green,  although  they  were  just  as  sweet. 
Next  we  picked  blackberries  and  raspberries, 
but  there  were  not  many  of  these.  By  noon  we 
had  picked  about  fifty  quarts  of  gooseberries, 
four  quarts  of  raspberries,  and  two  quarts  of 
blackberries.  George  J.  Balch. 

Biur  a  Rain  Storm 

Besides  the  good  which  a  rain  storm  does, 
it  also  makes  a  lot  of  work  for  us.  During  a  rain 
storm  large  gullies  are  washed  out  of  the 
avenues  and  around  the  house.  After  the  storm 
is  over  these  have  to  be  filled.  Generally  the 
work  is  given  to  the  larger  fellows  to  do  before 
school.  Three  or  four  are  sent  to  get  clay  and 
gravel  from  the  beach.  The  clay  when  dug  is 
wheeled  to  the  gullies  and  dumped,  then  it  is 
tamped  in.  Gravel  is  then  sifted  and  spread 
over  the  clay,  and  it  is  raked  off  smooth  with 
the  ground  around  it.  Rain  makes  the  weeds 
grow  faster  than  the  plants,  and  this  keeps  the 
farm  squads  busy,  also,  getting  ahead  of  them. 
Frederick  J.  Wilson. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Cbontpson's  Island  Beacon 

Published  Monthly  by 

THE  FARM  AND  TRADES  SCHOOL 

Thompson's  Island,   Boston  Harbor 

A      PRIVATE     SCHOOL     FOR     WORTHY     BOYS 
DEPENDENT     UPON      DONATIONS     AND      BEQUESTS. 


Vol.     12.     No.    4. 


August,    1908. 


Subscription  Price 


50  Cents  Per  Year. 


BOARD  OF  MANAGERS 


president 

Alfred  Bowditch 


vice  president 

Henry  S.  Grew 


treasurer 

Arthur  Adams 


secretary 

Tucker  Daland 


MANAGERS 

Melvin  O.  Adams 
I.  Tucker  Burr 

Charles  P.  Curtis 
George  L.  DeBlois 

Charles  T.  Gallagher 
Walter  Hunnewell 
Henry  Jackson,  M.  D. 

Richard  M.  Saltonstall 
Francis  Shaw 

William  S.  Spaulding 
Moses  Williams,  Jr. 
Ralph  B.  Williams 


Charles  H.   Bradley, 


Superintendent 


Treasurer's  Address  50  State  St. 

Boston,  Mass. 

The  value  of  a  technical  education  cannot 
be  over-estimated,  as  is  evidenced  by  the  many 
training  schools,  and  the  immense  amount  of 
money  being  constantly  expended  for  the  main- 
tenance of  such.  A  special  training  and  an 
adaptness   to   readily  apply  one's  self  to  the  op- 


portunities  constantly   arising  is  an  open  road 
stead  to  success. 

A  willing  disposition  and  an  alertness  to 
execute  a  given  trust  is  quite  an  important  factor 
in  the  commercial  world,  which  must  not  be 
overlooked  on  the  part  of  one  who  aspires  to 
reach  the  topmost  rung  in  his  particular  line  of 
work  or  occupation. 

Impatience  is  often  a  handicap  for  many 
who  desire  to  step  into  a  "soft  thing,"  as  it  were, 
right  from  the  commencement,  but  it  has  been 
found  that  it  takes  a  good,  hard,  practical 
demonstration  of  one's  fitness  to  secure  the 
coveted  place,  and  then  it  is  that  what  appears  to 
be  the  real,  hard  work  is  only  just  commencing. 

To  successfully  discharge  the  duties  in  an 
executive  position  one  must  have  fully  mastered 
all  the  details  of  his  business  from  the  very 
commencement,  always  being  on  the  alert  to 
correct,  or  improve  any  error,  or  improper 
method  of  construction,  or  process  of  manufact- 
ure. 

In  performing  the  duties  of  a  position,  no 
matter  in  what  capacity,  the  aim  should  always 
be  to  so  improve  it  that  there  would  be  no  pos- 
sible barrier  to  promotion.  Rather  seek  addi- 
tional responsibilities  than  to  shirk  or  dodge  what 
you  are  already  obligated  to  do. 

There  has  been  no  time  in  the  history  of 
these  United  States,  when  there  has  been  a  bet- 
ter opportunity  to  prepare  one's  self  to  properly 
combat  the  constantly  arising  necessities  of  a 
thoroughly  all-around  knowledge  of  practical  me- 
chanics, generally  applied,  and  the  ability  to 
properly  apply  this  same  knowledge,  it  being 
thoroughly  essential  to  know  what  relation  one 
trade  or  craft  bears  to  another,  as  will  be  found 
by  comparison,  or  by  giving  a  brief  review  to 
experiences. 

Ambition  should  always  be  the  watchword, 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


and  to  satisfy  this  ambition  it  is  absolutely  nec- 
essary to  be  ever  watchful  of  what  is  going  on 
around  you,  always  alert  to  learn  something  that 
will  prove  of  great  value  to  you  in  the  future, 
there  being  a  great  many  opportunities  constantly 
presenting  themselves  in  a  variety  of  forms, 
which  require  only  a  slight  observation,  and  no 
more  exertion  than  carefully  storing  away  in  the 
memory  that  which  will  ultimately  be  beneficial. 

To  be  successful  in  a  chosen  profession,  or 
calling,  one  must  become  a  part  of  the  work  it- 
self, so  to  speak,  and  in  this  way  become  a  mas- 
ter workman,  or  a  specialist. 

A  constant,  conscientious  effort,  and  a  vig- 
orous determination  to  succeed,  are  the  two 
most  im.portant  characteristics  appurtenant  to  a 
successful  career. 

Dotes 

July  2.  Finished  repairs  on  rowboat 
"Standish." 

July  3.     First  string  beans. 

Painted  fence  by  Highland  road. 

July  4.     Usual  celebration. 

July  7.  Stanley  B.  Tisdale  entered  the 
school. 

July  9.  Some  of  the  boys  visited  scene 
of  East  Boston  fire. 

Steamer  "Pilgrim"  took  fire  about  the 
boiler  sheathing. 

July  10.  Took  the  "Pilgrim"  to  Lawley's 
for  repairing  fire  damage,  and  a  general  over- 
hauling. 

July   1 1 .     Finished  haying. 

July  13.  John  F.  Nelson  left  the  School 
to  work  for  S.  H.  Couch  8z  Co.,  Boston. 

July   15.     Third  visiting  day,  240  present. 

A  new  bull  added  to  the  herd. 

Room  7  painted  and  varnished. 

July   16.     School  began. 

First  ripe  tomatoes. 

Albert  Leslie  Allyn  entered  the  School. 

Franklin  Stanley  Keehlwetter  and  Frank 
Elmer  Richards  returned  to  their  mothers. 

Herbert  Fenn  Watson  and  Leland  Ballard 


Watson  left  the  School  to  live  with  their  mother. 

July  20.  Picked  first  cucumbers  and 
squashes. 

July  21.     Transplanted  late  cabbages. 

July  23.  Painted  new  plastering  in  hall 
and  dormitories. 

July  27.  Beached  the  north  side  landing 
float  for  cleaning  and  repairs. 

July  28.  Several  boys  spent  the  day  at 
Nantasket. 

Carl  Dewey  Philip  Hynes  and  James 
Arthur  Peak  entered  the  School. 

July  29.     Planted  corn  for  fodder. 

Fourth  visiting  day,  186  present. 

Shaw  Conduct  Prizes,  and  Willis  Good 
Citizenship  Prizes  given  out.. 

July  31.     First   green  corn  of  the  season. 

Graduate  Andrew  W.  Dean  visited  the 
School. 

3ulV  meteorology 

Maximum  temperature,  96°  on  the  12th. 

Minimum  temperature,  54°  on  the  18th. 

Mean  temperature  for  the  month,  72.7°. 

Total  precipitation,  3.01  inches. 

Greatest  precipitation  in  24  hours,  1.21  in- 
ches on  the  22nd. 

9  days  with  .01  or  more  inches  precipita- 
tion, 10  clear  days,  20  partly  cloudy,  and  1 
cloudy  day. 

Total  number  of  hours  sunshine,  256  and 
20  minutes. 

Six  thunder  showers  during  the  month. 

Cbe  Tarm  and  trades  School  Bank 

Cash  on  hand  July  1,  1908  $573.89 

Deposited  during  the  month  105.07 

$678.96 
Withdrawn  during  the  month  26.13 

Cash  on  hand  August  1 ,  1 908  4)652.83 

Che  €lk  Pleasure  Association 

The  Elk  Pleasure  Association  is  a  club 
that  was  organized  by  the  boys,  in  the  month  of 
September,  1900.  It  began  in  this  way.  A  lot 
of  fellows  congregated  in  one  of  the  cottages 
one  day,  and  they  all  contributed  some  of  the 
dainties  that  they  had  received  on  visiting  day, 
and  took  them  to  this  cottage,  called  the  Elk,  ana 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


had  a  great  time.  Each  fellow  received  a  share 
of  the  food  contributed.  They  then  talked  and 
sang,  and  one  of  the  fellows  suggested  that 
they  should  organize  a  club,  which  they  did,  and 
called  it  the  "Elk  Pleasure  Association,"  in 
honor  of  the  cottage  which  stood  so  long,  and  in 
which  they  had  had  so  many  good  times.  The 
following  night,  after  this  plan  had  been  sug- 
gested, a  notice  was  put  up  on  the  bulletin  board, 
inviting  the  boys  who  wished  to  join  the  club  to 
write  out  applications  and  hand  them  in  to  any 
of  the  originators  of  this  plan.  Almost  imme- 
diately a  number  of  applications  were  sent  in. 
There  are  now  about  forty-three  members  in 
the  club.  After  they  had  a  sufficient  number  a 
meeting  was  held  to  elect  officers,  a  captain, 
lieutenants,  and  sergeants.  These  officers  com- 
mand, preserve  order,  and  conduct  the  affairs 
of  the  club.  They  then  voted  for  a  constitution 
to  govern  the  club.  The  members  are  ex- 
pected to  live  up  to  these  rules  or  be  fined  a 
ce  tain  amount  'of  money.  Then  dues  were 
collected  every  term,  which  is  three  months  for 
five  cents.  The  E.  P.  A.  was  not  satisfied  with 
this,  they  wanted  to  still  improve  the  club,  so 
they  organized  a  company  to  drill  and  they  had 
wooden  guns  made  for  their  use.  After  they 
practised  drilling  they  had  Memorial  exercises 
over  at  the  cemetery  on  Memorial  Sunday.  In 
the  winter  the  club  had  to  improve  their  time 
some  way,  so  they  organized  a  band  and  gave 
dances  and  in  this  way  provided  much  pleasure 
for  the  instructors  as  well  as  the  fellows.  Every 
year  the  E.  P.  A.  has  a  banquet  to  honor  the 
birth  of  the  club.  Paul  H.  Gardner. 

Ccdrnttid  to  Dive 

The  first  dives  a  fellow  takes  when  learning, 
he  most  always  lands  on  his  stomach  and  makes 
it  all  red  and  smarty.  Also  the  first  ones  are 
deep,  and  he  thinks  he  is  never  going  to  come 
up  to  the  top.  But  just  as  he  needs  a  breath  and 
thinks  he's  on  the  bottom  he  breathes  and  finds 
himself  in  free  air.  After  a  few  days  or  so  he 
can  dive  pretty  well.  Some  of  the  boys  take 
backward,  running,  and  other  dives.  1  like  to 
dive  off  the  spring  board,  or  from  the  wharf. 
Frederick  J.  Barton. 


Pickiiid  Beans 

One  Thursday  a  number  of  the  fellows  went 
back  of  the  farm  house  to  pick  string  beans  with 
Mr.  Kibby  We  were  told  to  pick  all  the  big  ones 
and  picked  all  the  afternoon  getting  ten  bushels 
and  a  half.  Lawrence  M.  Cobb. 

Sunday  Refreshments 

The  Sundays  during  vacation  Mr.  Bradley 
sent  either  something  good  to  eat  or  drink  out 
to  the  play  grounds  for  the  fellows.  One  Sunday 
a  large  boiler  of  ginger  pop  was  made  and  set 
out  on  a  bench.  One  fellow  served  it  out,  and 
we  each  had  all  we  wanted.  It  was  a  hot  day 
and  the  pop  tasted  good.  Another  Sunday  a 
bottle  of  lime  juice  was  given  to  the  owners  of 
each  cottage.  The  best  of  all,  though,  was  the 
treat  a  few  Sundays  ago.  Three  boxes  were 
seen  coming  out.  There  was  a  box  of  ginger 
ale,  a  box  of  birch  beer,  and  a  box  of  cookies. 
Each  fellow  had  two  cookies  and  a  bottle  of  gin- 
ger ale,  or  a  bottle  of  birch  beer,  whichever  he 
chose.  The  refreshments  were  enjoyed  by  all. 
Theodore  M.  Fuller. 

Cbe  "mary  Cbliton" 

The  boat  which  we  have  been  using  the  most, 
lately,  is  the  "Mary  Chilton."  It  has  a  crew  of 
ten  fellows  and  is  the  largest  of  our  rowboats. 
The  boat  usually  makes  a  trip  in  the  morning  and 
in  the  afternoon.  There  are  five  fellows  who 
row  on  the  starboard  side  and  four  on  the  port, 
and  the  coxswain.  This  boat  has  two  life  pre- 
servers, two  boat  hooks,  and  a  bow  and  stern 
line.  As  we  start  out  the  orders  are: — "shove 
off  forward,"  "out  oars,"  or  "up  oars,"  and  "let 
fall,"  "Starboard  give  way,"  or  "port  give  way," 
"give  way  together."  When  we  are  making  a 
landing  the  o.ders  are: — "way  enough,"  "bows 
out,"  "oars  out,"  "stow  oars,"  "fend  off." 

James  R.  Gregory. 

mashing  Bread  tins 

Every  little  while  1  have  to  wash  the  bread 
tins  as  they  get  quite  dirty,  and  1  put  them  in  a 
boiler  with  some  soft  soap  and  boil  them  about 
an  hour.  Then  I  scrub  them  and  put  them 
where  it  is  hot  and  let  them  dry.  There  are 
eighty-six  tins  in  all.     Harold  L.  Marshall. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


mcasurittd  Koom$ 

One  day,  I  went  with  Mr.  Miller,  the  in- 
structor in  printing,  to  measure  the  rooms  in 
Gardner  Hall  and  the  other  buildings.  We  first 
measured  the  printing  office,  then  the  shop,  and 
the  gymnasium.  We  measured  their  length, 
breadth,  and  height.  We  then  went  to  the  as- 
sembly room,  wash  room,  chapel,  reading  room, 
kitchen,  bakery,  laundry,  dining  room,  ladder 
and  hose  houses,  the  barn,  and  boat  house,  and 
measured  them  in  the  same  way.  We  meas- 
ured the  rooms  because  we  are  printing  some 
cards  with  the  measurements  on  them.  These 
are  posted  near  the  doors  so  that  the  fellows  may 
know  the  length,  breadth,  and  height  of  each 
room,  and  the  buildings,  and  learn  to  judge  such 
things.  Earle  C.  Marshall. 

Sports  in  (be  U)nur 

One  of  the  sports  that  the  fellows  like  best 
of  all  is  swimming.  When  we  undress  some  of 
the  fellows  see  who  can  get  undressed  first  and 
get  out  to  the  float  before  anybody  else  gets  out 
there.  Some  take  a  running  dive  and  see  how 
far  into  the  water  they  can  go  Some  of  the 
fellows  dive  off  the  spring  board  and  others  dive 
down  and  try  to  find  clam  shells  to  bring  up  with 
them,  and  see  how  far  they  can  swim  under 
water.  Five  or  six  of  the  fellows  can  swim 
under  water  and  come  up  through  the  round  life 
preserver.  Some  of  the  boat  crew  fellows  get 
on  oil  skins  and  dive  and  swim  with  them  on. 
The  fellows  that  cannot  swim  stay  in  near  the 
shore.  There  is  always  a  boat  with  two  fellows 
In  it  around  where  we're  swimming,  and  two 
instructors  on  shore  to  aid  anybody  who  might  be 
in  need.  Mr.  Bradley  often  tells  us  not  to  make 
believe  we  are  in  distress  because  sometime 
when  we  are  really  in  need  of  help  they  will 
think  we  are  fooling  and  then  we  might  be 
drowned.  A  few  weeks  ago  Mr.  Bradley  had 
two  old  boats  that  came  on  the  beach  and  he  let 
the  fellows  that  could  swim  have  one  out  in  the 
deep  water,  and  the  other  one  he  let  the  fellows 
that  could  not  swim  have  in  shallow  water.  A 
lot  of  the  fellows  that  can  swim  got  the  boat  out 
in  deep  water  and  had  lots  of  fun  with  it.     Some 


of  our  best  swimmers  are,  Harold  Marshall, 
Harold  Silver,  Thomas  Games,  Robert  Gregory, 
Leonard  Hayden,  and  Fred  Wilson. 

Alfred  W.  Jacobs. 

Crip  to  East  Boston 

One  day  in  vacation  a  number  of  the  boys 
went  to  see  the  fire  over  at  East  Boston.  The 
Cunard  docks  were  all  burnt,  with  some  others. 
While  we  were  there  we  saw  some  fire  boats  and 
engines.  On  our  way  back  we  went  near  a 
barge  and  the  men  invited  us  on  it.  We  made 
fast  to  it  and  waited  until  a  diver  came  up. 
When  he  came  to  the  top  he  looked  like  a  big  bear 
because  his  rubber  suit  was  blown  up  with  air. 
He  had  on  a  helmet  made  of  brass,  a  pair  of 
canvas  overalls,  and  mittens,  also  weights  on 
both  of  his  shoes.  He  stayed  down  quite  a 
while.  We  also  saw  other  interesting  things  on 
our  way  home.  Laurence  C.  Silver. 

1)avind 

We  do  our  haying  during  the  months  of 
June  and  July.  The  hay  is  cut  with  a  mowing 
machine.  When  the  machine  cannot  cut  around 
trees  a  scythe  is  used.  The  grass  is  left  out 
until  dry  and  then  when  it  is  ready  a  horse  rake 
is  sent  out  to  rake  it  up.  Then  we  get  our  hay 
wagon  and  load  on  the  hay.  Each  time  we  get 
a  load  it  is  taken  up  to  our  scales  and  weighed, 
after  v/hich  it  is  put  in  the  barn  for  use.  We 
have  our  first  crop  all  done  and  hope  to  have  a 
second  crop.  Robert  W.  Gregory. 

Screening  Grai^el 

One  morning,  Mr.  Mead  sent  four  other 
fellows,  and  myself,  to  screen  gravel  on  the  beach 
north  of  the  boat  house.  We  took  the  sand 
and  the  fine  gravel  screens  from  the  storage 
barn  and  set  them  up  where  we  were  going  to 
work.  We  first  put  the  gravel  on  the  sand 
screen  to  get  all  of  the  sand  out.  When  we 
had  a  good  sized  pile  of  gravel  we  put  it  on  the 
gravel  screen.  All  of  the  fine  gravel  that  went 
through  we  put  into  a  barrel  to  be  used  on  the 
avenues  and ,  walks.  The  coarser  gravel  we 
threw  to  one  side. 

Prescott  B.  Merrifield. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Jflutntii 


John  J.  Henry, '50,  diedJuly  11,  1908, 
in  Quincy,  Mass.,  of  heart  disease.  He  was  ill 
but  a  short  time,  although  much  run  down  and 
in  need  of  rest,  which  in  his  devotion  to  business 
he  thought  he  could  not  take.  Mr.  Henry  was 
Secretary  of  the  Real  Estate  Exchange,  16  State 
Street,  and  had  been  in  the  real  estate  and 
auctioneer  business  for  many  years.  His  busi- 
ness reputation  was  Al  with  many  acquaint- 
ances. Socially  he  enjoyed  a  large  circle  of 
friends.  He  was  a  Mason  and  a  member  of  the 
Alumni  Association.  His  picture  is  shown  in 
the  last  Beacon.  He  is  sitting  on  the  ground 
in  front  of  Mrs.  Henry,  with  his  head  tipped  back 
a  bit.  Mr.  Henry  was  a  good  speaker  and  was 
to  address  the  boys  here  on  the  Sunday  which 
followed  his  death.  His  home  life  was  ideal. 
He  leaves  a  widow  and  a  married  son  who  was 
graduated  from  Harvard,  and  from  the  Andover 
Theological  School,  and  is  now  preaching  in 
Tyngsboro  where  Mrs.  Henry  will  soon  make 
her  home. 

William  Bird  Winters,  '91,  diedJuly  24, 
1908,  after  two  years  of  sickness,  the  last  month 
of  which  he  was  very  ill.  Since  last  April 
William  had  been  most  kindly  cared  for  by  Mrs. 
C.  S.  Tuckerman  at  her  home  in  Ipswich. 
Probably  William  was  more  widely  known  than 
any  other  boy  of  his  class;  he  had  many  good 
qualities  and  will  be  kindly  remembered  espec- 
ially by  those  who  knew  him  best.  His  quick 
impulsive  nature  and  high  temper  developed  ner- 
vous troubles  which  finally  took  him  away. 

Silas  Snow,  '94,  is  engaged  to  Miss  Fran- 
cis Clary  of  Williamburg,  Mass.,  who  was  grad- 
uated from  Smith  College  this  year.  Silas  is 
private  secretary  to  Mr.  Luddin,  221  Gates  Ave., 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Howard  Boynton  Ellis,  '99,  is  the  proud 
father  of  a  boy  born  July  5th,  named  Howard 
Boynton  Ellis,  Jr. 

Swimmind  float 

The  first  of  the  season  Mr.  Dix  asked  the 
boys  how  many  would  volunteer  to  build  a 
swimming    float.     A    large    number    of    boys 


volunteered.  So  the  next  day  a  number  of  the 
boys  went  to  the  beach  with  Mr.  Dix  who  in- 
structed them  what  to  do.  A  large  log  was  cut 
in  two.  When  this  was  done  holes  were  bored 
in  the  two  halves  so  as  to  fit  cross  pieces  on. 
It  was  then  boarded  up.  He  then  asked  us  if 
we  wanted  a  spring  board,  all  saying,  "yes!" 
After  that  was  put  in,  the  float  was  completed. 
Then  it  was  anchored  out  in  the  water  near  the 
stone  wharf.  Edward  H.  Deane. 

Ulatering  Cabbage 

One  afternoon  it  was  my  work,  with  two 
other  fellows,  to  water  the  cabbages  over  by  the 
compost  shed.  The  water  was  taken  from  the 
barn,  in  a  barrel  on  wheels.  We  dipped  our 
sprinklers  in  the  barrel  and  got  the  water  out 
that  way.  The  ground  was  very  dry  so  it  took 
all  the  afternoon  to  water  the  cabbages.  We 
used  about  seven  barrels  of    water. 

Allen  Bennett  Cooke. 

Cowboy's  Work 

The  cowboy's  work  is  to  drive  the  cows 
to  the  south  end  of  the  Island  where  there  is  a 
cow  pasture.  When  he  is  not  busy  keeping  the 
cows  out  of  the  marshy  ground  he  picks  up  waste 
matter,  such  as  paper,  sticks,  and  stones.  The 
cows  are  out  of  doors  about  ten  hours  every  day. 
Spencer  S.  Profit. 

lUarcrlnd  Crces 

As  there  has  not  been  much  rain  lately-, 
some  of  the  smaller  trees  have  withered.  One 
day,  before  school,  another  fellow  and  I  were  de- 
tailed to  water  them.  There  were  a  number 
of  small  maple  trees  and  two  small  Colorado 
blue  spruces  which  had  to  be  watered.  We  put 
about  eight  pails  of  water  on  the  spruces,  and 
two  or  three  pails  full  on  each  of  the  small 
maple  trees.  Ralph  H.  Marshall. 

Cbatialna  mork 

The  morning  fellows  went  up  to  the  chapel 
recently  to  have  their  work  changed.  Mr. 
Bradley  came  in  and -told  them  the  place  where 
they  were  to  work.  Then  the  afternoon  fellows 
came  in  later  to  have  their  work  changed  also. 
Most  of  the  fellows  like  the  kind  of  work  they 
do.  Harold  Y.  Jacobs. 


BEACON 

Vol.  12.  -No.  5.    Printed  at  The  Farm  and  Trades  School,  Boston,  Mass.   September,  1908 


Entered    November    23.     1903.    at    Boston,    Mass., 


Second-class    matter,    under    Act  of  Congress  of  July   16,   1894. 


Che  jm  Staff 

One  of  the  prominent  things  on  our  Island 
is  the  flag  staff.  It  is  85  feet  high.  The  first 
flag  staff  which  we  have  any  record  of  was  a 
small  one,  erected  on  the  Island,  June  15,  1853. 
This  held  the  flag  for  nine  years,  until  April  16, 
1862.  Then  we  had  one  which  bore  the  stars 
and  stripes  through  a  long  and  terrible  Civil  War. 
This  one  was  replaced  by  a  larger  and  stronger 
staff  deeply  imbedded,  and  strongly  braced, 
which  stood  through  storm  and  wind,  until  April 
19,  1897,  when  the  topmast  broke  about  half- 
way down  and  the  flag  and  all  fell  to  the  ground. 
The  flag  staff  was  without  a  topmast  for  a  short 
time  until  a  new  one  was  put  in  place.  This 
flag  staff  stood  for  a  few  months  with  the  new 
topmast  but  the  lower  portion  was  weather  worn 
and  decayed.  On  December  1 ,  1 897,  a  new  one 
was  towed  from  East  Boston,  and  on  December 
5,  1897,  the  Thomas  G.  Stevenson  Post,  26,  G. 
A.  R.,  of  Roxbury,  Mass.,  presented  it  to  the 
School.  It  was  made  by  the  Boston  Spar  Com- 
pany. 

The  School  was  given  a  holiday  and  at  ten 
o'clock  in  the  morning  the  staff  was  raised.  On 
Saturday,  December  15th,  1897,  the  Nelson  A. 
Miles  Camp,  Sons  of  Veterans,  and  the  Woman's 
Relief  Corps,  came  to  the  Island  and  formally 
presented  the  staff  to  the  Farm  School.  It  was 
then  put  into  place.  The  flag  presented  by  the 
General  Nelson  A.  Miles  Camp,  Sons  of  Veter- 
ans, was  then  hoisted.  In  the  spring.  1899,  Mr. 
Bradley  added  a  gaff,  out  of  sympathy  for  the  sail- 
ors who  pass  our  home.  This  made  the  staff 
complete.  Every  year  at  Thanksgiving  time  the 
gaff  is  taken  down  and  housed  for  the  winter. 
The  topmast  is  lowered  half-way  down  to  keep  it 


from  being  injured  by  the  winter  storms.  About 
the  19th  of  April  I  had  to  help  get  these  parts  into 
place  for  the  summer.  When  all  of  the  lines 
were  arranged  the  gaff  was  hoisted. 

John  O.  Enright. 

Clcanittd  up  the  Storage  Barn 

Every  day  it  is  my  work  to  clean  up  the  stor- 
age barn.  I  pack  up  the  bushel  boxes,  then  I 
clean  the  farm  tools,  such  as  the  cultivators  and 
plows.  Then  I  sweep  the  floor.  After  that  I 
pack  up  the  tools  and  do  other  little  jobs  that  I 
see  need  to  be  done.  Allen   B.  Cooke. 

Picking  Uegetables 

One  morning,  six  of  us  farm  fellows  under 
the  charge  of  two  instructors,  picked  vegetables. 
We  all  took  half -bushel  baskets  and  bushel  boxes 
over  to  the  vegetable  gardens.  The  vegetables 
we  picked,  were  lettuce,  beans,  cucumbers, 
sweet  corn  and  squashes.  The  lettuce  was 
rather  old  so  we  had  to  pick  out  the  small  and 
tender  heads.  We  picked  one  bushel  of  lettuce. 
We  next  picked  beets.  We  also  picked  only  the 
smallest  beets  for  pickles.  The  large  ones  are 
for  later  use.  We  pull  these  out  of  the  ground 
and  break  the  tops  off  about  two  inches  above 
the  beet.  This  is  done  to  keep  them  fresh. 
We  picked  one-half  bushel  of  these.  There 
were  three  kinds  of  cucumbers  we  picked — 
Early  Clusters,  Boston  Picklings,  and  White 
Spines.  The  Early  Clusters  are  small,  round 
cucumbers,  and  they  are  ripe  before  the  rest. 
The  Boston  Picklings,  and  White  Spines  are 
large,  long  cucumbers.  After  the  largest  of 
these  were  picked  the  small  ones  were  picked 
for  pickles.  The  middle-size  cucumbers  were 
picked  next  for  salting.  Next  were  picked  two 
kinds  of   summer  squash,  the  long  green  ones. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


and  the  round  white  squash.  We  next  picked 
the  last  of  the  string  beans,  and  the  first  bushel 
of  sweet  corn.  After  each  vegetable  or  fruit  is 
picked,  a  card  is  made  out  by  the  instructor  in 
charge,  telling  the  hour  of  picking,  the  name  and 
quantity.  It  is  then  carried  to  the  kitchen.  In 
all  we  picked  the  following: — one  bushel  of  let- 
tuce, one-half  bushel  of  beets,  three  and  one- 
half  bushels  of  cucumbers,  two  bushels  of  squash, 
one  bushel  of  sweet  corn,  and  one-half  bushel  of 
beans.  George  J.   Balch. 

For  three  afternoons  I  had  to  work  in  the 
coal.  The  first  afternoon  it  wasn't  very  hard,  as 
it  was  just  shoveling  back  the  coal  as  the  team 
dumped  it  through.  This  was  in  the  stock  barn 
basement.  The  second  afternoon  was  much  the 
same,  but  the  third  afternoon  we  had  to  get  down 
on  our  knees  and  shovel  away  the  coal  from  the 
trap  so  as  to  make  room  for  the  other  loads. 
When  we  came  up  we  looked  as  black  as  the 
coal  itself.  Edric  B.  Blakemore. 

SfraidDtcnind  tbe  Plank  Ulalk 

Between  the  main  building  and  Gardner 
Hall  there  is  a  plank  walk.  Mr.  Mead  noticed 
that  it  was  not  straight  nor  level,  so  he  told  an- 
other fellow  and  myself  to  make  it  so.  We  got 
a  large  hammer  and  some  blocks  and  set  to 
work.  We  moved  the  planks  so  that  the  walk 
was  straight,  but  in  straightening  it  we  pushed 
some  of  the  blocks  out  of  place  that  keep  it  level. 
We  put  these  back  in  place  but  there  were  not 
enough  so  we  got  some  more  blocks  and  put 
them  on  the  low  side,  and  where  they  were 
needed.  Alfred  W.  Jacobs. 

Ulooa  Ulcrkitid 

The  boys  like  to  make  things  to  give  to 
their  friends.  Most  of  the  work  given  away  is 
wood-work.  The  boys  make  glove  and  jewelry 
boxes,  paper  knives,  pen  trays,  picture  frames, 
napkin  rings,  thermometer  holders,  key  boards, 
and  numerous  other  articles.  Each  boy  in 
making  a  box,  or  anything,  uses  the  wood  which 
he  thinks  will  look  best.  If  he  is  going  to  inlay 
he   chooses  wood  which  will  look  good  against 


his  background.  If  he  is  going  to  carve  he 
takes  some  wood  that  in  his  judgement  is  best 
for  carving.  The  two  chief  woods  most  always 
used  in  boxes  are  cherry  and  gum  wood.  If  a 
boy  is  making  a  bow  he  generally  uses  either  ash, 
oak,  or  hickory.  His  arrows  are  usually  made  of 
quarter  inch  dowels.  If  he  is  making  a  boat  he 
uses  mostly  soft  pine.  A  pen  tray  is  generally 
made  of  cherry.  A  paper  knife  can  be  made 
from  almost  any  kind  of  wood.  Maple  is  the 
most  durable  and  hardest.  Some  of  the  fellows 
prefer  cherry,  mahogany,  black  walnut,  or  gum 
wood,  for  their  paper  knives.  The  different 
kinds  of  wood  we  keep  on  hand  for  any  purpose 
for  which  it  might  be  used  are — oak,  hickory,  ash, 
cherry,  mahogany,  maple,  cypress,  hard,  soft, 
and  white  pine,  spruce,  and  a  small  amount  of 
ebony  for  inlaying.       Clarence  M.  Daniels. 

Swimming 

All  boys  like  swimming.  Every  day,  one- 
half  hour  after  dinner  or  supper,  the  whistle  blows 
to  line  up.  We  line  up  according  to  size,  the 
two  largest  fellows  at  the  head  of  the  line  and  the 
smaller  fellows  at  the  end.  We  line  up  by  twos 
and  march  down  the  rear  avenue  to  the  swim- 
ming beach  and  the  boys  who  are  in  the  right 
grade  can  go  in.  We  have  a  half-hour  to  swim. 
I  like  the  sport  very  much. 

Charles  E.  Morse. 

masbing  Stanchions 

One  rainy  day  Mr.  MacLeod  had  the  farm 
boys  wash  the  cows'  stanchions.  We  had  scrap- 
ers, scrub-brushes,  rags,  and  a  pail  of  water. 
We  were  all  the  afternoon  washing  them. 

James  A.  Peak. 

Bcacb  materials  and  Chcir  Uses 

There  is  much  material  that  is  useful  to 
this  Island  that  the  beach  gives  us,  such  as  the 
sea-weed  that  washes  in  upon  the  shore.  It  is 
used  as  bedding  for  the  pigs,  and  for  the  cover- 
ing up  of  plants  that  need  protection  during  the 
winter.  There  is  the  drift-wood  that  is  washed 
ashore,  and  gives  us,  after  it  is  sawed  and 
chopped,  our  supply  of  wood.  Clay  is  another 
very  useful  material  that  we  use  a  large  amount 
of.     When  it  rains,  gullies  are  washed  out,  and 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


chy  is  used  filling  them  in.  Over  this  clay  is 
spread  gravel  which  is  also  obtained  from  the 
beach.  When  gravel  is  screened  for  this  pur- 
pose, some  of  the  sand  is  kept  and  used  for  the 
winter  time  when  it  is  icy.  Another  use  for 
sand  is  mixing  cement  and  mortar.  On  the 
northern  end  of  the  Island  there  are  many 
stones  which  are  used  for  the  dikes  and  other 
similar  places.  When  the  fellows  want  to  go 
fishing  they  first  go  to  the  beach  to  dig  sea- 
worms.  This  is  another  way  which  the  beach 
helps  us,  and  we  are  all  thankful  for  its  mate- 
rials. Terrance   L.   Parker. 

my  melons 

One  visiting  day  when  my  father  came 
down  to  visit  me  he  brought  me  some  musk 
melon  seeds  which  he  had  got  at  Petticoat  Lane, 
London,  when  he  was  there.  I  got  permission 
from  Mr.  Bradley  to  plant  them.  After  they 
were  planted  and  began  to  grow,  I  would  weed 
them  occasionally.  Now,  1  have  about  seven 
vines  with  blossoms  on  them,  and  melons  too. 
When  they  are  ripe  they  are  yellow.  I  expect 
to  have  them  for  my  table  when  they  are  ripe. 
Theodore  M.  Fuller. 

Ulork  on  tDe  Tarnt 

One  day  Mr.  MacLeod  got  hoes  and  gave 
them  to  a  number  of  farm  fellows.  Then  he 
told  us  to  go  to  the  shrubbery  over  by  the  farm 
house  and  to  hoe  around  the  cherry  and  plum 
trees.  Around  each  tree  we  dug  out  the  weeds. 
This  loosened  the  soil  so  that  water  could  sink 
in  and  moisten  the  roots  of  the  trees.  After 
that  we  weeded  the  raspberries,  and  the  aspara- 
gus bed.  When  we  got  that  done  some  of  the 
fellows  went  with  Mr.  MacLeod  to  pick  rasp- 
berries until  the  bell  rang.  That  was  the  last 
of  that  afternoon's  work.  Levi  N.  Trask. 

Printing  Pictures 

On  a  recent  visiting  day  my  friends  brought 
me  a  package  of  solio  paper  for  printing  pictuies. 
There  are  two  dozen  sheets  in  one  package. 
The  size  of  the  solio  paper  is  four  inches  one 
way,  and  five  inches  the  other  way.  I  borrowed 
John  Enright's  printing  frame  which  is  made  of 
wood  and  glass,  and  is  the  same  size  as  the  solio 


paper.  I  also  borrowed  some  negatives  from 
some  of  the  boys  and  I  had  some  of  my  own. 
I  went  out  on  the  play  ground  and  sat  down  in 
the  shade  of  the  trees  and  took  two  negatives 
which  1  wanted  to  print.  I  put  the  shiney  side 
down  to  the  glass  and  put  the  solio  paper  in  the 
same  way,  and  then  1  put  the  back  on.  After 
doing  this  I  took  it  out  in  the  sun  and  held  the 
side  with  the  glass  up  for  the  sun  to  shine  on  in 
order  to  have  the  negative  print  on  the  solio 
paper.  When  the  solio  paper  turned  the  proper 
color  I  took  out  the  back  of  the  printing  frame 
and  then  the  solio  paper,  and  put  it  in  a  book  as 
soon  as  1  could  because  it  will  turn  red  if  it  is  held 
to  the  sun  too  long.  1  had  one  of  the  other  boys 
tone  them  for  me.  Alonzo  B.  James. 

Baking  Beans 

The  first  thing  1  do  in  baking  beans  is  to 
put  twenty  quarts  of  beans  in  the  water  to  swell 
and  take  part  of  the  beany  taste  away.  1  leave 
them  there  over  night,  then  1  change  the  water 
they  are  in,  and  put  them  on  the  stove  to  par- 
boil. This  happens  generally  on  Friday  morn- 
ings. When  they  have  boiled  long  enough  1 
drain  the  water  off  and  put  the  beans  into  six 
bean  pots.  1  put  in  each  pot  one-fourth  of  a  cup 
of  salt,  one  cup  of  sugar,  a  piece  of  salt  pork,  and 
fill  the  pots  up  with  water,  then  I  put  them  in  the 
brick  oven.  About  noon-time  1  fill  the  pots  with 
water.  At  five  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  1  take 
them  out  of  the  oven  and  again  fill  them  with 
water.  On  Saturday  morning  1  put  them  in  the 
oven  again,  and  by  noon-time  they  are  generally 
baked  and  ready  to  eat. 

Harold  L.   Marshall. 

filling  in  the  Beach  Road 

Recently,  some  other  boys  and  I  filled  in 
the  beach  road.  There  were  three  teams  haul- 
ing dirt  from  the  cellar  of  the  new  building. 
We  filled  in  about  half  of  the  road  between  the 
storage  barn  and  the  compost  shed.  The  rest 
of  the  fellows  loaded  the  carts  and  they  kept  us 
busy  leveling  it  and  raking  off  the  stones.  It 
was  quite  warm  and  the  perspiration  stood  out 
on  our  faces.  Mr.  Kibby  was  in  charge,  and 
he  helped  us  rake.  LeRoy  B.  Huey. 


THOMPSON'S   ISLAND   BEACON 


Cl)omp$on'$  Island  Beacon 

Published  Monthly  by 

THE  FARM  AND  TRADES  SCHOOL 

Thompson's  Island,   Boston  Harbor 

A     PRIVATE     SCHOOL     FOR     WORTHY     BOYS 
DEPENDENT     UPON     DONATIONS     AND     BEQUESTS. 


Vol.     12.     No.    5. 


September,    1908. 


Subscription  Price 


50  Cents  Per  Year. 


BOARD  OF  MANAGERS 


president 

Alfred  Bowditch 

vice  president 

Henry  S,  Grew 

TREASURER 

Arthur  Adams 

secretary 

Tucker  Daland 

managers 

Melvin  0,  Adams 
I.  Tucker  Burr 

Charles  P.  Curtis 
George  L.  DeBlois 

Charles  T.  Gallagher 
Walter  Hunnewell 
Henry  Jackson,  M.  D. 

Richard  M.  Saltonstall 
Francis  Shaw 

William  S.  Spaulding 
Moses  Williams,  Jr. 
Ralph  B.  Williams 


Charles  H.   Bradley, 


Superintendent 


Treasurer's  Address  50  State  St. 

Boston,  Mass. 

The  warm  days  are  going,  the  winds  are 
blowing  more  briskly,  and  making  the  leaves 
dance.  Red  and  gold,  the  maples  gleam  on  the 
mountain  sides  in  the  northern  country  and  the 
barns  are  being  prepared  for  the  harvest. 

What  a  joy  it  is  to  know   that  the  work  has 


been  well  done,  to  know  that  there  is  plenty  now 
and  enough  stored  away  for  the  winter. 

The  spring  planting  and  summer  labor  have 
borne  fruit.  Some  of  the  crops  are  better  than 
others.  Some  were  injured  by  too  little  rain, 
some  were  planted  in  poor  soil,  some  were 
merely  experiments.  Some  of  the  seeds  were 
better  than  others;  some  were  crowded,  so  that 
they  could  not  send  their  roots  out  far  enough 
to  get  sufficient  nourishm.ent. 

Some  of  the  seeds  that  were  planted  were 
devoured  by  rats  or  crows;  some  had  less  ability 
to  withstand  the  cold,  heat,  and  winds,  yet  each 
one  was  made  to  grow,  each  one  had  within  it 
that  wonderful  germ  of  life  that  time  cannot  kill, 
that  principle  mystery,  before  the  wonder  of 
which  the  greatest  scholars  are  dumb.  They 
cannot  explain  it.  Seeds  have  been  taken 
from  Egyptian  tombs — (the  wisest  men  have 
said  that  they  were  2000  years  old)  planted, 
and  have  grown  and  borne  grain.  This  seems 
like  a  miracle  and  it  is.  Every  time  a  boy 
plants  a  seed  in  the  ground,  a  miracle  is  to  be 
unfolded  before  his  eyes.  That  wonderful  seed- 
life  is  to  coax  from  the  earth,  food  and  drink, 
to  select  properties  in  the  soil  that  will  nourish 
it.  It  eats  and  drinks  until  the  seed-coat  is  too 
small,  then  it  pushes  it  aside,  or  up,  and  takes 
hold  of  the  ground  by  means  of  its  wonderful 
plant  fingers,  or  roots.  When  it  pushes  up  higher 
into  the  world  it  finds  altogether  different  con- 
ditions— air,  water,  sun,  bugs,  worms,  friends 
and  foes.  It  needs  more  air  and  moisture  and 
sends  out  leaves,  to  absorb  them  from  the 
atmosphere. 

After  a  while  something  very  wonderful 
happens,  a  bud  appears,  which  develops  into  a 
flower,  with  sepals  and  petals,  and  a  pistil  and 
stamens,  and  filaments,  and  anthers. 

We   have  seen   the   marvels  of   Divine  In- 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


telligence,  first  life,  then  obedience  to  the  law, 
then  growth  and  perfection. 

Man  is  always  in  the  presence  of  God,  as 
long  as  he  breathes,  he  is  a  walking  miracle;  he 
is  surrounded  by  miracles,  and  each  harvest 
season  gives  us  a  clearer  vision  of  Him,  a  recog- 
nition that  character  is  a  growth,  like  the  flower; 
first,  there  must  be  obedience  to  environment, 
making  the  best  of  conditions,  making  the  dark- 
ness even  a  source  of  strength. 

Like  the  plant  only  those  things  must  be 
selected  from  the  multitudinous  offerings  of  the 
world  that  will  truly  help  and  strengthen. 

The  desire  to  be  worthy  and  embody  useful 
and  beautiful  thoughts  causes  the  boy  or  man  to 
unconsciously  exhale  kindness  and  goodness,  and 
be  an  inspiration  to  every  other   struggling  soul. 

Exactly  what  is  sowed  is  reaped.  If  a  boy 
drinks  and  dissipates  he  reaps  dishonor  and 
finally — -death.  If  he  labors  faithfully  and  desires 
at  all  times  to  be  a  genuine  man,  he  reaps  honor, 
respect  and  success. 

God's  laws  are  unchangeable — as  we  sow 
we  reap,  and  the  fact  is  before  us  that  there  is 
always  a  harvest  day. 

notes 

August  3.  Graduate  William  E.  Procter 
visited  the  School. 

August  4.     First  early  potatoes. 

William  Marsden  Marshall  entered  the 
School. 

Charles  Russell,  a  former  pupil,  visited  the 
School. 

August  5.      Launched  sloop  Trevore. 

August  6.  Staked  out  and  broke  ground 
for  power,  light  and  heat  building. 

August  7.  Floor  layers  finished  in  sitting 
room,  parlor,  and  hall. 

Leonard  Smith  Hayden  left  the  School  to 
live  with  his  mother. 

Charles  Clifton  Wright  left  the  School  to 
live  with  his  step-father. 


August  14.  North  side  float  repaired  and 
replaced. 

August  15.  Fred  Calvin  Webb  left  the 
School  to  work  for  General  Electric  Co.,  Lynn, 
Mass. 

August    17.     Winter  supply  of  coal   came. 

August  20.     Stacked  beans. 

Parlor  and  sitting  room  furniture  refinished. 

August  21.  Walls  painted  and  floor  var- 
nished in  room  14. 

August  22.  Repaired  several  windows  and 
frames  in  stock  barn. 

August  23.     Began  digging  field  potatoes. 

August  24.     Veterinary  here. 

August  25.  Charles  Howard  MacSwain 
entered  the  School. 

30  bushels  of  tomatoes  sent  to  market. 

August  26.  Two  books,  "The  New  Basis 
of  Geography,"  and  "The  Teaching  of  English," 
given  to  the  School  by  Mr.  Harlan  Peabody. 

August  27.     Began  cutting  salt  hay. 

August  28.  Fifth  visiting  day.  250  pres- 
ent. 

Boys  went  to  Keith's  Theatre  where  an  il- 
lustrated talk  on  the  School  was  being  given. 

Treasurer  Arthur  Adams  visited  the  School, 
also  graduate  Philip  S.  May,  and  Ernest  N. 
Jorgensen,  a  former  pupil. 

August  29.  Graduate  Herbert  A.  Dierkes 
visited  the  School. 

Finished  relaying  sea  wall  in  front  of  storage 
barn. 

Gordon  G.  Maclntire  left  the  School  to  live 
with  his  mother. 

President  Alfred  Bowditch  and  Mrs.  Bow- 
ditch  visited  the  School. 

August  31.     Restocked  Observatory  piece. 

Burnt  meteorology 

Maximum  temperature,  88'  on  the  14th. 

Minimum  temperature,  53'  on  the  21st, 
28th,  and  30th. 

Mean  temperature,  for  the  month,  67.70". 

Total  precipitation,  2.93  inches. 

Greatest  precipitation  in  24  hours,  1 .04  in- 
ches on  the  26th. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


9  days  with  .01  or  more  inches  precipita- 
tion. 12  clear  days,  17  partly  cloudy,  2  cloudy 
days. 

Total  number  of  hours  sunshine,  258  and 
20  minutes. 

Thunder  storms  on  the  5th,  7th,  17th,  and 
27th. 

Cbc  Tartti  and  trades  School  Bank 

Cash  on  hand  August  1,  1908  $652.83 

Deposited  during  the  month  40.07 

$692.91) 
Withdrawn  during  the  month  49.22 

Cash  on  hand  Sept  1,  1908  $643.68 

Cutting  €orn  Stalks 

One  morning  I  helped  James  Clifford  cut 
corn  stalks  where  the  corn  had  been  picked. 
There  were  four  long  rows.  He  cut  the  stalks 
and  I  put  them  in  a  pile  and  got  about  four  piles. 
Then  we  went  up  and  got  a  team,  but  as  we  did 
not  have  a  load  we  cut  the  rest  of  the  stalks. 
Then  we  had  most  two  loads.  We  put  it  in  the 
barn  and  then  we  got  ready  for  dinner. 

William  M.  Marshall. 

miping  Disbcs 

Every  afternoon  it  is  my  work  to  wipe  dishes. 
When  1  go  in  the  dining  room  at  noon,  I 
clean  up  my  sink  and  get  my  towels  ready. 
First,  1  wipe  the  silver,  mugs,  plates,  extra  dishes, 
bowls,  butter  dishes,  and  then  I  am  all  through 
wiping,  after  which  1  put  them  away.  After  I  get 
that  done  I  scrub  my  table  and  wash  down  my 
sink,  and  then  go  and  take  my  play  time. 

Bernhardt  Gerecke. 

Jlmerican  Sparrow  l)awk 

In  the  reading  room  we  have  a  hawk.  It 
is  about  the  size  of  a  pigeon.  The  first  two  or 
three  days  that  we  had  him  in  the  cage  he  was 
rather  wild,  but  now  he  has  got  so  that  he  will 
let  you  put  your  hand  in  and  pat  him.  One  day 
one  of  the  fellows  put  his  finger  in  the  cage  and 
the  bird  came  and  sat  on  it.  The  color  of  this 
bird  is  a  slaty  blue  on  the  head,  rufous  on  the 
back,  and  rufous  spots  on  his  white  breast.  We 
feed  him  mostly  on  raw  and  cooked  meat,  po- 
tatoes, and  worms.  John   LeStrance. 


Preparing  Corn  for  the  Boys'  Dinner 

When  the  boys  are  to  have  corn  for  dinner 
it  is  the  kitchen  boys'  work  to  husk  and  prepare 
it.  Two  boys  husk  the  corn  while  one  boy  cuts 
the  ends  and  bad  places  off,  and  another  boy 
washes  it  and  puts  it  in  the  boiler.  Just  before 
dinner  when  the  corn  is  all  cooked  we  drain  the 
water  off.  When  that  is  done  it  is  carried  into 
the  boys'  dining  room  and  distributed  to  the  dif- 
ferent tables.  Theodore  Miller. 

Che  eim  Ceaf  Beetle 

The  elm  leaf  beetle,  which  inhabits  the  elm 
tree,  is  very  destructive.  One  day  Mr.  Bradley 
had  a  paper  telling  how  to  destroy  these  things 
and  he  collected  some  slugs  and  leaves,  some 
of  which  were  partly  eaten.  He  sent  the  paper 
and  leaves,  with  the  slugs  on  them,  around  to  the 
school  rooms  and  we  looked  at  them  through  a 
microscope.  The  back  of  a  slug  is  yellowish 
black,  and  is  about  a  quarter  of  an  inch  long. 
This  can  be  destroyed  by  putting  ten  pounds  of 
arsenate  of  lead  with  one  hundred  gallons  of 
water,  spraying  the  trees  between  the  first 
and  the  fifteenth  of  June. 

Ernest  M.  Catton. 

UJeeding 

One  day  Mr.  MacLeod  and  a  number  of  boys 
went  weeding  on  the  corn  near  the  farm  house. 
We  weeded  the  whole  piece  and  the  blackberry 
bushes.  They  were  very  hard  to  weed  as  the 
briers  scratched  our  arms  and  hands.  After 
that  we  weeded  the  asparagus.  It  took  us  all 
the  afternoon  to  weed  all  of  these  things. 

Harold  L.  Wynot. 

making  a  Torm 

One  afternoon  1  helped  the  mason  make  a 
cement  form  for  the  new  drain  pipe  that  had 
just  been  laid.  We  used  about  six  buckets  of 
gravel  and  one  bucket  and  a  half  of  cement  to  a 
mixing.  I  then  mixed  that  up  and  shoveled  it 
into  the  hole  where  the  drain  is  going  to  be. 
After  the  form  gets  quite  hard  it  will  be  knocked 
off  and  a  new  grating  will  be  put  on  the  top  of 
the  drain  and  packed  down  hard.  It  took  about 
four  mixings  to  make  the  form. 

James  P.  M.  Embree. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


two  Hinds  of  Suckers 

Of  course  all  people  know  that  there  are 
the  blood  suckers,  which  are  used  in  hospitals  to 
take  bad  blood  from  people.  But  the  kind  of 
suckers  I  am  going  to  tell  about  are  the  oak 
suckers.  What  I  mean  by  oak  suckers  are 
small  shoots  that  come  from  the  trunk  of  the 
tree.  These  suckers  take  the  nourishment 
which  goes  to  the  tree.  The  way  to  pre- 
vent this  is  by  taking  them  off  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible and  the  tree  will  then  have  enough  nour- 
ishment to  support  itself  and  will  be  as  good  as 
ever.  There  are  some  of  the  suckers  in  Whale's 
Back  that  grew  a  year  ago. 

Norman  V.  Johnson. 

mcdtbcr  Bureau 

Every  month  five  fellows  are  selected  as  ob- 
servers. Last  month  1  was  selected  as  one. 
Every  morning  and  evening,  at  eight  o'clock,  ob- 
servations are  made.  The  following  instru- 
ments are  at  the  observatory: — polymeter,  ba- 
rometer, maximum  and  minimum  thermometers, 
rain  gauge,  sunshine  recorder,  and  anemometer. 
Besides  the  five  observers  there  is  a  chief,  and 
a  deputy,  to  take  the  place  of  the  chief  when  he 
is  absent.  Each  observer  has  to  fill  out  a  blank 
and  chart  the  readings  of  whatever  instrument 
he  is  observer  of.         Clarence  S.  Nelson. 

CDe  Utew  from  Our  Tsland 

One  important  thing  at  our  Island  is  the 
view  which  surrounds  us.  On  Sunday  the  boys 
sit  around  under  the  trees  west  of  the  play 
grounds  and  look  through  telescopes  at  the  big 
liners  that  come  in.  Some  watch  for  the  names 
on  the  Nantasket  steamers.  I  like  to  look  over 
to  the  city  at  the  State  House  and  Dorchester 
Heights,  and  the  Navy  Yard.  The  boys  like  to 
look  through  Mr.  Bradley's  telescope  because  it 
is  larger  and  stronger.  We  watch  the  boat  races 
which  go  by  quite  often. 

Herbert  H.   Kenney. 

Our  Cibrary 

Our  library  contains  some  two  thousand 
books,  all  numbered  as  in  a  public  library.  The 
books  are  covered  with  a  heavy  gray  paper  to 
keep  them  clean.     The  library  is  open  twice  a 


week,  on  Wednesday  at  7  p.  m.,  and  Sunday  at 
8  a.  m.  One  of  the  fellows  acts  as  librarian, 
and  sometimes  has  an  assistant  when  the  work 
is  rushing.  A  teacher  has  charge  and  sees  that 
everything  goes  right.  To  obtain  a  book  a  fellow 
gets  a  card  from  the  librarian,  and  after  referring 
to  the  catalogue  which  is  hung  on  the  bulletin 
board,  he  marks  down  the  case,  shelf,  and  num- 
ber of  the  book  he  wants,  and  hands  the  card  to 
the  librarian.  A  fellow  is  allowed  to  keep  a  book 
out  of  the  library  one  week.  When  the  pages  get 
loose,  or  the  cover  torn  on  a  book,  it  is  sent 
around  to  the  office  where  the  office  fellow  re- 
pairs it.  A  half  of  one  case  is  given  to  refer- 
ence books  which  are  not  taken  outside  of  the 
chapel  and  reading  room. 

Frederick  J.  Wilson. 

Picking  Apples 

It  was  the  work  of  three  other  fellows  and 
myself  to  pick  apples.  We  took  two  ladders 
and  some  baskets  and  began  picking  them.  We 
would  pick  all  the  apples  in  reach  of  the  ladder 
and  then  climb  into  the  trees  after  the  other 
ones.  The  ones  we  could  not  get  we  would 
shake  off.  We  picked  a  bushel  and  a  peck. 
They  were  Red  Astrakhan. 

Harold  Y.  Jacobs. 

?mt\m  Piitcbes 

In  different  places  in  the  halls,  dormitory, 
and  dining  room,  the  plaster  was  loose  and  had 
begun  to  fall  out.  A  mason  and  two  fellows  re- 
paired these  places.  After  they  were  dry,  it 
was  my  work  to  paint  them.  I  gave  each  patch 
two  coats  of  paint  to  match. 

Harold  N.  Silver. 

map  Copying 

In  school  we  have  been  drawing  maps  of 
Mexico,  the  exact  size  of  the  one  in  the  book. 
This  was  done  by  marking  off  a  piece  of  paper 
eight  inches  by  five  and  one-eighth  inches. 
Every  little  while  we  measured  how  far  in  and 
how  far  down  to  go.  After  we  got  it  drawn  we 
painted  it  different  colors.  Some  fellows  divided 
the  country  into  its  states,  territories,  and  fed- 
eral district.  Most  of  the  fellows  paint  fairly 
well.  M.  Louis  Reinhard. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Jllumni 

Henry  M.  Stokes,  76,  recently  returned 
from  a  pleasure  trip  to  the  British  Isles  and 
Holland,  and  we  were  pleased  to  receive  a  call 
from  him  and  hear  of  some  of  his  interesting  ex- 
periences. He  is  now  back  at  the  old  stand 
ready  for  business,  of  which  the  firm  of  Bathrick 
and  Stokes,  471  Tremont  St.,  evidently  gets  its 
share. 

Ernest  N.  Austin,  '00,  recently  lost  all  of 
his  belongings  by  fire,  including  the  clothes  of 
himself  and  wife,  but  is  cheered  by  the  fact  that 
he  will  probably  receive  first  prize  in  a  cottage 
designing  contest  and  the  amount  of  that  prize 
will  about  equal  his  loss.  Ernest  is  with  Griggs 
&  Hunt,  Architects,  51  Leavenworth  St.,  Water- 
bury,  Conn. 

Frederick  F.  Burchsted,  '02,  is  the  proud 
father  of  a  ten  pound  boy  born  September 
5,  1908. 

Harry  M.  Chase,  '04,  is  married  and  keep- 
ing house  in  Hyannis,  Mass. 

William  E.  Procter,  '05,  has  enlisted  in 
the  navy  and  is  now  an  apprentice  seaman  at 
the  U.  S.  Naval  Training  Station,  Newport,  R.  1. 

Keith's  Bijou 

We  were  all  pleased  visiting  day  afternoon 
to  hear  that  we  were  going  to  visit  Keith's  Bijou 
Theatre.  After  putting  away  our  food  and  other 
things  we  shined  our  shoes,  and  combed  our 
hair,  all  ready  to  start.  At  about  two-thirty  we 
all  went  to  the  wharf,  where  the  Life  Saving 
Service's  steamer  named  Relief  was  signalled 
for,  our  own  being  under  repairs.  The  Relief 
towed  our  barge  to  City  Point  where  we.  boarded 
two  special  cars  to  be  carried  to  town.  The 
name  of  the  first  set  of  moving  pictures  was 
'The  Disastrous  Flirtatation."  This  was  of  a 
very  polite  gentleman  who  would  tip  his  hat  to 
every  young  lady  he  passed,  and  wouldn't  look 
where  he  was  going,  and  so  got  into  trouble. 
There  were  many  other  moving  pictures,  among 
them, "The  Revengeful  Deed"  and  "An  Indigesti- 
ble Meal."  The  most  interesting  to  us  was  a  lect- 
ure on  our  School  showing  pictures  of  the  house, 


storage  barn,  farm  house,  graduating  class  of  '08, 
the  band,  Gardner  Hall,  cottages,  observatory, 
wharf  and  steamer,  and  also  some  of  the  fellows 
on  the  farm  working,  and  a  few  more,  all  familiar 
to  us.  At  five-ten  we  all  started  for  home  hav- 
ing, had  a  very  pleasant  time  and  thankful  Mr. 
Keith  gave  us  the  pleasure.        Percy  Smith. 

J\  Cc$$on  on  tbc  Gypsy  moth 

One  morning  when  we  were  ready  for 
school  Mr.  Kibby  said  he  was  going  to  give  us 
a  lesson  on  the  gypsy  moth.  So  we  all  went 
over  to  Cottage  Row  where  there  are  some  oak 
trees  and  we  found  there  were  a  number  of  them 
there.  Mr.  Kibby  had  a  two  quart  measure 
which  he  used  to  put  them  ,in.  He  said  there 
were  four  stages.  The  first  was  the  egg  stage, 
second  the  caterpillar,  third  cocoon,  fourth  the 
moth.  When  the  moth  lays  her  eggs  she  then 
dies.  You  will  find  the  eggs  under  the  bark  of 
trees  and  on  the  under  side  of  branches.  The 
gypsy  moth  eats  any  trees,  such  as  the  maple, 
elm,  pine,  balsam,  oak,  cedar,  etc.  The  gypsy 
moth  is  one  of  the  pests  of  our  Island. 

Harold  D.  Morse. 

UviWm  Uarnish 

When  furniture  has  been  varnished  it  is 
sometimes  sort  of  rough.  In  order  to  make  the 
varnish  smooth,  pumice  is  used.  Rrst,  a  small 
quantity  of  pulverized  pumice  is  put  on  the 
piece  of  furniture.  Then  a  small  quantity  of 
water,  and  both  are  rubbed  over  the  varnish  with 
a  piece  of  woolen,  or  felt.  This  cuts  the  varnish 
down  so  it  has  a  smooth  surface.  The  furniture 
is  then  washed  with  a  sponge  and  dried  with  a 
piece  of  shammy  skin.  This  is  used  to  avoid 
lint.  Then  the  piece  of  furniture  is  smooth  and 
ready  for  the  next  coat  of  varnish. 

Frank  H.  Machon.     • 

Barn  Vard  iUork 

My  work  is  now  in  the  barn  yard.  I  sweep 
the  run  and  the  stones  around  the  watering- 
trough.  Then  1  take  the  cow  manu-e  up  and 
put  it  in  the  cart  and  empty  it.  I  am  all  done 
at  three  o'clock  except  feeding  the  pigs.  We 
feed  them  at  four  o'clock,  and  have  fourteen  of 
them.  Harlan  Stevens. 


THOMPSO] 


ISLAND 


BEACON 


Vol.    12.    No.  6.    Printed  AT  The  Farm  AND  Trades  School,   Boston,    Mass.   October,    1908 


Entered    November    23.     1903.    at    Boston,    Mass.,    as    Second-class    matter,    under    Act  of  Congress  of  July   16.   1894. 


Cbc  Construction  of  4  Cottage 

This  year,  the  citizens  are  taking  consider- 
able interest  in  the  conditions  and  welfare  of 
Cottage  Row.  Some  have  taken  the  opportun- 
ity to  pull  down  three  of  the  cottages,  and  have 
started  to  replace  them  with  new  ones.  This  is 
the  way  the  work  is  carried  on: — they  first 
draw  a  plan  of  the  size  and  shape  of  the  cottage, 
using  the  scale  of  one  inch  to  a  foot. 
When  the  plan  is  accepted  by  Capt.  Dix,  who  is 
in  charge  of  all  construction  work  at  the  school, 
they  get  enough  lumber  to  start  with.  First 
four  post  holes  are  dug  and  four  posts  are  sunk, 
each  post  being  three  feet  long,  and  six  inches 
in  diameter.  Three  inches  of  the  post  are  left 
above  ground  for  the  foundation  to  rest  on. 
Our  cottage  is  eleven  feet  long  and  seven  feet 
wide,  and  six  feet  to  the  eaves.  The  posts  are 
eleven  feet  apart  one  way,  and  seven  feet  the 
other. 

Sills  are  made  out  of  some  strong 
lumber,  into  the  shape  of  a  rectangle  and  nailed 
on  to  the  posts,  each  corner  of  the  sill  resting  on 
a  post.  This  is  the  foundation.  About  every 
three  feet,  floor  timbers  are  put  in  two  in- 
ches thick  by  three  inches  wide,  and  about  six 
feet  eight  inches  long.  Half  joints  are  made 
at  each  end  of  each  piece  so  they  will  lie  on  the 
sill.  Some  more  two  by  threes  are  cut  up  six 
feet  long.  These  are  put  every  three  feet  apart 
all  around  on  the  sill,  in  an  upright  position  for 
studding.  These  are  nailed  to  the  floor  tim- 
bers and  on  to  the  sill.  A  plate  is  then  made 
to  match  the  sill,  this  being  nailed  on  top  of  the 
studding  which  forms  the  framework.  The  door 
and  windows  are  sectioned  off.  The  boards  are 
then  put  on. 

The  right  angle  is  then  found  for  the  roof, 


and  the  rafters  for  the  roof  are  sawed  off.  A 
ridge  pole  is  made  for  one  end  of  the  rafters  to 
rest  against,  the  other  end  resting  on  the  plate. 
The  rafters  are  placed  three  feet  apart.  The 
roof  is  then  boarded  up.  The  trimmings  are 
next  made  from  new  stock  which  is  used  for 
that  purpose.  It  is  then  ready  to  be  shingled. 
Shingling  is  started  at  the  eves  and  works  up  to 
the  ridge  pole.  Two  layers  are  put  on  the  first 
row  and  one  on  the  others.  The  shingles  hang 
over  the  edge  of  the  roof  about  an  inch  or  two. 
Each  row  is  spaced  off.  After  the  shingles  are 
put  on,  the  clapboards  are  put  on.  When  this 
is  done,  the  work  on  the  inside  begins.  The 
window  frames  and  casings  are  made,  and  the 
cottage  is  sheathed  inside  and  then  it  is  ready 
for  a  coat  of  paint.  The  trimmings  are  painted 
one  color,  and  the  clapboards  another.  The 
inside  is  varnished  or  painted,  just  as  desired. 
A  hard  wood  floor  is  laid  and  this  is  also  painted 
or  varnished.  The  cottage  is  then  ready  for 
use.  Paul  H.  Gardner. 

Che  e.  p.  H.  Banquet 

Wednesday  evening,  September  16,  the 
Elk  Pleasure  Association  held  its  eighth  annual 
banquet  in  Gardner  Hall.  About  eight  o'clock, 
we  entered  the  hall,  which  was  decorated  with 
the  colors  of  the  Association,  red,  white  and 
blue;  and'the  colors  of  the  school,  old  gold  and 
navy  blue.  On  each  table  there  was  a  large 
bunch  of  asters,  and  other  flowers.  We  had  for 
refreshments,  ham,  tongue,  sardines,  sand- 
wiches, cakes,  cookies,  pie,  fruits,  and  candies. 
After  we  were  through  eating,  Capt.  George 
Matthews  appointed  1st  Lieut.  James  Clifford, 
as  toastmaster,  who  called  on  about  all  the  in- 
structors present,  and  quite  a  number  of  the  fel- 
lows to  speak.     There  were  funny  stories  related. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


while  others  told  of  the  improvements  of  the  As- 
sociation and  its  work.  Mr.  Bradley  gave  a 
very  interesting  talk  about  Phillips-Exeter  Acad- 
emy which  he  and  Mrs.  Bradley  had  visited  that 
afternoon.  After  the  speeches,  Capt.  Matthews 
thanked  all  who  helped  make  the  banquet  a  suc- 
cess. Then  we  adjourned  to  the  assembly  hall 
which  was  also  decorated  for  the  occasion,  and 
enjoyed  a  social  dance. 

James  R.  Gregory. 

Cbc  €orn  Roast 

One  night  when  we  came  out  from  supper 
Mr.  Mead  told  us  to  help  get  ready  for  a  corn 
roast,  so  we  went  down  to  the  beach  and  gather- 
ed all  the  dry  wood  we  could  find  and  put  it  in  a 
pile.  After  this  was  done,  torches  were  lighted 
and  put  up  in  different  places  to  light  the  way  to 
where  the  roast  was  going  to  be.  After  that  the 
fire  was  started.  Each  fellow  was  given  all  the 
corn  he  wanted.  We  all  had  sharpened  sticks, 
on  the  end  of  which  we  put  an  ear  of  corn  and 
held  it  over  the  hot  coals  to  roast.  After  the 
corn  was  eaten  every  fellow  was  given  water 
melon  and  bananas.  While  all  this  was  going  on 
red  torches  were  being  burned  along  the  bank. 
It  was  a  beautiful  evening,  the  stars  being  out 
and  the  moon  shining  brightly.  We  all  thanked 
Mr.  Bradley  for  his  kindness,  and  went  to  bed 
feeling  tired,  but  happy. 

Stanley  B.  Tisdale. 

Our  new  6eo9rapDie$ 

Our  geographies  were  getting  old  and 
torn,  and  were  not  up-to-date,  so  Mr.  Bradley 
bought  us  some  new  ones.  He  bought  enough 
so  that  each  fellow  could  have  one.  These 
geographies  are  up-to-date  and  more  interesting 
to  read  and  study.  They  have  a  picture  of  a 
vessel  on  the  cover.  The  name  of  the  geog- 
raphy is  'The  Natural  School  Geography," 
by  Redway  and  Hinman.  We  all  thank  Mr. 
Bradley  for  his  kindness  for  we  needed  them 
very  much.  Stephen  Eaton. 

mork  in  tbe  Dormitory 

Every  week  day  afternoon  I  work  in  the 
dormitory.  The  first  thing  1  do  is  to  sweep  the 
long  hall,  then  the  wide  hall,  and  the  main  hall. 


After  this  1  sweep  the  stairs  going  from  the 
wide  hall  to  the  kitchen  door.  Then  I  empty 
my  dirt  box  and  put  away  my  things,  then  pol- 
ish the  zinc,  and  wash  the  floor.  After  this  I 
scrub  the  floor  just  outside  of  the  bath  room. 
When  this  is  done  my  regular  work  is  over.  I 
then  sometimes  wash  one  of  the  instructor's 
rooms,  and  other  times  I  polish  the  halls  that  1 
sweep.     1  like  to  work  in  the  dormitory. 

Frederick  Hynes. 

B  musical  treat 

On  September  25,  our  sixth  visiting  day, 
the  First  Corps  Cadet  Band  gave  us  a  compli- 
mentary concert  in  the  afternoon  on  the  croquet 
lawn,  where  a  platform  had  been  erected  for  the 
occasion.  The  players  were  in  full  uniform  and 
were  excellent  musicians.  There  was  a  great 
variety  of  pieces  including  a  baritone  solo  by 
John  F.  Park,  a  sextet  of  trombones  playing  the 
sextet  from  the  opera  "Lucia  di  Lammermoor," 
and  Fielding's  burlesque  on 'The  Merry  Widow" 
by  the  full  band,  which  wound  up  with  a  so-called 
"brainstorm."  Mr.  John  B.  Fielding  led  the 
band  and  everyone  enjoyed  this  musical  treat. 
Harold  W.  Smyth. 

Ulorkiud  in  tbe  Shop 

One  of  the  pleasures  we  enjoy  is  working  in 
the  shop  during  our  play  time.  During  this  time 
we  can  make  things,  such  as  paper  knives,  pen 
trays,  butter  paddles,  glove  and  handkerchief 
boxes,  sugar  scoops,  etc.  To  be  able  to  keep 
this  privilege  we  must  clean  our  benches  and 
make  things  look  neat,  as  we  ought  to  do.  I 
have  made  a  sugar  scoop  for  my  mother,  a  pen 
tray  for  my  sister,  and  a  paper  knife  for  my 
brother.  James  L.  Joyce. 

mr$.  Bradley's  Birthday  €ake 

August  28,  was  Mrs.  Bradley's  birthday. 
After  supper  Mr.  Bradley  come  into  the  boys' 
dining  room  with  a  monsterous  cake.  1  held 
my  breath  for  a  second,  for  I  didn't  think  it  was 
really  a  cake,  for  it  was  so  large.  Then  Mr. 
Bradley  told  us  it  was  Mrs.  Bradley's  birthday 
cake.  It  v/as  marked  off  so  that  it  could  be  cut 
into  one  hundred  and  fifty  pieces.  It  was 
covered  with  frosting  and  had  a  pink  border.     It 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


was  about  sixty  inches  around,  and  the  thick- 
ness was  three  inches.  The  tin  was  made  es- 
pecially for  baking  the  cake.  The  cake  weighed 
fourteen  pounds,  six  ounces.  Mrs.  Bradley 
presented  each  one  with  a  piece.  When  we  all 
had  our  piece  of  cake  the  middle  was  left.  On 
this  was  made  in  the  frosting,  Mary  Chilton 
Brewster  Bradley,  1908. 

Herbert  H.   Kenney. 

eettiiid  Tee 

When  ice  comes  from  the  city  in  one  of 
our  boats,  one  of  the  steamer  fellows  comes  and 
tells  one  of  the  farmers,  who  then  has  a  fellow 
harness  one  of  the  horses  to  a  cart  and  go  down 
to  the  wharf.  One  morning  I  helped  bring  it  up. 
I  harnessed  Bell  to  the  new  dump-cart,  got  the 
ice  tongs  and  rubber  blankets  from  number  seven 
room,  and  went-  down  to  the  wharf.  Usually 
we  get  about  four  large  cakes  at  a  time.  We 
first  washed  these  cakes  off  with  a  hose.  We 
then  put  the  ice  into  the  cart  and  wrapped  the 
ice  in  the  blankets  so  as  to  keep  the  sun  from 
melting  it.  The  ice  was  then  weighed  and  car- 
ried up  to  the  house.  Three  of  the  cakes  were 
put  into  the  ice  chests  in  the  meat  cellar,  and 
the  other  cake  was  put  into  the  ice  chest  in  the 
store  room.  We  get  ice  very  often  during  the 
hot  weather.  George  J.  Balch. 

mork  and  Play 

The  afternoon  kitchen  and  dining  room  fel- 
lows do  their  work  while  the  other  fellows  have 
their  play  time  and  swimming.  In  the  afternoon 
when  we  finish  our  work  we  have  our  play  time 
while  the  others  are  working.  There  are  nine 
fellows,  four  in  the  kitchen  and  five  in  the  dining- 
room.  When  it  is  swimming  time  Mr.  Mead 
takes  us  down  to  the  beach.  If  it  is  low  tide  we 
can  go  off  the  south  side  float  and  swim.  We 
play  games  and  have  a  good  time. 

Charles  E.  Morse. 

mt.  Uernon 

We  have  in  our  school  room  a  picture  of 
Mt.  Vernon,  Washington's  home.  George 
Washington  was  born  at  Bridges  Creek,  Virginia, 
on  the  Potomac  river  about  forty  or  fifty  miles 
from  where  the  city  of  Washington  now  stands. 


There  is  nothing  standing  where  he  was  born  but 
a  stone  slab  on  which  is  written  "Here,  the  1  1th 
of  February  1732,  George  Washington  was  born." 
As  we  now  reckon,  it  is  the  22nd  of  February. 
Washington's  grandfather  was  John  Washington, 
who  came  from  England  to  Virginia  in  1657. 
George  got  a  fair  English  education.  When 
his  brother,  Lawrence  Washington  died,  George 
had  possession  of  Mt.  Vernon.  In  1759  George 
married  Mrs.  Martha  Custis.  He  died  in  1799 
at  Mt.  Vernon.  His  name  will  always  be  in  the 
United  States  History.  The  whole  country 
united  to  do  honor  to  the  memory  of  one  who 
was  "First  in  war,  first  in  peace,  and  first  in  the 
hearts  of  his  countrymen." 

Norman  V.  Johnson. 

Playiiid  Drive 

One  Saturday  morning  when  the  dining- 
room  and  kitchen  fellows  were  excused  we  chose 
sides  and  had  a  game  of  drive.  This  is  the  way 
we  play  it: — when  we  have  our  sides  chosen  one 
side  takes  the  rugby  and  puts  it  in  the  middle  of 
the  field.  Then  the  best  kicker  kicks  it  to  the 
other  side.  When  the  other  side  gets  it  they 
kick  it  back  again  •  and  they  keep  that  up 
until  one  side  drives  the  other  side  back  to  the 
goal.  Then  they  change  sides  and  play  another 
game.  Roy  D.  Upham. 

(Uasbing  l)andkereblef$ 

On  Wednesdays  a  part  of  the  laundry  boys' 
work  is  to  wash  handkerchiefs.  They  are  di- 
vided up  so  that  there  are  about  fifty  for  each  of 
us  to  do.  After  we  wash  them  we  rinse  and 
scald  them.  Then  we  rinse  them  again,  wring 
them  out,  and  then  hang  them  up  on  the  reel  to 
dry.  Albert  A.  Anderson. 

€leanind  the  Vards 

Every  morning  after  breakfast,  two  other 
boys  and  I  rake  up  the  yards.  First,  1  go  around 
to  the  office  path  and  work  down  to  the  base- 
ment, then  down  to  the  assembly  room  door, 
and  rake  down  toward  the  shop.  The  other  boy 
does  the  rest.  If  I  get  done  before  he  does  I 
help  him  and  then  we  take  a  waste  barrel  and 
pick  up  all  the  piles  of  leaves. 

Edric  B.   Blakemore. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Cbompson's  Tsland  Beacon 

Published  Monthly  by 

THE  FARM  AND  TRADES  SCHOOL 

Thompson's  Island,   Boston  Harbor 

A      PRIVATE     SCHOOL     FOR     WORTHY     BOYS 
DEPENDENT     UPON      DONATIONS     AND      BEQUESTS. 


Vol.     12.     No.     6. 


October,    1908. 


Subscription  Price 


50  Cents  Per  Year. 


BOARD  OF  MANAGERS 


president 

Alfred  Bowditch 


vice  president 

Henry  S.  Grew 


treasurer 

Arthur  Adams 


SECRETARY 

Tucker  Daland 


managers 

Melvin  0.  Adams 
I.  Tucker  Burr 

Charles  P.  Curtis 
George  L.  DeBlois 

Charles  T.  Gallagher 
Walter  Hunnewell 
Henry  Jackson,  M.  D. 

Richard  M.  Saltonstall 
Francis  Shaw 

William  S.  Spaulding 
Moses  Williams,  Jr. 
Ralph  B.  Williams 


Charles  H.  Bradley,    -    -    -  Superintendent 

Treasurer's  Address  50  State  St. 

Boston,  Mass. 

The  bracing  breezes  hurry  along,  playing 
with  the  leaves,  tossing  them  into  riotous  masses, 
and  the  leaves,  as  if  possessed  by  the  spirit  of 
glee,  dance  and  whirl,  as  if  to  say,  "We  are  bits 
of  joy,  to  the  last." 

A  leaf  is  one  of  the  most  fascinating  things 


in  the  world,  from  the  moment  when  the  bud  is 
formed  and  warmly  wrapped  up  by  "Mother 
Nature,"  to  protect  it  from  storm  and  wind. 

In  early  spring  the  quilt  gets  too  small  and 
out  conies  the  leaf  and  figuratively  opens  its 
eyes  and  takes  a  long  breath. 

Leaves  are  so  different  in  tone  and  form. 
The  elm  leaves  come  forth,  a  tender  green,  ex- 
quisite, blending  with  the  delicate  spring  tones 
of  grass  and  sky.  The  maple  leaves  unfold,  a 
grayish  green,  with  dashes  of  pink  that  suggest 
the  brilliancy  of  their  maturity. 

Each  leaf  shows  by  form  and  coloring  its 
family  tree,  and  leaves  are  as  individual  as  people. 
On  the  same  tree  you  will  hardly  find  two  alike. 
Take  up  a  leaf  and  notice  the  general  formation. 
Walter  Crane,  the  great  English  illustrator,  says 
that  the  tree,  as  a  whole,  grows  like  the  leaf,  in 
form.  Think  this  over,  observe  carefully  and 
consider  whether  you  agree  with  him  or  not. 
Get  his  delightful  book,  "Line  and  Form,"  and 
see  how  he  works  out  the  problem. 

Look  at  the  leaf  again  and  notice  the  won- 
derful veins,  which  absorb  air  and  moisture,  and 
help  to  sustain  the  parent  tree.  How  quickly 
they  show  when  the  soil  is  poor,  or  the  roots  need 
more  water,  or  air,  or  sun. 

In  the  morning  (spring)  of  the  year,  the 
leaves  grow;  at  noon  (summer)  they  serve  the 
parent  tree;  afternoon  (fall)  sees  them  most 
beautifully  dressed,  and  joyously  dancing,  with- 
out sadness  or  regret,  to  the  ground.  As  night 
(winter)  comes  on  they  fade,  and  sinking  into 
the  ground  warm  and  feed  the  roots  of  the  tree. 

The  leaves  show  us  the  beauties  of  unfold- 
ment,  of  maturity,  of  age,  and  more  than  all,  the 
continuous  joy  of  life  and  in  it.  Through  their 
entire  existence  there  is  the  keynote  of  silent 
"Service." 

They  show  the  consecration  of  the  individ- 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


ual  to  the  cause,  the  survival  of  the  race  of 
leaves,  and  that  continually  is  made  possible 
through  the  steady  upbuilding  of  the  tree. 

Beauty  and  usefulness  are  combined  and 
the  shade  of  the  great  tree  expands  with  the 
years,  and  ministers  to  all  weary  creatures  who 
seek  rest  beneath  its  branches. 

The  keynote  of  creation  is  "Service."  We 
are  stepping  stones  for  future  men  and  women, 
whom  we  know  not  nor  can  know.  When  any 
created  thing  serves,  it  grows  and  is  clothed  with 
spiritual  beauty. 

Everything  in  the  world  depends  in  some 
way  upon  every  other  thing,  and  from  the  God- 
like ant  to  the  God-like  man,  the  more  persist- 
ent and  sincere  the  desire  to  serve,  the  more 
sure  the  promise  of  immortality,  because  we  saw 
as  we  followed  the  transformation  of  the  leaf, 
that  nothing  really  dies,  it  only  changes  form. 

Dotes 

Sept.  1.  Annual  inspection  of  steamer 
"Pilgrim." 

Ralph  Abriel  Jones  entered  the  School. 

Sept.  4.  Graduate  William  N.  Dinsmore 
visited  the  School. 

Five  barrels  headlight  oil,  two  barrels  gas  oil, 
and  four  of  engine  gasolene  came. 

Sept  5.     Finished  cutting  the  salt  hay. 

Asa  Allan  Eaton  left  the  School  to  live  with 
his  mother  and  attend  Bryant  &.  Stratton  Com- 
mercial School. 

Sept.  7.     Picked  1 3  bushels  Bartlett  pears. 

Graduates  Merton  P.  Ellis,  Robert  Blanton, 
and  S.  Gordon  Stackpole  visited  the  School. 

Sept.  8.  Caleb  Buffam  Frye  entered  the 
School. 

Sixteen  bushels  tomatoes  sent  to  market. 

Graduates  Edward  B.  Taylor  and  Frank  C. 
Simpson  visited  the  School. 

Got  a  scow  load  of  spruce,  cypress,  and  pine 
lumber  from  Freeport  St. 

Sept.  9.     Finished  digging  the  potatoes. 


Graduate  William  E.  Procter  visited  the 
School. 

Sept.    1 1 .     Corn  roast  on  the  beach. 

Sept.  12.     Water  sports. 

Three  boys  went  to  Gloucester. 

Staked  off  ground  for  Power  Plant. 

Loaned  Scow  "John  Alden"  to  S.  B.  Y.  C. 
for  judges'  boat  at  yacht  race. 

Frederick  William  Marshall  left  the  School 
to  live  with  his  mother  and  attend  the  Lowell  high 
school. 

Sept.  14.  Remainder  of  boys  went  to 
Gloucester. 

Load  of  bran  and  ten  barrels  of  cement 
came. 

Small  load  of  gum  wood  and  cherry  from 
Freeport  St. 

Sept.    15.     Pulled  the  onions. 

John  Herbert  M.  Nelson  left  the  School  to 
work  for  Mr.  T.  L.  Kinney,  South  Hero,  Ver- 
mont, and  attend  high  school. 

Sept.    16.     Annual  E.  P.  A.  banquet. 

Sept.    17.     Harvested  the  millet  for  hay. 

Went  down  the  harbor  to  salute  Vice  Pres- 
ident Henry  S.  Grew  as  he  returned  from  abroad. 

Sept.  1 8.  Van  Renssellaer  Brown  left  the 
School  to  attend  high  school  in  Groton,  Mass.. 
where  he  is  to  live  with  his  aunt. 

Sept.  21     Killed  a  pig  weighing  180  pounds. 

Sept.  24.  Load  of  dressing  from  Wal- 
worth's. 

Sept.  25.  Sixth  visiting  day.  188  pres- 
ent. 

First  Corps  Cadet  Band  gave  a  concert  in 
the  afternoon. 

Sept.  26.  Set  cement  monuments  with 
brras  plates  marking  gates,  etc.,  on  water  mains. 

Sept.  28.  Inspectors  from  City  Water 
Department  here. 

Graduate  Clarence  C.  Taylor  visited  the 
School. 

Through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  Arthur  Stone, 
Mr.  Carl  Weitz  gave  the  School  a  horse. 

Sept.  29.     Fifty  barrels  of  cement  came. 

Load  of  dressing  from  Walworth's. 

Sept.  30.     Another  load  of  dressing. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Stptcmber  macorolcgv 

Maximum  temperature,  SS*^  on  the  1  1th. 

Minimum  temperature,  48°  on  the  30th. 

Mean  temperature,  for  the  month,  64.1°. 

Total  precipitation,  .49  inches. 

Greatest  precipitation  in  24  hours,  .41  in- 
ches on  the  29th. 

12  clear  days,  17  partly  cloudy,  one  cloudy 
day. 

Total  number  of  hours  sunshine,  247  and. 
20  minutes. 

The  monthly  rain-fall  was  very  light  and 
much  below  any  of  our  preceeding  records  for 
the  same  month. 

A  clearly  defined  aurora,  presenting  many 
interesting  changes  in  form,  and  accompanied 
with  beautiful  color  effects,  was  observed  on  the 
evening  of  the  29th. 

Cbe  Jum  and  trades  School  Bank 

Cash  on  hand  September  1,  1908  $643.68 

Deposited  during  the  month  23.07 

$666.75 
Withdrawn  during  the  month  62.74 

Cash  on  hand  October  1,  1908  $604.01 

Crip  to  Gloucester 

One  morning  Mr.  Bradley  told  us  that  we 
were  going  to  Gloucester,  so  when  the  work  was 
done  and  all  were  ready,  we  boarded  the  scow 
and  left  our  Island  at  fifteen  minutes  of  nine. 
We  took  a  special  car  at  City  Point.  Near 
the  south  station  we  saw  the  lighter  "Merchant" 
at  dock  with  ten  logs  of  mahogany  on  the  deck. 
We  passed  on  and  reached  the  boat  at  the  north 
side  of  Central  Wharf,  at  the  foot  of  State  Street, 
and  sailed  for  Gloucester  at  ten.  We  passed 
the  "City  of  Gloucester,"  the  "Yale"  of  New 
London,  and  the  United  Fruit  Company's 
Steamer  "Admiral  Sampson,"  at  their  docks, 
and  "Engine  31"  of  Boston. 

Soon  we  passed  Deer  Island  light,  and  Nix's 
Mate,  and  farther  on  passed  the  Graves  light  and 
Norman's  Woe,  the  latter  made  famous  by 
Longfellow's  "Wreck  of  the  Hesperus."  1  soon 
went  down  below  and  saw  a  dial-shaped  machine 
to  tell  the  balance  of  the  boat  "Cape  Ann." 


Shortly  before  twelve  o'clock  we  ate  dinner, 
and  in  a  few  minutes  disembarked  in  Glouces- 
ter. We  visited  a  glue  factory  where  sword- 
fish  heads,  fins,  tails,  and  fish  refuse  were  boiled 
down  and  pressed  to  get  the  glue  out.  Curi  oil, 
instead  of  linseed,  is  manufactured  here  out  of 
a  different  kind  of  fish.  We  next  visited  the 
building  where  codfish  is  dried.  There  were  two 
long  racks  to  dry  fish  on  in  the  yard  and  four 
racks  on  the  roof.  The  dried  fish  were  dumped 
on  the  floor.  The  fins,  bones,  and  tails  were 
cut  off  by  men  at  a  row  of  tables  while  men  in 
other  sections  of  the  building  cut  them  into  right 
sizes  for  packing  which  was  done  by  wom'en  and 
put  in  wooden  boxes.  In  another  section  men 
pressed  the  fish  into  oblong  packages,  and  an- 
other man  wrapped  and  packed  them  in  boxes. 
They  were  then  sent  away. 

We  visited  a  fire  house.  In  the  front  part 
there  was  Hook  and  Ladder  Truck  No.  1,  with 
a  seventy-foot  extension  ladder  on  top  of  which 
a  ten  foot  ladder  could  be  affixed  in  case  of 
necessity.  Chemical  No.  1,  could  be  seen  at 
the  left  of  the  hook  and  ladder.  In  the  rear 
the  four  gray  fire  horses  were  kept. 

On  the  way  back  to  the  boat  we  stepped 
into  the  police  station,  which  is  in  the  same 
building  with  the  court  house.  It  has  ten  cells, 
numbers  three  and  four  being  reserved  for 
women,  but  all  were  empty.  As  we  passed  City 
Hall  I  saw  on  the  grounds  a  cannon  that  was 
captured  in  the  Spanish  War  by  the  "U.  S.  S. 
Gloucester."  Mr.  Bradley  gave  each  boy  a 
souvenir  post  card  of  Gloucester.  The  boat 
sailed  for  home  at  two-fifteen  with  all  on  board, 
and  soon  arrived  at  Boston  having  covered  thirty- 
one  miles  in  two  hours.  We  reached  home  in 
time  for  supper.  Edward  M.   Bickford. 

Our  Sloyd  Course 

Our  sloyd  course  consists  of  twenty-four 
models,  some  of  which  are  the  wedge,  hammer 
handle,  book  support,  sun  dial,  tool  chest,  mallet, 
and  a  small  model  of  a  sail  boat.  There 
are  three  different  classes.  The  class  that  gees 
at  seven  o'clock  in  the  morning  consists  of  boys 
who  go  to  school  at  nine  o'clock.  This  class 
goes   every  day  except    Saturday  and  Sunday. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


The  two  classes  that  go  at  one  o'clock  are  made 
up  of  boys  who  go  to  school  at  two-thirty  o'clock 
in  the  afternoon.  One  of  these  attends  Mon- 
days and  Wednesdays,  and  the  other  Tuesdays 
and  Thursdays.  The  morning  class  has  one 
hour  and  three  quarters,  and  the  afternoon  class 
has  one  hour  and  a  quarter.  When  sloyd  first 
started,  the  classes  made  the  small  benches  at 
which  we  now  work.  Each  bench  has  one  vice, 
one  back  saw,  one  T  square,  one  knife,  one 
ruler,  one  jack  plane,  and  one  marking  gauge. 
The  other  tools  are  kept  in  the  tool  cupboard. 
When  a  fellow  first  enters  sloyd  a  bench  is  as- 
signed to  him.  He  then  draws  a  plan  of  the 
wedge,  planting-pin,  and  plant  support.  After  he 
has  drawn  these  he  makes  out  a  lumber  order  for 
the  wood  he  needs  for  his  first  model,  and  so  on 
until  he  has  finished  the  course.  We  have  for 
our  use  a  number  of  smoothing  and  block  planes, 
two  spokeshaves,  six  saws,  two  turning-saws, 
one  keyhole  saw,  and  a  number  of  files  and  ham- 
mers. We  also  have  two  lathes  which  are  run 
by  a  gasoline  engine.  Some  of  the  woods  we 
use  are,  white  pine,  white  wood,  gum  wood, 
maple,  cherry,  and  hickory.  Most  fellows  finish 
this  course  in  about  one  year  and  a  half.  Upon 
completion  each  fellow  who  passes  receives  a 
diploma.  Ralph  H.  Marshall. 

Destroyiitd  Old  Tlags 

One  evening  while  the  fellows  were  lined 
up  outside  Mr.  Bradley  showed  us  some  old  worn 
cut  flags,  which  he  said  he  was  going  to  destroy. 
He  put  them  on  the  ground  and  set  them  on  fire. 
They  did  not  seem  to  want  to  burn,  so  he  put 
some  shavings  with  them  and  they  burned  all 
right.  This  is  the  proper  way  of  disposing  of  old 
flags  in  the  Army  and  Navy.  Mr.  Bradley  said 
that  there  was  a  sailor  on  board  one  of  the  ships 
of  our  navy,  that  used  a  piece  of  an  old  flag  for 
a  scrub  rag.  He  was  court  martialed  for  this 
grave  offence.  Clarence  S.  Nelson. 

Pointitid 

My  work  recently  was  helping  the  mason  do" 
the  pointing  on  the  new  sea  wall  that  has  just 
been  put  up  in  front  of  the  storage  barn.  The 
pointing  material  consisted  of  cement  and  sand 


mixed,  and  lamp  black  added.  The  first  thing 
to  be  done  is  to  take  a  hammer  and  chisel,  and 
cut  some  of  the  cement  off  the  wall  to  make  it 
rough  so  the  pointing  cement  will  stick.  After 
that  is  almost  hard  a  piece  of  old  burlap  is  used 
to  rub  the  smooth  surface  so  as  to  make  it  some- 
what rough  in  order  to  make  the  cement  stick 
better,  and  so  the  rain  cannot  get  in  behind  it 
and  wash  it  off  the  wall. 

James  P.   M.   Embree. 

1)ome  Cifc  and  School  Cifc 

At  home  nights,  1  always  had  my  books  to 
study  and  did  not  have  much  work  to  do.  I  got 
wood  and  coal  for  my  mother  and  helped  her 
with  the  washing.  Now  I  go  to  work  as  a  man, 
and  go  to  school  as  a  boy,  and  at  night  play,  then 
go  to  bed.  So  1  find  it  very  different  here  than 
at  home.  1  miss  my  little  dog  that  thought  so 
much  of  me.  I  like  farm  work,  and  like  to  do 
what  other  boys  cannot  do.  1  don't  want  to  be 
beaten  in  anything.  I  will  try  to  do  things  well 
here,  so  that  when  1  leave  this  school  1  can  pay 
back  what  my  mother  has  done  for  me. 

Ralph  A.  Jones. 

Scrapind  and  Rcmoi^ind  Uarnisi) 

When  the  varnish  has  been  on  the  settees 
for  a  length  of  time  they  look  bad.  In  order 
to  have  the  settees  look  well  all  the  varnish  on 
the  face  of  them  is  scraped  off.  In  scraping, 
all  the  varnish  doesn't  come  off,  so  "Ab-lu-ent" 
is  applied  on  the  varnish.  This  is  a  liquid  which 
softens  the  varnish  so  it  may  be  scraped  off 
easily,  and  the  wood  be  left  clean.  Then  the 
settees  are  varnished  again. 

Frank  H.   Machon. 

making  morrar 

Mortar  was  needed  for  the  wall  that  was 
erected  near  the  storage  barn.  To  make  a  bed  of 
mortar  a  half  barrel  of  lime  is  put  in  the  bed  and 
then  enough  water  to  slack  the  lime.  After  it 
has  slacked  then  sand  is  added  and  it  is  mixed 
until  it  becomes  stiff.  When  the  mason  is  about 
ready  for  it,  some  cement  is  added  with  a  little 
water  and  then  all  is  mixed  together,  after  which 
it  is  ready  to  be  used. 

Robert  W.  Gregory. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


JHumni 

George  W.  Berry,  '83,  was  a  recent 
visitor  at  the  school,  with  his  wife  and  youngest 
son  of  seven  years.  He  has  three  other  chil- 
dren, the  oldest  a  son,  graduating  from  the  high 
school  this  year.  Mr.  Berry,  on  leaving  the 
school,  learned  the  Carriage  Trimmers'  trade. 
Then  for  five  years  he  worked  for  the  American 
Express  Co.,  but  for  the  past  nine  years  he  has 
been  with  the  Haverhill,  Merrimac  and  Ames- 
bury  Street  Railway,  and  his  home  is  at  Merri- 
mac, Mass. 

Edward  B.  Taylor,  '04,  has  charge  of 
the  Poultry  Department  of  the  New  Jersey 
State  Hospital,  Morris  Plains,  where  he  has 
been  for  the  last  two  years. 

Clarence  L.  Taylor,  '05,  after  finishing 
the  Poultry  course  at  the  Connecticut  Agricul- 
ture College  in  February  last,  went  to  work  at  the 
Sunswick  Poultry  Farm,  South  Plainfield,  N.J. 
Clarence,  like  his  brother  Ed,  enjoys  his  work 
very  much. 

C.  James  Pratt,  '06,  has  been  with  the 
American  Sugar  Refining  Company  since  August 
1906,  starting  in  as  collector  and  assistant  re- 
ceiver, and  has  now  been  advanced  to  re-weigher 
and  receiver.  James  lives  with  his  mother  at 
4  Derne  Street,  Everett,  where  he  enjoyes  his 
home.     He  has  a  garden  and  keeps  some  poultry. 

(Uater  Contests 

As  the  swimming  season  was  drawing  to  a 
close,  Mr.  Bradley  suggested  that  it  would  be  a 
good  idea  to  close  with  some  aquatic  sports  and 
races  near  the  landing.  He  said  he  would  like 
them  to  be  arranged  for,  and  conducted  by  the 
fellows,  or  a  committee.  In  a  few  days  a  com- 
mittee of  three  took  up  the  suggestion  and  de- 
cided on  the  races  and  got  entries  for  them. 
September  12th  was  chosen  for  the  date.  At 
half  past  two  the  fellows  went  down  to  the  land- 
ing and  those  who  were  to  enter  the  contests 
got  ready.  The  races  began  with  diving  from 
the  wharf.  There  was  the  high  dive,  running 
dive,  sailors'  dive,  and  backward  dive. 

The  races  were  as  follows,  with  their 
victors: — ■ 


Diving, — first,  Frederick  Hynes;  second, 
Harold  Silver;  third,  Frederick  Wilson. 

100  yard  swimming  race,  over  fourteen: — 
first,  Thomas  Carnes;  second,  Percys" Smith; 
third.  Christian  Fields. 

Swimming  race  under  water: — first,  Harold 
Silver;  second,  Henry  Eckman;  third,  Frederick 
Wilson. 

Plank  race,  under  14: — first,  Frederick 
Hynes;  second,  Roy  Upham;  third,  Frank  Mills. 

50  yard  swimming  race,  under  14: — first, 
Roy  Upham;  second,  William  Foster;  third, 
Warren  Twombly. 

First,  second,  and  third  cash  prizes  were 
awarded  after  each  event. 

The  judges  appointed  by  the  com.mittee  were 
Herbert  Nelson,  Percy  Embree,  and  Thomas 
Carnes. 

Committee: — Harold  Marshall,  Harold  Sil- 
ver, and  Frederick  Wilson. 

Frederick  J.  Wilson. 

Onions 

One  day  the  afternoon  farm  boys  went  over 
by  the  farm  house  to  the  onion  piece.  The  in- 
structor had  some  of  the  boys  take  knives,  and 
others  scissors,  and  we  started  cutting  the  tops  off 
the  onions.  When  we  finished  doing  that  we 
helped  the  other  boys  who  were  gathering  the 
onions  to  put  them  into  bags.  Each  bag  held  a 
bushel.  We  got  about  fifty-four  bushels  of 
onions.  When  they  were  put  into  bags,  a  team 
came  and  took  them  over  to  the  root  cellar. 
Arthur  R.  Merrifield. 

f)m\m  Bakery  Ulood 

One  afternoon  Mr.  MacLeod  told  me  to 
take  Bell  and  the  small  dump  cart  and  haul 
bakery  wood,  and  to  have  Carl  Hynes  pile  it  for 
me.  1  went  down  to  the  storage  barn  where  the 
wood  is  kept.  We  took  a  wheelbarrow  and 
put  it  into  the  cart.  It  took  about  seven  wheel- 
barrow loads  to  fill  the  cart.  Then  I  drove  up  to 
the  house  and  dumped  it  in  the  basement  under 
the  laundry.  When  I  was  getting  the  third  load 
Van  Brown  came  and  told  me  that  Mr.  MacLeod 
wanted  me  to  go  and  help  rake  salt  hay. 

Elliott  W.   Rowell. 


THOMPSONjS    ISLAND 

BEAtON 


Vol.  12.  No.  7.      Printed  at  The  Farm  and  Trades  School,  Boston,  Mass.      November,  1908 

Entered  November  23.  1903,  at  Boston,  Mass.,  as  Second-class  matter,  under  Act  of  Congress  of  July  16,  1894 


map  Of  Our  Tsland 

A  map  of  our  Island  has  been  prepared 
showing  the  various  farm  plots,  buildings  and 
other  features  of  the  School.  These  maps  have 
been  posted  in  the  school  rooms,  the  barn,  and 
the  shop,  for  reference  and  tor  instruction. 

First,  a  tracing  was  prepared  by  Capt.  Dix, 
then  a  photograph  was  made  of  the  tracing,  and 
a  zinc  etching  twelve  by  nineteen  inches  was 
made  from  the  photograph,  from  which  we  printed 
the  maps.  Some  were  printed  on  paper,  and 
some  on  heavy  cardboard,  the  size  being  thirteen 
and  one-half  inches  by  twenty  and  one-quarter 
inches. 

The  maps  printed  on  paper  were  arranged 
for  a  supplement  to  go  out  with  this  issue  of  the 
Beacon,  and  the  maps  on  the  heavy  cardboard 
were  punched  and  eyeletted.  Each  map  having 
two  eyelets.  After  the  maps  were  all  printed  an 
index  or  key  was  printed  in  at  the  bottom  of  the 
map. 

On  the  map  the  farm  plots,  buildings,  groves, 
and  other  features  are  all  numbered  in  a  system- 
atic manner,  one  to  fifty-one  inclusive,  which 
tell  at  a  glance  where  any  particular  farm  plot, 
grove,  or  building  can  be  found.  For  example,  the 
site  of  David  Thompson's  cabin  is  number  thirty- 
five,  and  the  main  building  is  number  one.  The 
site  of  the  new  power  house  being  erected  is 
number  ten. 

There  is  a  scale  of  two  and  seven-eights 
inches  to  one  thousand  feet  just  above  the  index. 
There  are  three  tide  gates  numbered  twenty-two, 
twenty-six,  and  forty-seven,  respectively,  which 
are  the  east,  west  and  south  tide  gates.  In  winter 
the  meadows  which  are  drained  by  these  gates 
are  flooded  and  form  our  skating  ponds,  giving  us 


a  great  deal  of  pleasure  in  our  play  time.  One 
of  the  arrows  point  to  the  true  north  and  the 
other  arrow  is  the  magnetic  north. 

Earle  C.  Marshall. 

Playing  3acR  Knife 

As  soon  as  the  afternoon  dining-room  and 
kitchen  fellows  finish  their  work  they  go  for  some 
fun.  One  afternoon  we  played  jack  knife.  The 
one  who  beat  was  to  get  a  stick  about  four  inches 
long,  and  hammer  it  in  close  to  the  ground,  and 
the  fellow  who  lost  dug  with  his  teeth  until  he 
got  a  good  bite,  and  then  pulled  with  all  his  might 
until  he  drew  the  stick  out. 

Charles  E.  Morse. 

Banking  Celery 

One  morning  three  other  fellows  and  1 
banked  celery,  the  purpose  of  doing  this  being 
to  bleach  it.  One  fellow  has  to  hold  the  leaves 
while  another  fellow  hoes  the  dirt  around  the 
stalks.  After  this  has  been  done  the  dirt  has  to 
be  pounded  to  make  it  firm. 

William  M.  Marshall. 

Brockton 

The  morning  of  Oct.  1st,  Mr.  MacLeod  took 
George  Balch  and  me  to  the  Brockton  Fair. 
After  an  hour's  ride  in  the  train  we  got  off  at 
Brockton.  Then  we  took  a  car  and  rode  to  the 
fair.  We  went  inside  and  could  hear  balloons 
squeaking  and  men  talking.  We  visited  many 
interesting  things.  First,  we  went  into  the  cow 
stable,  where  we  saw  Holsteins,  Guernseys,  and 
others.  We  then  went  to  see  the  hogs  which 
were  very  large.  There  were  some  little  pigs 
that  weighed  no  more  than  five  pounds.  After 
walking  around  a  while  we  watched  the  horse 
races.     The  men  must  take  good  care  of  them 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


for  we  saw  four  men  rubbing  down  one  horse. 
After  a  few  hours  we  went  to  a  lunch  room  for 
our  dinner,  which  seemed  a  queer  place  to  eat. 
It  was  called  "Ye  Olde  English  Kitchen."  After 
dinner  we  went  to  the  poultry  houses  where  we 
saw  hens,  roosters,  pullets,  geese,  ducks,  etc., 
many  of  which  had  prizes  hung  over  their  cages. 
Then  we  went  into  a  canvas  tent  to  see  a  giant 
with  two  heads.  He  lay  in  a  box  with  glass  over 
the  top.  A  man  stood  there  and  explained  it  to 
us  telling  us  he  was  petrified  and  was  found  in 
South  Africa  by  a  doctor.  He  was  killed  in  a 
fight  with  some  other  wild  men.  We  went  up 
in  a  Ferris  wheel  and  could  see  all  over  Brockton 
Fair.  We  got  off  and  went  out  to  an  "African 
Dodger,"  where  we  tried  our  skill,  George  Balch 
putting  a  ball  through  the  hole  where  the  dodger 
had  his  head.  We  got  back  home  between  five 
and  six  o'clock.  Herbert  H.    Kenney. 

Signs  of  minter 

The  coming  of  winter  is  shown  by  different 
signs.  The  leaves  on  the  trees  are  turning  to 
their  bright  colors,  and  many  of  them  are  fall- 
ing, leaving  the  trees  bare.  The  different  col- 
ored leaves  make  a  very  pretty  sight  to  look  at. 
The  fruit  in  the  orchard  has  all  been  picked, 
and  the  vegetables  on  the  farm  have  been  har- 
vested. Another  sign  is  that  it  is  getting  colder, 
and  the  days  growing  shorter,  while  the  nights 
are  increasing  in  length.  The  squirrels  are 
gathering  their  winter  stock  of  nuts  and  acorns, 
and  the  birds  are  going  south. 

John  H.  Marshall. 

Illustrated  Cecture  on  Coloraao 

One  evening,  recently,  Mr.  Arthur  Adams, 
Treasurer  of  our  School,  gave  a  very  interesting 
lecture  on  Colorado,  he  having  been  there  to  at- 
tend a  convention  of  the  National  Bankers'  As- 
sociation. We  were  shown  a  map  of  Colorado, 
and  the  mountain  ranges,  peaks,  the  divide, 
cities,  and  parks  that  he  visited  were  pointed 
out.  A  street  scene  of  Denver  was  shown  with 
some  of  the  buildings,  including  the  city  hall, 
while  the  towering  mountains  could  be  seen 
twenty-five  miles  away.  Views  of  Colorado 
Springs  were  shown  next,  some  of  which  were 


quite  life-like,  and  Mr.  Adams  helped  to  make 
them  more  so,  because  of  his  excellent  descrip- 
tion of  them.  Pike's  Peak  and  the  cog  railway 
running  up  its  side  was  seen. 

We  next  saw  a  gold  mine  in  a  flourishing 
town.  Mr.  Adams  went  down  one  thousand  feet 
in  a  mine  a  short  distance  from  the  one  shown 
in  the  picture.  He  told  us  that  it  was  necessary 
to  don  old  clothing,  because  it  is  not  over  clean, 
as  well  as  being  quite  damp  down  in  the  mine. 
We  were  shown  a  piece  of  ore  that  he  picked  up 
while  at  the  bottom  of  this  mine. 

A  view  of  Royal  Gorge  was  seen,  which 
was  quite  interesting,  as  we  saw  a  place  where  it 
was  necessary  to  have  the  railroad  suspended 
from  the  walls  of  the  gorge  which  was  too  narrow 
at  this  point  to  allow  of  the  passage  of  the  rail- 
road and  a  river. 

Leadville,  Grand  Junction,  Cripple  Creek, 
Glenwood  Springs,  and  other  places  of  interest 
were  shown  and  described,  after  which  we 
thanked  Mr.  Adams  for  his  interesting  lecture, 
bade  him  good  night,  and  then  went  to  bed. 

Edward  M.   Bickford. 

flailing  Beans 

One  afternoon  four  of  us  fellows  helped  an 
instructor  flail  beans.  The  beans  had  been 
put  in  the  barn.  The  flailer  is  a  pole  about  six 
feet  long,  with  a  stick  about  three  feet  long  tied 
on  the  end  of  it  so  that  it  will  turn  around  when 
one  is  swinging  it.  We  put  the  beans  on  the 
floor,  after  it  had  been  swept,  and  flailed  them 
until  they  were  out  of  the  pods,  when  we  put  the 
beans  in  bags,  and  the  pods  in  a  pile. 

Levi  N.  Trask. 

1>usklng  €orn 

The  corn  had  been  picked  and  laid  out  to 
dry  beside  the  storage  barn.  A  few  days  later 
the  farm  boys  were  sent  husking  it.  On  the 
seed  ears  the  husks  were  just  pulled  back  so  they 
could  be  braided  together  and  hung  up  in  the 
corn  house.  These  ears  had  to  be  ten  inches 
or  more  long,  with  the  kernels  running  in  straight, 
unbroken  rows.  They  had  to  be  full,  coming 
together  at  the  ends.  The  seed  ears  were  put 
in  piles  and  the  others  in  boxes.     Two  of  the 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


boys  pulled  off  some  of  the  outside  husks  on  the 
seed  ears  and  the  instructor  in  charge  braided 
them  together.  Some  of  the  boys  gathered  the 
husks  and  put  them  into  a  pile.  Then  a  team 
came  after  them,  and  took  them  up  to  the 
stock  barn,  where  they  were  put  into  a  bin. 
They  will  be  fed  to  the  cows.  About  four-thirty 
o'clock  the  boys  took  the  corn  up  to  the  corn 
house  where  it  was  put  in  bins.  The  seed  ears 
were  hung  up.  Royal  R.  Ellison. 

TootDall  Game 

Saturday,  October  17,  eighteen  fellows  saw 
the  football  game  between  Harvard  and  Spring- 
field Training  School.  We  went  to  City  Point 
and  then  took  a  car  for  Harvard  Square.  We 
walked  then  to  the  stadium.  We  saw  the  Har- 
vard men  do  a  little  practise.  At  three  o'clock 
the  game  started.  It  was  not  long  before  Har- 
vard had  a  touchdown.  At  the  end  of  the  first 
half  Harvard  had  30  points  to  0.  We  heard 
some  singing  from  the  Harvard  men.  At  the 
end  of  the  second  half  Harvard  got  14  more 
points  which  made  44  to  0.  Most  of  us  were 
glad  to  see  Harvard  win.  We  all  enjoyed  the 
afternoon,  thanks  to  Mr.  Beane. 

Robert  W.  Gregory. 

Zsm  Com 

One  afternoon  five  other  boys,  one  of  the  in- 
structors and  I,  went  over  to  the  north  end  and 
tied  up  all  the  corn.  We  tied  it  up  by  rows. 
We  put  from  twenty  to  thirty  stacks  in  each  bun- 
dle and  tied  it  up  close  to  the  top  with  a  piece  of 
string.  After  we  had  got  all  the  corn  tied  up  we 
stacked  it.  We  brought  the  bundles  to  the  in- 
structor and  he  put  them  together.  Then  two 
boys  put  a  strap  around  the  top  of  the  stack  and 
pulled  hard  to  make  it  firm  and  tight,  so  that  it 
could  be  tied  with  a  string. 

Edric  B.   Blakemore. 

Jlcridi  navigation 

One  Saturday  we  had  the  pleasure  of  hearing 
Mr.  Henry  Clayton,  Meteorologist  of  the  Blue 
Hill  Observatory,  lecture  on  navigation  in  the  air. 
He  illustrated  his  talk  by  pictures  of  air  ships, 
balloons,  cities,  clouds,  landscape  and  other 
views.     Mr.  Clayton  went  in  a  race  at  St.  Louis 


with  eight  other  balloonists  from  different  coun- 
tries. His  partner  was  a  German,  and  they  went 
together.  Each  balloon  was  to  have  a  certain 
course  as  there  are  certain  air  currents.  Mr. 
Clayton  chose  a  high  and  strong  one.  The  others 
a  low  one.  The  balloons  were  spread  out  on  the 
ground  with  enough  sand  or  ballast  to  keep  from 
going  before  they  were  ready.  Then  gas  running 
through  pipes  filled  them  all  about  the  same  time. 
They  bade  good-by  to  their  friends  and  started. 
The  gas  bags  were  open  all  the  time,  because  if 
they  were  shut  the  balloon  would  explode,  so  they 
were  losing  a  small  amount  of  gas  all  the  time, 
and  throwing  out  ballast  as  the  gas  became  less. 
The  balloon  passed  the  Mississippi  river  into 
Illinois;  from  there  to  Indiana,  Ohio,  Pennsyl- 
vania, and  New  Jersey,  where  their  journey 
came  to  an  end  in  a  little  town  on  the  coast. 
Mr.  Clayton  and  his  partner  made  a  new  record 
for  distance  in  this  country,  and  the  second  in 
the  world. 

Balloons  also  go  up  for  height,  but  it  is 
dangerous,  owing  to  the  inability  to  breathe,  after 
a  certain  height.  To  guard  against  this  they 
send  up  balloons  in  France  with  only  a  record- 
ing instrument  in  them  to  record  how  far  they 
go.     One  reached  the  height  of  fifteen  miles. 

The  Wright  brothers,  of  Ohio,  have  been 
successful  in  building  the  first  good  air  ship. 
They  made  the  world's  record  for  distance. 
One  of  them  was  injured  while  up  in  one  with 
another  man  who  was  killed. 

Count  Zepplin  of  Germany  made  a  big 
balloon  in  the  shape  of  a  fish,  and  it  was  the 
largest  balloon  in  the  world.  During  a  storm  it 
was  destroyed.  Edwin  J.  Tape. 

Digging  Carrots 

One  day  an  instructor  sent  a  squad  of  fel- 
lows down  to  the  carrot  piece  in  couples.  One 
fellow  would  dig  beside  the  carrots,  while  the 
other  fellow  pulled  them  up  and  put  them  in  a 
row.  After  we  had  them  all  up  we  pulled  the 
tops  off  and  laid  some  of  them  down  and  piled 
the  carrots  on  them,  with  the  rest  of  the  tops 
over  them  to  keep  them  from  freezing.  We 
got  some  very  large  ones. 

Dick  W.  Steenbruggen. 


THOMPSON'S   ISLAND   BEACON 


Dompson's  Island  Beacon 

Published  Monthly  by 

THE  FARM  AND  TRADES  SCHOOL 

Thompson's  Island,  Boston  Harbor 

A  PRIVATE  SCHOOL  FOR  WORTHY  BOYS 
DEPENDENT  UPON  DONATIONS  AND  BEQUESTS. 


Vol.     12.    No.    7. 


November,    1908. 


Subscription  Price    -     50  Cents  Per  Year. 


BOARD  OF  MANAGERS 


president 

Alfred  Bowditch 


vice  president 

Henry  S.  Grew 


treasurer 

Arthur  Adams 


secretary 

Tucker  Daland 


managers 

Melvin  0.  Adams 
I.  Tucker  Burr 

Charles  P.  Curtis 
George  L.  DeBlois 

Charles  T.  Gallagher 
Walter  Hunnewell 
Henry  Jackson,  M.  D. 

Richard  M.  Saltonstall 
Francis  Shaw 

William  S.  Spaulding 
Moses  Williams,  Jr. 
Ralph  B.  Williams 


Charles  H.  Bradley,    -    -    -  Superintendent 

Treasurer's  Address  50  State  St. 

Boston,  Mass. 


There  is  a  worthy  proverb  that  "a  contented 
mind  is  a  continual  feast."  Real  contentment 
is  real  philosophy;  but  the  word,  "contentment" 
is  far  from  being  perfectly  understood.  To  be 
truly  content  is  not  to  be  satisfied  with  our 
small  attainments,  nor  is  it  in  any  sense  that  in- 


dolent ease  which  leads  us  to  lose  sight  of  the 
fact  that  every  morning  opens  before  us  new 
vistas  of  opportunity  for  doing  good  in  the  world 
for  others  and  for  ourselves.  This  is  sheer  blind- 
ness or  crass  laziness,  and  not  "contentment"  in 
any  true  sense.  To  be  dontent  is  to  be  satisfied 
to  endure  bravely  whatever  of  misfortune  or  un- 
toward circumstance  have  come  to  us  by  no 
fault  of  our  own  and  to  bide  our  time  for  sur- 
mounting them  by  conscientious  effort;  to  believe 
that  God  does  not  suffer  us  to  be  afflicted  with 
burdens  greater  than  he  enables  us  to  bear,  and 
that  in  the  end  we  may  find  that  what  seems 
hard  or  evil  may  redound  to  our  ultimate  well- 
being  and  happiness.  To  be  "content"  is  to  ap- 
propriate and  use  whatever  gifts  or  good  fortune 
may  be  ours,  without  a  tinge  of  envy  toward 
others  whom  we  think,  perhaps  mistakenly,  are 
more  fortunate  than  ourselves.  We  say  "mis- 
takenly," because  it  is  often  true  that  the  pos- 
session of  some  things  we  crave  might  prove  to 
be  the  worst  thing  that  could  befall  us. 

But  we  should  shun  the  false  "contentment" 
of  self-satisfaction  and  indolence  previously  spok- 
en of.  No  one  is  so  good,  or  intelligent,  or  learned, 
or  successful,  but  these  endowments  should  be 
made  the  inspiration  and  the  stepping-stones  to 
still  higher  virtue  and  attainment,  and  the  larger 
accomplishment  of  all  worthy  aims. 

The  late  Dr.  Holland  said  that  there  was  a 
good  deal  of  fault-finding  with  that  very  nebulous 
entity  we  call  society;  but  if  we  examined  care- 
fully we  should  find  that  it  was  uniformly  the 
shirks  who  made  the  most  complaint.  It  is 
rarely  that  a  man  who  performs  his  own  duty  to 
society  is  ever  heard  to  complain  of  society  as 
an  institution.  It  is  always  the  lazy  man, — the 
one  who  is  "contented"  in  the  false  sense,  who 
is  heard  to  say  that  "the  world  owes  him  a  liv- 
ing."    It  does  if  he  pay  the  debt  he  owes  the 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


world  by  earning  it,  and  it  will  exchange  all  its 
blessings  for  his  effort;  and  after  the  exchange 
is  made  and  he  gives  the  world  its  due,  and  is 
able  to  feel  that  the  world  and  he  have  made  the 
truly  equitable  and  excellent  exchange,  that  he 
may  know  what  real  "contentment"  is  and  re- 
joice in  it. 

The  world  owes  a  living,  absolutely,  to 
those  who  are  not  able  to  earn  it, — to  the 
children,  the  sick,  or  the  aged, — but  not  to  those 
who  are  able,  but  unwilling  to  earn  it.  When  a 
falsely-contented  shirk  whines  that  "the  world 
owes  him  a  living,"  he  has  the  disposition  of  a 
highway  robber,  without  his  courage,  or  his  en- 
terprise. Every  man  who  is  "contented"  in  the 
sense  that  he  is  too  indolent  to  think  out  and 
employ  new  means  of  making  himself  useful  to 
the  world  and  to  himself  is  a  drone,  and  a  tax 
upon  society  about  him.  Such  a  man  never 
built  a  house,  or  a  bridge,  or  a  railroad, — he  is  an 
incubus  and  a  barnacle  upon  progress  and  misses, 
not  only  all  opportunity  for  achievement,  but  all 
the  comfort  and  blessing  which  comes  from  it, 
as  its  natural  and  logical  result. 

There  is  no  boy  in  this  School  but  may 
achieve  more  in  the  world  than  he  ever  dreamed 
if  he  will  put  false  content  behind  him  and  cul- 
tivate the  true  content  which  will  make  him 
thankful,  not  only  for  whatever  of  comfort  sur- 
rounds him,  but  for  the  abundant  opportunity 
which  is  his  for  the  asking.  The  true  spirit  is 
to  be  content  with  one's  starting-point,  and  then 
to  go  on  to  better  and  higher  things  each  day, 
by  conscientious,  brave,  and  withal,  confident 
effort,  and  every  night  which  follows  such  a 
day  of  endeavor  will  bring  its  own  reward  of 
that  well-earned  "content"  which  is  "a  con- 
tinual feast:" — and  the  boy  who  does  this  with 
each  recurring  day  will  as  surely  accumulate  the 
riches  of  a  successful  career  as  a  dollar  in  bank 


accrues  the  interest  upon  it. 

It  is  in  the  power  of  every  boy  in  this  School 
to  possess,  ten  years  hence,  by  the  exercise  of 
honest,  persistent,  painstaking  effort,  a  success 
beyond  the  price  of  rubies,  which  cannot  be 
measured  by  metes  and  bounds,  and  be  able  to 
say,  with  true  contentment  and  satisfaction: 
"This  is  mine!  1  have  earned  it!" 

notes 

Oct.  1 .  Finished  two  more  concrete  hot 
beds. 

Alfred  Hugo  Neumann  left  the  School  to 
work  for  Mr.  Albert  M.  Gifford,  Pocasset,  Mass. 

Oct.  2.     Began  using  steam  heat. 

Oct.  3.     Hauled  out  sloop  Trevore. 

Oct.  4.  Sunday.  Rev.  S.  H.  Hilliard  ad- 
dressed the  boys. 

Oct.  5.     Fall  term  of  school  opened. 

Oct.  6.  Quarterly  election  of  Cottage  Row 
officers. 

John  Thomas  Slade,  and  Edson  Morton 
Bemis  entered  the  School. 

Oct.  7.  Commenced  putting  in  concrete 
footings  for  power  house. 

Oct.  8.  Theodore  Chapel  Wright  left  the 
School  to  live  with  his  mother. 

Oct.  9.  Finished  a  concrete  walk  in  front 
of  kitchen  porch. 

Oct.  10.  Seventh  and  last  visiting  day. 
249  present. 

Vice  President  Henry  S.  Grew,  and  Manager 
Charles  T.  Gallagher  were  present;  also  Mr. 
Henry  C.  Harden,  a  former  teacher. 

Grew  Garden  prizes,  and  Willis  Good  Citi- 
zenship prizes  awarded. 

Graduates  Frederick  W.  Marshall,  and  A. 
Allan  Eaton  visited  the  School. 

Illustrated  lecture  on  Aerial  Navigation  by 
Mr.  Henry  Clayton,  of  the  Blue  Hill  Observ- 
atory. 

Oct.  1 1 .  Sunday.  Rev.  James  Huxtable 
addressed  the  boys. 

Oct.    13.     Fifty  barrels  of  cement  came. 

Graduate  Joseph  B.  Keller  visited  the 
School. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Oct.    14.     Harvested  seed  cucumbers. 

Scow  load  of  spruce  boards,  and  two  by  four 
came. 

Oct.    15.     Banked  celery  for  the  last  time. 

Oct.    16.     Began  top  dressing. 

Graduate  Don  C.  Clark  and  wife  visited  the 
School. 

Oct.  17.  Finished  concrete  floor  in 
laundry  porch. 

Burned  refuse  wood  and  sea  weed,  obtaining 
two  tons  of  ashes. 

Through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  Arthur  Beane, 
eighteen  of  the  boys  attended  the  Harvard- 
Springfield   football  game. 

Oct.  18.  Sunday.  Rev.  Mr.  Spencer, 
of   Everett,  addressed  the  boys. 

Oct.  20.     Began  picking  apples. 

Harvested  water-melons. 

Walter  Scott  Hall,  Jr.,  entered  the  School. 

Oct.  21.      15  tons  of  bran  came. 

50  barrels  cement,  and  100  feet  Akron 
drain  pipe  came. 

Robert  McKay,  a  former  pupil,  visited  the 
School. 

Oct.  22.  Graduate  Horace  P.  Thrasher 
visited  the  School. 

Oct.  23.     Harvested  30  bushels  turnips. 

Oct.  27.     Finished  picking  winter  apples. 

45  barrels  flour  came. 

Thomas  Harold  Doty,  Harold  Pearson, 
and  Dick  William  Steenbruggen  entered  the 
School. 

Oct.  28.     Dentist  here. 

80  barrels  flour  came. 

Oct.  29.     Pulled  the  carrots. 

Graduate  William  N.  Dinsmore  visited  the 
School. 

Treasurer  Arthur  Adams  gave  an  illus- 
trated talk  on  his  recent  trip  to  Denver,  Col- 
orado, and  vicinity. 

Oct.  31.  Graduate  Merton  P.  Ellis  vis- 
ited the  School. 

Boys  held  a  political  mass  meeting; 
speeches  given  and  campaign  pictures  shown; 
voted  for  national  and  state  officers. 


October  meteorology 

Maximum  temperature,  76°  on  the  17th. 

Minimum  temperature,  33°  on  the  31st. 

Mean  temperature  for  the  month,  54°. 

Total  precipitation,  2.55  inches. 

Greatest  precipitation  in  24  hours,  .88  in- 
ches on  the  29th. 

10  clear  days,  14  partly  cloudy,  7  cloudy 
days. 

Total  number  of  hours  sunshine,  178  and 
25  minutes. 

Wind  attained  a  velocity  of  48  miles  per 
hour  on  the  30th. 

Cbe  Tarm  ani  trades  School  Bank 

Cash  on  hand  October  1,  1908  $604.01 

Deposited  during  the  month  58.64 

$662.65 
Withdrawn  during  the  month  103.32 

Cash  on  hand  November  1 ,  1 908  $559.33 

Pickind  and  Sorting  Jfpplcs 

My  work  one  day,  with  six  other  fellows,  was 
to  pick  apples.  We  went  and  got  three  ladders 
and  five  baskets,  and  started  work.  I  picked 
up  all  the  windfalls  at  first,  and  then  helped  pick 
from  the  tree.  After  we  had  picked  quite  a 
while  it  began  to  rain,  and  we  stopped  and  went 
up  to  the  corn  house  "to  help  Mr.  MacLeod  sort 
the  apples.  Edson  M.  Bemis. 

Cbe  election 

Saturday  evening,  October  31,  we  had  a 
mock  election.  At  seven  o'clock  we  all  gathered 
in  the  assembly-hall  and  Mr.  Bradley  showed  us 
some  stereopticon  pictures  of  the  Island,  the 
harbor,  public  buildings,  and  prominent  men. 
In  the  pictures  of  the  Island  were  boys  playing 
football,  the  band,  Mr.  Bradley  and  his  family,  the 
steamer,  wharf,  and  main  building.  Then  he 
showed  the  candidates  for  president,  vice  pres- 
ident, governor,  and  lieutenant  governor.  After 
these  were  over  he  called  for  speeches  and  a 
debate  followed.  Thomas  Games  and  others 
spoke  for  Bryan,  and  Clarence  Daniels  was  the 
leading  speaker  for  Taft.  After  each  speech 
there  was  applause.  The  best  speaker  was  then 
voted  upon,  Clarence  Daniels  receiving  the  prize, 
which  was  a  subscription  to  any  magazine.     After 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


the  speeches  came  the  voting,  Ninety-eight 
boys  and  eleven  instructors  voted.  While  the 
votes  were  being  counted,  Hallowe'en  stories 
were  told  with  the  lights  turned  low. 

I  told  one  first,  then  some  other  boys,  and 
also  some  of  the  instructors.  Mr.  Dix  took  the 
prize  for  the  instructors,  which  was  a  plate  of 
ice  cream.  I  took  first  prize  in  the  boys'  part, 
a  book  of  Hallowe'en  stories.  Then  the  votes 
were  read  and  this  is  the  way  they  came  out: — 
84  for  Taft,  86  for  Sherman,  14  for  Bryan,  and 
1 0  for  Kern.  Draper  received  92  and  Vahey  1 . 
The  instructors'  vote  was  10  each  for  Taft,  and 
Draper.  Then  Mr.  Bradley  again  showed  Mr. 
Taft's  and  Mr.  Draper's  pictures  amid  great  ap- 
plause. Then  came  a  picture  of  the  flag  that 
always  floats.     We  had  a  pleasant  evening. 

Ralph  A.  Jones. 

Che  €ottiind  Tair 

We  are  going  to  have  a  fair  this  winter, 
some  time  near  Christmas.  The  instructors  are 
getting  it  up.  The  money  that  is  gained  is  to  be 
used  for  a  good  time  for  the  fellows.  Mr. 
Bradley  told  us  this  as  we  were  in  chapel  one 
night.  He  said  the  instructors  were  pleased  with 
pleasures  that  the  E.  P.  A.  had  given  to  them. 
Banners  are  being  made  for  the  fair,  with  a  blue 
field  and  yellow  F.  T.  S,  letters,  and  there  are 
also  flags  being  made  for  the  E.  P.  A.,  their  col- 
ors being  red,  white  and  blue.  There  will  be 
a  candy  counter,  and  tables  where  other  things 
will  be  sold.  The  fellows  are  pleased  with  the 
fair  and  will  help  it  along. 

»  Alfred  W.  Jacobs. 

Cottage  Row  Election 

Every  three  months  Cottage  Row  holds  an 
election.  The  election  is  held  in  assembly-hall, 
the  Australian  ballot  being  used.  The  share- 
holders pick  out  five  shareholding  fellows  who 
wish  to  be  aldermen,  and  the  non-shareholders 
pick  out  three  of  their  number  also.  These,  with 
two  candidates  for  mayor,  treasurer,  and  assessor 
are  put  on  the  ballot.  Two  candidates  for  judge 
were  put  on  the  ballot  this  time  also.  Each  fel- 
low is  given  a  ballot  and  allowed  to  vote  for  one  of 
the  candidates  for  mayor,  treasurer,  and  assessor, 


two  for  non-shareholding  aldermen,  and  three  for 
shareholding  aldermen.  Only  the  shareholders 
are  allowed  to  vote  foi*  the  assessor.  Every- 
body is  allowed  to  vote  for  judge.  At  the  last 
election,  October  sixth,  the  following  officers 
were  elected: — 

Judge,  James  Clifford;  Mayor,  Percy  Smith; 
Shareholding  Aldermen,  Willard  Perry,  Robert 
May,  and  Harold  Silver;  Non-Shareholding 
Aldermen,  Frederick  Wilson  and  Roy  Matthews; 
Treasurer,  Harold  Smith;  Assessor,  Lawrence 
Silver.  The  following  officers  were  appointed: — 
Chief  of  Police,  Frank  Machon;  Policemen, 
Alfred  Jacobs,  George  Balch,  George  Matthews, 
Percy  Embree,  and  Clarence  Daniels;  Street 
Commissioner,  John  LeStrange;  Librarian,  Wil- 
liam Foster;  Janitor,  Charles  Morse;  Curator, 
Edward  Powers;  Clerk,  John  Enright. 

Spencer  S.  Profit. 

Leaves 

In  the  fall  of  the  year  the  walks  and  lawns 
are  covered  with  leaves  which  have  been  blown 
from  the  trees  by  the  wind.  The  leaves  which 
fall  on  the  walks  and  lawns  become  of  good  ser- 
vice. They  are  gathered  up  by  some  boys,  with 
wooden  rakes,  into  piles,  and  from  there  put  into 
barrels,  or  bags,  which  are  carried  down  to  the 
barn  to  be  used  as  bedding  for  the  cows,  horses, 
and  swine.  Edward  H.   Deane. 

Out  Rattiitd 

One  night  Warren  Barter  and  1  went  ratting. 
We  got  two  lanterns  and  the  dog,  "Jack,"  and 
started  along  the  beach  toward  the  north  end. 
We  walked  along  quite  a  distance  when  all  of  a 
sudden  we  heard  Jack  give  a  howl,  for  he  had 
driven  a  rat  under  the  rocks,  and  then  we 
began  poking  our  sticks  under  the  rocks  after 
him.  One  of  us  started  him  out  after  a  while, 
but  Jack  did  not  get  him.  We  then  went  through 
the  north  end  grove  and  into  the  corn  field  where 
the  corn  stacks  are.  After  a  while  a  rat  went 
under  a  corn  stack.  We  lifted  up  the  corn  stack 
and  out  he  came  and  Jack  got  him.  We  were 
allowed  to  stay  out  until  nine  o'clock.  We  got 
three  more  afterwards,  and  it  was  quarter  of  nine 
when  we  started  for  the  house,  having  had  a 
good  time.  Harold  D.  Morse. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Jflutniti 

.  John  M.  (Scott)  Sargent,  '97,  lives  at 
16  Hano  St.,  Allston,  and  works  for  Thompson 
and  Norris  Co.,  paper  box  manufacturers,  just 
across  the  street.  John  has  worked  for  this  firm 
for  eight  years,  and  his  brother,  Willie  is  em- 
ployed there  also.  John  is  married  and  on  a 
recent  visit  here  with  his  wife  they  looked  pros- 
perous and  happy. 

George  Thomas,  '02,  is  with  the  Greenfield 
Baking  Co.,  Greenfield,  Mass.,  where  he  has 
been  for  the  past  two  years  as  bookkeeper  and 
salesman.  George  is  a  member  of  the  Green- 
field military  band,  an  Oddfellow,  and  is  evi- 
dently one  of  the  all  around  fellows  of  the  town. 

Horace  P.  Thrasher,  '07,  lives  in  Hatch- 
ville,  with  his  uncle,  and  works  at  cabinet  mak- 
ing and  carpentry  most  of  the  time.  Horace  is 
looking  fine,  evidently  living  well,  and  enjoying 
himself. 

music 

A  fellow  when  he  first  enters  the  school  is 
attracted  by  music.  Some  individual  fellow  or 
the  whole  band  is  playing  a  piece.  The  fellow 
if  he  has  any  musical  talent  in  him  will  stop  to 
listen.  A  day  or  two  afterward  he  will  be  whistling 
that  same  piece.  He  begins  to  feel  as  though 
he  would  like  to  learn  to  play  an  instrument  and 
so  asks  for  a  chance  when  there  is  a  vacancy. 
He  gets  what  he  wants  and  starts  in.  He  first 
learns  to  bring  forth  a  clear  tone,  which  he 
succeeds  in  doing  after  a  little  practise.  He 
then  learns  a  few  scales  and  after  that  some  of 
the  simple  band  pieces.  He  then  tries  his  skill 
in  playing  with  the  rest  of  the  band.  His  ability 
each  day  grows  stronger,  and  finally  after  he  goes 
away,  if  he  keeps  it  up,  it  develops  and  he  be- 
comes a  good  musician. 

Paul  H.  Gardner. 

Cbe  Cast  Uisiting  Day 

Visiting  days  occur  once  a  month,  from  May 
until  October.  This  year  the  last  visiting  day 
came  on  Saturday,  October  tenth.  After  our 
friends  had  arrived  and  assembled  on  the  front 
lawn,  the  band  played,  after  which  Mr.  Bradley 


awarded  the  Grew  garden  prizes,  and  the  Good 
Citizenship  prizes.  Mr.  Gallagher,  one  of  the 
Board  of  Managers,  gave  a  short  talk  and  then 
introduced  Mr.  Henry  C.  Harden,  who  gave  us 
an  address.  He  was  once  a  teacher  at  this 
School.  Mr.  Harden  said  that  it  was  sixty 
years  ago  that  he  was  at  the  School,  and  that 
he  remained  a  little  over  a  year  and  seven 
months.     It  was  a  fine  talk. 

The  Grew  garden  prizes  were  awarded  as 
follows: — Charles  Morse  and  Robert  May,  1st; 
William  Laing  and  Frederick  Hynes,  2nd; 
Clarence  S.  Nelson,  3rd;  John  Enright,  4th; 
Percy  Smith  and  George  Balch,  5th.  The  Good 
Citizenship  prizes,  which  are  given  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Willis,  were  awarded  as  follows: — Frank 
Machon,  1st;  Harold  Morse,  2nd;  Harold  Silver, 
3rd;  and  Edward  Powers,  4th. 

Clarence  S.  Nelson. 

Sizing  Up 

One  Tuesday  night  after  bath  we  had  a  size- 
up.  First  the  tallest  fellows  on  the  back  seats  in 
assembly-hall  arose  and  stood  in  a  line  in  the 
back  of  the  room.  Mr.  Dix  was  there  and  sized 
us  up.  If  a  fellow  had  grown  quite  a  bit  and  was 
taller  than  some  of  the  fellows  in  front  of  him 
Mr.  Dix  would  put  him  where  he  belonged. 
Then  we  took  our  seats  by  fives  and  filled  up  the 
benches  beginning  with  number  one.  Most  of 
the  fellows  had  their  numbers  changed  so  that 
we  had  to  change  the  drawers  in  which  we  keep 
visiting  day  suits  and  other  things.  We  also 
had  to  put  our  tooth  brushes  and  towels  on  our 
right  numbers.  Christian  Field. 

Cbc  Dentist 

The  dentist  usually  comes  down  once  a  year. 
This  year  he  came  down  and  some  fellows  wished 
that  he  had  not  come,  but  most  of  them  were 
glad  after  it  was  over.  The  teeth  were  pulled  in 
the  office.  Some  had  only  one,  while  others 
had  two  or  three  pulled.  Later  on  some  are  to 
have  their  teeth  filled.  Dr.  Taylor  is  a  good  den- 
tist, but  he  cannot  take  the  pains  that  he  could 
at  his  office,  if.  only  one  or  two  came  at  a  time. 
He  has  the  teeth  of  ninety-eight  boys  to  look  over 
in  one  morning.         Ralph  A.  Whittemore. 


BEACON 


Vol.  12.  No.  8.      Printed  at  The  Farm  and  Trades  School,  Boston,  Mass.      December,  1908 

Entered  November  23,   1903,  at  Boston,  Mass.,  as  Second-class  matter,  under  Act  of  Congress  of  July  16,  1894 


Cottage  Row  Government 

BY  HIS  HONOR 

PERCY  SMITH 

MAYOR: 

A    PROCLAMATION 

FOR  A  DAY  OF 
THANKSGIVING   AND    PRAISE 


Each  year  our  Government  has  set  apart  a  day  to 
give  thanks  to  Almighty  God  for  the  blessings  He  has 
bestowed  upon  us,  making  us  well,  strong,  and  happy 

Wherefore  I,  Percy  Smith,  Mayor  of  Cottage  Row 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Board  of  Aldermen 
set  apart  Thursday,  the  twenty-sixth  day  of  November 
as  a  day  of  remembrance  and  thankfulness  to  God. 
call  upon  the  citizens  of  Cottage  Row  to  observe  this 
day  by  giving  thanks  to  the  Giver  of  Good,  for  the  pros- 
perity of  our  Government  and  School,  which  the  Man- 
agers are  making  better  each  year. 

Let  us  give  thanks  for  the  new  building  we  are  to 
have,  and  for  the  generosity  of  those  who  have  con- 
tributed towards  it.  Let  us  give  thanks  for  our  health, 
the  prosperity  of  our  nation,  our  harvest,  and  for  the 
success  we  have  had  at  different  branches  of  work  pur- 
sued at  this  School.  Let  us  then  give  heartful  and  sol- 
emn thanks  to  God,  and  seek  to  praise  Him  not  by  words 
only  but  by  deeds. 

Given  at  The  Farm  and  Trades  School  this  nine- 
teenth day  of  November,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord,  one 
thousand,  nine  hundred  and  eight,  the  ninety-fourth 
year  of  our  School,  and  the  twentieth  year  of  Cottage 
Row. 

PERCY  SMITH. 

By  his  Honor,  the  Mayor  of  Cottage    Row,  with  the  advice  and 
consent  of  the  Board  of  Aldermen. 

JOHN   0.    ENRIGHT. 

clerk. 

God  save  the  Government  of  Cottage  Row. 


Our  Cbanksdiv^itid 

The  Sunday  before  Thanksgiving,  in  chapel, 
Mr.  Bradley  read,  as  usual,  the  proclamations  of 
the  President  of  the  United  States,  and  the  Gov- 
ernor of  the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts. 
On  Tuesday  night,  Mr.  Bradley  gave  out  the 
Mayor's  proclamation.  This  one  is  written  by 
the  boy  who  is  Mayor  of  Cottage  Row  Govern- 
ment. That  Thanksgiving  was  approaching 
could  be  seen  by  anyone  passing  through  the 
kitchen.  The  fellows  were  picking  pin  feathers 
out  of  the  turkeys,  helping  with  the  making  of 
cranberry  sauce,  and  other  things. 

At  last  it  came,  although  the  day  was  not 
as  pleasant  as  one  would  wish.  I  am  sure  we 
all  had  a  good  one,  1  know  I  did. 

When  we  went  to  breakfast,  we  found  that 
it  was  the  same  Thanksgiving  breakfast  as  we 
always  have — bread,  coffee,  and  mince  pie. 
After  breakfast  we  went  out  to  the  assembly- 
room,  and  after  the  necessary  work  was  done  we 
were  dismissed  to  enjoy  ourselves  as  we  pleased. 

Some  fellows  read  books,  worked  in  the 
shop,  practiced  on  their  instruments,  or  walked 
around,  but  the  main  thing  was  a  football  game 
between  the  West  and  East  dormitories.  The 
halves  were  thirty  minutes,  with  ten  minutes 
intermission.  In  the  first  half  the  West  side 
scored  two  touchdowns  but  did  not  kick  a  goal 
either  time.  In  the  last  half  the  East  side  held 
the  West  down  to  nothing,  the  game  ending 
with  the  score  ten  to  nothing  in  the  West  dor- 
mitory's favor. 

At  eleven  o'clock  the  bundles  which  the 
boys  had  received  from  their  friends  were  given 
out,  making  those  who  received  them  happy,  as 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


they  contained  many  good  things,  such  as  chick- 
en, candy,  nuts,  etc. 

The  next  thing  was  dinner.  Each  boy  re- 
ceived a  printed  menu  of  the  dinner,  which  read 
as  follows: — roast  turkey,  giblet  gravy,  celery, 
cranberry  sauce,  sweet  potatoes,  mashed  turnip, 
onions,  bread  and  butter,  oranges  and  apples, 
nuts,  raisins,  figs,  and  Clicquot  Club  sodas. 
Each  boy  had  all  he  wanted.  This  year,  for  the 
first  time,  a  turkey  was  put  on  a  platter  at  the 
head  of  each  of  the  seventeen  tables,  and  the 
monitors  had  an  opportunity  to  try  their  hand 
at  carving.  Some  fellows  had  rather  a  hard 
time  at  it,  but  there  were  some  instructors  on 
hand  who  helped  some  of  them,  so  that  the  next 
time  they  will  be  able  to  do  it  without  any  help. 
The  oranges,  nuts,  raisins,  and  figs  were  fur- 
nished, as  usual,  by  Mr.  Tenney,  Robert  May's 
uncle,  and  Mr.  Flanders,  of  Martin  L.  Hall  Co. 
I  am  sure  we  all  thank  them  very  much  for  their 
kindness. 

After  dinner  the  fellows  walked  around  and 
settled  their  dinner.  After  awhile  some  of  the 
fellows  got  ready  for  a  football  game  between  the 
North  and  West  dormitories,  which  came  off  at 
three  o'clock.  There  were  thirty  minute  halves 
with  ten  minutes  intermission.  This  was  also 
an  exciting  game,  the  West  dormitory  trying  to 
hold  the  North  down  from  scoring,  but  try  as 
hard  as  they  might,  the  North  dormitory  scored 
two  touchdowns,  but  did  not  kick  a  goal,  the 
game  ending  with  the  score  ten  to  nothing  in  the 
North's  favor. 

Then  came  supper,  which  consisted  of 
bread,  milk,  and  cup  cakes.  After  supper  the 
fellows  played  around  until  half  past  seven,  and 
then  went  up  to  the  assembly  hall.  Mr.  Bradley 
said  there  would  be  some  boxing  matches  for 
those  who  cared  to  box.  Quite  a  lot  of  fellows 
wanted  to  try  their  hand  at  it,  and  there  were 
some  exciting  exhibitions.  This  was  the  last 
feature  of  the  day,  and  we  all  went  to  bed  feel- 
ing that  we  had  had  a  very  pleasant  Thanksgiv- 
ing. William  W.  Foster. 

Our  Cbanks 

Each    year  the  boys  are  given  an  oppor- 


tunity just  before  Thanksgiving  to  state  their 
.special  reasons  for  thankfulness.  The  following 
are  some  of  their  expressions: — 

Tirst  Class 

Every  year,  around  Thanksgiving  time,  each 
fellow  is  given  the  opportunity  to  express  en 
paper  his  overflowing  gratitude  for  all  that  is  done 
for  him.  1,  also,  express  my  gratefulness,  first  to 
God,  who  has  so  far  laid  a  smooth  path  for  me. 
I  am  grateful  for  the  moral  education,  as  well  as 
the  mental  education  I  am  getting  at  this  School. 
1  am  thankful  that  my  friends  are  all  well. 
These  are  only  a  few  of  the  many  things  1  am 
grateful  for.  Paul  H.  Gardner. 

One  thing  that  1  am  thankful  for  is  that  I 
can  work  on  the  farm,  because  it  is  healthy,  and 
1  am  not  doing  the  same  thing  all  the  time.  I 
am  thankful  that  we  have  visiting  days  so  that 
my  mother,  brothers,  and  friends  can  come  and 
see  me,  and  that  we  can  play  a  couple  of  hours 
every  day,  besides  every  Saturday  afternoon. 
Another  thing  which  I  am  thankful  for  is  that  we 
have  a  gymnasium  and  can  use  all  the  things 
that  are  in  it.  Thomas  H.  Doty. 

1  am  thankful  that  1  have  some  very  good 
friends  and  that  they  come  to  see  me  on  visit- 
ing days  and  write  to  me  often.  I  am  thankful 
that  1  am  a  member  of  the  first  class,  of  the 
boat  crew,  and  am  on  the  football  team.  I  am 
grateful  that  our  class  pins  have  come.  I  am 
also  grateful  that  1  have  a  good  bed  to  sleep  on, 
and  that  1  sleep  in  the  North  dormitory  and 
receive  the  privileges  that  are  given  to  the  North 
dormitory  boys.  I  am  thankful  that  my  friends 
are  in  good  health  and  that  1  am  also. 

Harold  L.  Marshall. 

1  am  thankful  that  1  am  living  and  have 
good  health.  1  am  thankful  that  we  have  visit- 
ing days.  1  am  grateful  for  what  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Bradley  and  the  instructors  have  done  for  me 
since  1  have  been  at  this  School.  1  am  thank- 
ful for  the  good  times  1  have  had  this  last  year. 
Robert  W.  Gregory. 

I  am  thankful  that  1  am  a  pupil  in  this 
School,  and  am  receiving  the  excellent  training 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


which  this  School  gives.  I  am  also  extremely 
grateful  for  the  good  advice  given  me,  and  the 
preparation  1  am  receiving  to  fight  life's  battles. 
I  am  thankful  for  the  many  pleasures  received 
from  our  Managers.  Superintendent,  and  others 
who  are  interested  in  the  School.  I  am  thankful 
that  when  I  start  out  in  life  I  will  be  better 
prepared  than  the  average  boy,  I  am  thank- 
ful that  my  relatives  and  friends  are  getting 
along  fairly  well,  and  are  in  good  health. 

Clarence  M.   Daniels. 

Most  everybody  knows  what  it  is  to  be 
thankful.  I  do  not  think  I  realized  what  it  was 
to  be  thankful  for  what  was  being  done  for  me 
until  I  came  to  this  School.  It  has  been  the 
custom  before  Thanksgiving  to  write  a  thankful 
article.  I  am  glad  to  say  I  am  thankful  for  a 
great  many  things.  First,' that  my  friends  are 
well  and  happy,  and  that  1  am  in  the  best  of  care, 
so  that  I  may  be  able  to  help  them  when  the 
proper  times  comes.  I  am  very  thankful  for 
what  is  being  done  for  me  at  this  School.  1 
hope  that  everybody  is  happy. 

WiLLARD  H.  Perry. 

Second  €la$$ 

I  am  thankful  that  I  exist.  I  am  thankful 
that  I  am  in  good  health.  I  am  thankful  I  have 
a  kind  mother,  and  other  good  relatives  and 
friends.  I  am  thankful  I  work  in  the  printing-of- 
fice, lam  thankful  1  have  a  good  home  and 
enough  to  eat.  1  am  thankful  we  have  a  gym- 
nasium in  which  I  can  play.  I  am  thankful  we 
have  a  band.  1  am  thankful  I  am  having  good 
schooling.  I  am  thankful  there  is  a  Farm  and 
Trades  School  and  I  am  a  pupil.  1  am  thankful 
there  are  all  the  buildings  there  are  on  our  Island. 
I  am  thankful  for  all  the  entertainments  and  other 
good  things  the  School  has  given  me.  I  am 
thankful  1  am  in  the  second  class. 

William  H.  McCullagh. 

1  am  thankful  because  I  am  allowed  to 
write  letters  to  my  relatives  and  friends.  Thank- 
ful for  the  plain,  hearty,  wholesome,  muscle  and 
brain-producing  food  that  is  given  me.  Thank- 
ful for  a  warm  place  to  sleep,  a  large,  roomy, 
warm  sewing-room  to  sew  in.     Thankful  because 


1  am  allowed  to  collect  stamps,  post  cards,  and 
post  marks.  Thankful  because  I  have  the  op- 
portunity that  thousands  of  boys  all  over  this 
country  wish  for.  Thankful  to  become  a  good, 
honest,  upright  citizen  of  the  United  States. 
Edward  M.   Bickford. 

As  the  days  pass  on  to  make  a  year  I  think 
sometimes  what  I  am  thankful  for.  Many  years 
ago  when  the  settlers  came  to  this  country,  they 
ill  used  some  things — such  as  the  forests.  If 
the  forests  had  been  saved  then,  many  people  who 
live  now,  would  be  thankful.  I  am  thankful  for 
the  opportunity  of  living,  and  having  the  advan- 
tages some  do  not  have.  I  am  thankful  for  my 
friends,  and  that  they  are  in  good  health.  1  am 
thankful  for  my  chance  to  learn  and  be  taught 
about  agriculture,  which  I  hope  will  be  my  ad- 
vanced work  in  life.  I  am  thankful  that  one  of 
my  former  pieces  of  work  was  learning  how  to 
plow,  along  with  many  other  useful  things,  which 
will  surely  become  useful  to  me  later  on. 

Terrance   L.   Parker. 

1  am  thankful  1  am  in  good  health,  and  have 
not  been  sick  this  year.  I  am  thankful  that  I 
have  a  brother,  two  sisters,  and  a  mother,  and 
that  they  are  all  well  and  in  good  health.  1  am 
thankful  for  the  good  President  that  we  have  to 
rule  the  United  States.  Elmer  Bowers. 

I  am  thankful  that  I  have  a  mother,  brother, 
and  sisters  that  are  in  good  health,  and  are  com- 
fortable, and  all  are  able  to  come  and  see  my 
brother  and  myself.  I  am  thankful  for  the  train- 
ing and  schooling  I  am  getting,  as  well  as  for  the 
clothing  and  food  that  is  given  me.  I  am  thank- 
ful for  all  other  things  that  are  being  done  daily 
for  my  relatives  and  myself. 

Alfred  W.  Jacobs. 

1  am  thankful  that  I  have  a  good  home  and 
am  learning  a  trade.  I  am  grateful  that  I  am 
being  educated  in  many  ways.  I  am  thankful  that 
I  have  a  good  aunt  and  uncle  who  write  to  me 
often.  I  am  thankful  that  1  have  a  good  bed  to 
sleep  in  and  plenty  of  good  wholesome  food.  I  am 
thankful  that  my  health  is  good.  I  am  thankful 
for  the  opportunity  that  I  have  to  make  things  in 
the  shop,  out  of  wood.     Spencer  S.  Profit. 


THOMPSON'S   ISLAND    BEACON 


Cbompson's  Island  Beacon 

Published  Monthly  by 

THE  FARM  AND  TRADES  SCHOOL 

Thompson's  Island,   Boston  Harbor 

A   PRIVATE  SCHOOL  FOR  WORTHY  BOYS 
DEPENDENT  UPON   DONATIONS  AND   BEQUESTS. 


Vol.     12.     No.     8. 


December,   1908. 


Subscription  Price 


50  Cents  Per  Year. 


BOARD  OF  MANAGERS 


president 

Alfred  Bowditch 


VICE    PRESIDENT 

Henry  S.  Grew 


treasurer 

Arthur  Adams 


secretary 

Tucker  Daland 


managers 

Melvin  O.  Adams 
I.  Tucker  Burr 

Charles  P.  Curtis 
George  L.  DeBlois 

Charles  T.  Gallagher 
Walter  Hunnewell 
Henry  Jackson,  M.  D. 

Richard  M.  Saltonstall 
Francis  Shaw 

William  S.  Spaulding 
Moses  Williams,  Jr. 
Ralph  B.  Williams 


Charles  H.   Bradley,    -    -    -  Superintendent 

Treasurer's  Address  50  State  St. 

Boston,  Mass. 

Again  Thanksgiving  is  with  us.  As  we  read 
the  thankful  articles  the  boys  of  our  School  have 
written  we,  also,  hastily  review  the  year  and 
dwell  with  grateful  hearts  on  the  many  blessings 
we  have  received. 

There    are   three    causes    that   we,    as   a 


School,  wish  to  publicly  acknowledge.  We  are 
thankful  that  Gov.  Bradford  obeyed  the  impulse 
that  prompted  him  to  send  four  men  "on  fowl- 
ing," so  that  they  might,  after  a  special  man- 
ner, rejoice  together  after  they  had  gathered 
the  fruit  of  their  labor.  It  was  the  result  of  this 
one  man's  obedience  to  his  sense  of  duty,  ex- 
ecuted by  four  others,  that  gives  us  the  record 
of  the  first  American  Thanksgiving  now  annual- 
ly observed  by  us  as  a  Christian  nation. 

The  second  cause  for  gratitude  is  the  ex- 
amples of  those  qualities  that  make  for  good  cit- 
izenship. Says  a  distinguished  writer, — "Among 
the  remarkable  qualities  with  which  Providence 
for  its  own  wise  ends  seems  to  have  endowed 
the  character  of  our  ancestors,  1  know  of  none 
more  striking  and  admirable  than  their  love  of 
order,  and  their  submission  to  those  just  re- 
straints whereby  society  is  held  together,  per- 
sonal security  guarded,  and  public  liberty  pre- 
served. .  .  .  Before  they  left  the  ship  they 
projected,  formed,  and  signed  the  first  compact 
for  liberal  government  under  equal  laws  of  which 
we  have  any  record."  They,  our  forefathers, 
were  submissive  to  authority. 

Thoughtful  men  tell  us  that  the  greatest  de- 
fect of  American  character  today  is  lack  of  rev- 
erence for  authority  and  that  what  we  need  is  to 
follow  this  example  of  the  Puritans  and  the  Pil- 
grims, and  gain  as  a  nation,  a  new  and  effective 
baptism  of  the  spirit  of  submission  and  obedience 
to  laws  for  the  general  good.  We  need  a  greater 
respect  for  authority  in  our  homes,  and  in  our 
schools,  in  private,  as  well  as  public  life. 

The  third  cause  for  thankfulness  is  that  the 
Pilgrims  so  finely  exemplified  the  truth  that  the 
conquering  of  hardships  is  the  course  of  true  suc- 
cess. We  have  a  tendency  towards  making  all 
conditions  too  easy.  The  parent  and  the  modern 
teacher  are  in  grave  danger  of  making  things  too 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


easy  for  the  child  and  allowing  him  to  miss  the 
tonic  of  striving  against  unfavorable  conditions, 
and  the  satisfactory  gain  in  the  end.  They,  our 
forefathers,  schooled  and  prepared  themselves 
from  the  first  to  bear  many  adversities,  and 
divers  kinds  of  trouble,  knowing  that  it  would 
be  well  with  them. 

Especially  for  these  three  causes, — Gov. 
Bradford's  form  of  gratitude,  our  forefathers'  ad- 
herence to  authority,  and  their  braveness  in 
overcoming  hardships,  do  we  as  a  School  re- 
turn gratitude  at  this  Thanksgiving  season. 

notes 

Nov.  2.     Fifty  barrels  cement  came. 

Nov.  3.     Finished  harvesting  mangels. 

Nov.  4.     Harvested  the  turnips  and  beets. 

Nov.  5.     New  bull  came.  ^ 

Several  boys  visited  the  dentist. 

Nov.  6.     Harvested  corn  fodder. 

Nov.  8.  Sunday.  Rev.  G.  W.  Solley  ad- 
dressed the  boys. 

Nov.  9.  Load  of  dressing  from  Wal- 
worth's. 

Outside  of  steamer  cabin  varnished. 

Kate,  the  horse,  humanely  disposed  of. 

Nov.    10.     Writing  day. 

George  Racey  Jordan  entered  the  School. 

Graduate  Merton  P.  Ellis  visited  the  School. 

Warren  Albert  Twombiy  returned  to  his 
mother. 

Rev.  J.J.  Lewis  gave  an  illustrated  talk  on 
"The  Passion  Play." 

Twenty-five  barrels  of  kerosene,  two  of  gas- 
oline, and  ten  tons  of  gluten  and  cotton-seed  meal 
came. 

Nov.  1  1 .  Concrete  work  for  basement  of 
power  house  completed  as  far  as  capstone  ele- 
vation. 

Nov.  12.  Telephone  installed  in  our  locker 
at  City  Point. 

Tonnage  and  number  cut  in  steamer  "Pil- 
grim's" timbers. 

Nov.    13.     Several  boys  visited  dentist. 

Nov.    14.     Four  boys  went  to  the  theatre. 


Nov.  15.  Sunday.  Rev.  James  Huxtable 
addressed  the  boys.  Miss  Cambridge  sang,  ac- 
companied by  Mrs.  Porter. 

Nov.  16.  Load  of  dressing  from  Wal- 
worth's. 

Fire  extinguishers  refilled,  and  fire  pumps 
overhauled. 

Nov.  17.  William  George  Beadle  entered 
the  School. 

Finished  shingling  roof  over  front  wing  of 
main  building. 

Nov.  18.  Put  metal  bow  plates,  and  winter 
sheathing  on  steamer  "Pilgrim." 

First  class  and  advanced  pupils  entertained 
by  their  teacher. 

Nov.  19.  Load  of  dressing  from  Wal- 
worth's. ^ 

Replaced  spar  buoy  in  channel  off  Head 
House,  City  Point. 

Nov.  20.      Harvested  celery. 

Load  of  dressing  from  Walworth's. 

Nov.  21.     Two  boys  went  to  the  theatre. 

Six  boys  attended  the  Elmendorf  lecture  on 
"Norway." 

Window  and  door  screens  removed  from 
main  building. 

Zero-setting  rain  gage  added  to  meteoro- 
logical instruments. 

Nov.  23.  Load  of  dressing  from  Wal- 
worth's. 

Nov.  24.  Albert  Leslie  Allyn  returned  to 
his  guardian. 

Small  load  of  spruce  and  cypress  lumber 
from  Freeport  St. 

Mr.  C.  S.  Tenney  gave  raisins,  nuts  and 
oranges  for  Thanksgiving,  and  Mr.  William  Flan- 
ders, of  Martin  L.  Hall  Co.,  gave  nuts,  figs,  and 
raisins. 

Nov.  26.  Thanksgiving  Day.  Football 
game  in  morning  and  afternoon,  and  boxing 
matches  in  the  evening. 

Nov.  27.     Rough  day. 

Sailboats  and  Lozier  launch  covered  for 
the  winter. 

A  launch  and  rowboat  cared  for,  and  the 
crews  taken  to  City  Point. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Three  masted  schooner,  W.  S.  Perkins, 
grounded  on  south  end  bar  while  being  towed  to 
Dorchester  by  a  tug. 

Nov.  28.  Graduate  Frederick  W.  Mar- 
shall visited  the  School. 

Banked  the  root-cellar  and  hot-beds  with 
seaweed. 

Several  boys  attended  the  Elmendorf  lect- 
ure on  "Holland." 

Nov.  30.  Renewed  riding  cables  for 
steamer  "Pilgrim." 

Set  out  shrubs  around  the  spring  in  Bow- 
ditch  Grove. 

novcmbcr  meteorology 

Maximum  temperature,  62   on  the  4th. 

Minimum  temperature,  25"  on  the  16th. 

Mean  temperature  for  the  month,  41.5". 

Total' precipitation,  .76  inches. 

Greatest  precipitation  in  24  hours  .32  inches 
on  the  15th. 

4  clear  days,  2 1  partly  cloudy,  5  cloudy  days. 

Total  number  of  hours  sunshine,  150  and  10 
minutes. 

A  Lunar  corona  observed  on  the  29th. 

First  snow  of  the  season  on  the  17th. 

ClK  Tarm  and  trades  ScDool  Bank 

Cash  on  hand  November  1,  1908  $559.33 

Deposited  during  the  month  20.78 


$580.11 
Withdrawn  during  the  month  80.38 

Cash  on  hand  December  1,  1908  $199.73 

Cbird  €la$$ 

I  am  thankful  that  1  have  a  good  mother 
and  other  relatives.  1  am  thankful  that  1  can 
get  a  good  schooling.  1  am  thankful  that  I  have 
to  work  so  that  when  1  start  out  in  the  world  1 
will  know  how  to  use  my  hands  and  brain.  1  am 
thankful  that  1  have  a  chance  to  work  in  the  shop 
and  on  the  farm,  and  around  the  yards,  too, 
making  things  look  neat.  For  the  playgrounds 
and  gymnasium.  1  am  thankful  that  at  night  1 
am  sure  of  a  good  bed,  and  that  1  am  sure  of 
three  meals  a  day.  1  am  thankful  that  we  have 
a  good  Superintendent.     1  am  thankful  that  we 


have  so  many  entertainments.  I  am  thankful 
that  the  dentist  came  down  to  look  over  and  fix 
our  teeth.  1  am  thankful  that  we  have  so  many 
privileges.  If  1  were  to  write  all  1  am  thankful 
for  1  should  fill  a  book. 

Ralph  A.  Whittemore. 

1  am  thankful  that  I  can  be  about  in  the 
beautiful  sunshine,  and  that  I  can  see  the  beau- 
tiful birds  and  flowers.  1  am  glad  that  I  can 
hear  the  birds  sing,  and  the  other  things  that 
sound  pleasing  and  make  us  happy.  1  am  thank- 
ful that  my  friends  and  relatives  are  all  well.  I 
am  grateful  that  1  can  get  an  education,  and 
learn  the  good  things  in  life. 

Dick  W.  Steenbruggen. 

I  am  thankful  that  1  am  alive  and  well.  1 
am  thankful  that  I  have  a  bed  and  my  meals  to 
look  fo ward  to.  1  am  thankful  1  have  clothes  to 
wear,  a  chance  to  learn  so  many  things,  and  a 
gymnasium  which  furnishes  so  much  fun.  I  am 
thankful  I  have  many  friends  and  they  are  all  well, 
and  for  the  privileges  and  good  times  I  have.  I 
am  thankful  for  the  visiting  days  we  have,  the 
library,  and  good  Superintendent  of  this  School. 
Royal  R.  Ellison. 

I  am  thankful  that  I  came  to  this  School  to 
learn  so  that  1  may  be  a  successful  man  some 
day,  and  go  out  into  the  world  and  make  a  good 
living.  I  am  thankful  for  the  good  food  I  get, 
and  thankful  that  1  am  getting  on  all  right  in  my 
studies,  and  1  am  more  glad  that  1  have  a  good 
time  here.  I  am  thankful  I  have  a  good  mother. 
1  am  thankful  1  have  my  health  and  strength. 
Ralph  A.  Jones. 

1  am  thankful  that  I  am  in  sloyd,  as  1  can 
learn  to  make  different  models,  and  learn  how  to 
carve  them,  and  1  am  grateful  that  I  have 
good  relatives  and  friends,  and  that  they  got  me 
in  a  good  school  where  trades  of  different  kinds 
can  be  learned,  so  that  when  I  go  out  in  the 
world  1  will  know  something.  1  am  thankful  also 
for  the  library,  where  many  interesting  books 
are  kept  for  the  use  of  the  boys.  I  am  also 
grateful  for  the  gymnasium,  where  the  boys  have 
a  lot  of  fun  in  their  play  time.     1  am  also  grate- 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


ful  for  the  education  that  ^can  be  got  here,  and 
also  for  the  government  of  Cottage  Row,  which 
will  teach  us  to  be  desirable  citizens. 

Ernest  M.  Catton, 

We  all  have  many  things  to  be  thankful 
for.  I  am  thankful  that  I  have  health  and 
strength  to  do  my  daily  work,  and  that  I  know 
where  my  next  bread  is  coming  from.  I  am 
thankful  that  I  am  in  this  School  so  that  I  will  be 
prepared  for  my  work  in  the  world  when  I  get 
through.  Caleb  B.  Frye. 

Tourtb  Class 

I  am  thankful  that  Thanksgiving  and  Christ- 
mas are  so  near  at  hand,  and  that  there  are  so 
many  good  things  in  store  for  me  and  everybody 
else.  I  am.  thankful  that  I  have  a  good  mother, 
brothers,  and  sisters,  and  also  that  I  have  other 
good  relatives.  I  am  thankful  that  1  am  not  in 
the  city  with  the  bad  boys  so  that  my  mother 
would  worry  about  me.  1  am  thankful  that  God 
has  kept  me  alive  and  well,  and  that  I  am  in  a 
good  home.  Oscar  E.  Neumann. 

1  am  thankful  for  this  home  and  that  I  am 
getting  along  so  well.  That  I  have  relatives  to 
see  me  every  visiting  day.  I  am  thankful  that 
I  am  treated  well  by  all  the  instructors.  I  am. 
thankful  that  it  helps  my  mother  while  I  am 
here.  And  I  will  be  thankful  when  I  can  help 
her  more.  Harold  L.  Wynott. 

I  am  thankful  for  my  warm  clothes.  1  am 
thankful  for  this  warm  house  to  live  in.  I  am 
thankful  for  a  bed  to  sleep  in.  1  am  thankful  for 
my  food.  I  am  thankful  for  the  sunshine  which 
gives  us  light.  I  am  thankful  for  my  eyes  to  see 
all  the  beautiful  things  of  nature.  I  am  thankful 
for  my  hands  that  enable  me  to  write  this  thankful 
note.     I  am  thankful  for  everything. 

George   R.  Jordan. 

I  am  thankful  that  I  have  a  mother,  brothers, 
and  sisters.  I  am  thankful  that  they  are  well 
and  happy.  1  am  thankful  that  I  have  plenty  of 
food  and  drink.  I  am  thankful  that  I  have  a 
good  place  to  sleep.  1  am  thankful  that  I  am 
well  and  that  I  am  living  at  this  day.     I  am  thank- 


ful that  there  is  a  school  to  go  to  to  learn.  I  am 
thankful  that  I  have  friends  and  playmates.  1 
am  thankful  1  am  in  this  land.  1  am  thankful 
that  I  do  not  have  to  beg  for  my  food,  and  that 
I  haven't  got  to  sleep  in  a  barrel,  or  under  a  tree. 
William  G.   Beadle. 

Tiftft  Class 

What  I  am  thankful  for  is  1  am  in  such  a 
good  place,  for  it  is  better  than  to  grow  up  to  be 
of  no  use.  I  am  also  thankful  that  I  have  such 
good  health  and  I  am  able  to  work.  I  am  thank- 
ful for  so  many  animals  that  are  here.  1  think  1 
will  be  all  the  more  thankful  after  I  have  grad- 
uated that  1  have  been  in  such  a  good  place. 

Stanley  B.  Tisdale. 

I  am  thankful  that  my  mother,  brother,  and 
sisters  are  well.  1  am  thankful  that  1  am  getting 
along  well  at  the  School.  I  am  thankful  that  we 
have  such  a  nice  Island.  I  am  thankful  we  have 
such  a  good  Superintendent  as  Mr.  Bradley.  I 
am  thankful  that  1  can  go  home  and  see  my 
mother  awhile  in  the  spring. 

Edson  M.  Bemis. 

The  first  thing  1  am  thankful  for  is  that  1 
am  at  a  place  where  I  can  get  a  good  education 
and  be  ready  to  go  out  in  the  world.  I  am 
thankful  for  having  a  good  mother,  aunts,  and 
grandmother.  I  am  thankful  we  get  good  whole- 
some food.  I  am  thankful  for  so  much  sunshine. 
I  am  thankful  for  having  Thanksgiving.  I  am 
thankful  for  having  a  good  Superintendent. 

Harold  D.   Morse. 

I  am  glad  1  am  here  at  this  School.  1  am 
thankful  for  my  clothes.  I  am  glad  to  be  here  for 
Thankgiving,  Christmas,  and  New  Year's.  1  am 
thankful  to  work  on  the  power  house  and  on  the 
farm.  John  T.  Slade. 

1  am  thankful  for  two  good  sisters,  and  a 
father  that  1  have.  I  am  thankful  because  there 
is  one  special  day  when  we  can  give  thanks  to 
God.  I  am  thankful  for  the  pleasures  and  visit- 
ing days  we  have  had.  1  am  thankful  for  the  food 
I  get.  1  am  thankful  for  the  good  home  I  have, 
and  the  good  teacher.     Edward  M.  Powers. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Jflumtii 

T.  John  Evans,  '64,  Secretary  of  Brock- 
ton Shoe  Manufacturers'  Association  for  the 
past  six  years,  and  the  only  man  who  has  held 
that  office,  has  resigned  and  will  take  charge  of 
the  office  of  the  new  George  E.  Keith  Company's 
factory  at  East  Weymouth.  His  long  experience 
in  the  shoe  business  well  fits  him  for  the  new  po- 
sition. As  Secretary  for  the  Shoe  Manufac- 
turers' Association,  Mr.  Evans  has  represented 
his  firms  before  the  State  Board  of  Arbitration 
in  all  matters  in  which  the  companies  and  the 
unions  were  involved,  and  this  has  been  done 
without  a  strike,  and  in  a  highly  satisfactory 
manner  to  all  parties. 

I.  Banks  Quinby,  '06,  is  back  from  Willi- 
mantic,  Conn.,  where  he  went  to  play  in  an  or- 
chestra, and  is  again  with  the  Reading  Chronicle, 
where  he  likes  and  is  much  liked.  Banks  also 
plays  in  the  Euterpe  Orchestra  of  Reading. 

Leon  H.  Quinby,  '07,  who  was  with  Mr. 
T.  L.  Kinney  of  South  Hero,  Vt.,  is  now  living 
with  his  sister  in  Sanbornville,  N.  H.,  and  attend- 
ing high  school.  He  is  very  happy  and  has  a 
good  chance.  John  Herbert  M.  Nelson  took 
Leon's  place  at  Mr.  Kinney's. 

Cbc  Passion  Play 

Tuesday,  November  10,  we  had  the  pleasure 
of  hearing  Rev.  J.J.  Lewis  tell  us  about  his  trip 
to  Oberammergau.  He  showed  us  pictures  of 
the  village,  and  of  the  Passion  Play.  This  is  a 
religious  play  given  every  ten  years  and  is  a  rep- 
resentation of  the  suffering  of  Jesus.  The  first 
pictures  he  showed  us  were  of  the  houses  and 
some  of  the  people  that  took  part  in  the  Passion 
Play.  He  showed  us  pictures  of  where  Jesus 
was  going  into  Jerusalem,  and  also  many  other 
scenes  of  the  last  week  of  Christ's  life  on  the 
earth.  We  saw  a  picture  of  Jesus  and  His  Dis- 
ciples at  the  feast  of  the  Last  Passover.  It 
was  a  most  excellent  lecture,  and  we  enjoyed  it 
immensely.  Laurence  C.  Silver. 

€lmendorf  Cecture 

One  Saturday  afternoon  six  boys  went  over 
town  to  hear  an  illustrated  lecture  on  Holland, 
given  by  Mr.  Elmendorf.     Among  the  many  in- 


teresting views  shown  were,  a  map  of  Holland, 
the  wharf  at  Rotterdam,  and  a  picture  of  a  tab- 
let in  a  Baptist  Church  commemmorating  the 
day  the  Pilgrims  sailed  for  America.  Views  of 
some  of  the  native  sports  were  seen,  as  well  as 
what  seems  to  us  a  queer  mode  of  dressing. 
We  enjoyed  this  lecture  very  much,  and  at  the 
conclusion  we  left  for  home  arriving  at  about  six 
o'clock.  William  M.  Marshall. 

J\  Schooner 

On  November  27,  a  three  masted  schooner 
grounded  on  the  bar  at  the  south  end  of  our 
Island  while  being  towed  to  Dorchester.  A 
small  tug  was  towing  it,  and  it  grounded  shortly 
after  two  o'clock  in  the  afternoon.  The  tug  tried 
to  pull  it  off  but  without  success.  The  name  of 
the  schooner  was  "W.  S.  Perkins."  When  the 
tide  went  out  it  was  left  high  and  dry  on  the  bar. 
The  next  morning  some  of  the  fellows  went  over 
and  had  a  look  at  it.  The  schooner  was  finally 
pulled  off  after  being  aground  two  days,  and 
towed  to  its  destination  by  two  tugs. 

Clarence  S.  Nelson. 

Part  Of  the  Ritcbcn  Work 

Every  noon,  after  dinner,  we  kitchen  boys 
go  out  to  the  kitchen  and  start  our  work.  We 
wash  all  the  dishes  we  can  and  scrub  the  meat 
boards,  and  that  leaves  one  of  the  tables  clear 
of  everything.  Then  the  food  is  brought  up  from 
the  instructors'  dining-room  and  is  put  on  one  of 
the  tables  in  the  kitchen.  When  all  the  food  is 
brought  up  from  the  lower  dining-rooms,  Roy 
Upham  and  Frank  Mills  take  the  food  around  to 
the  front  store  room  and  bring  up  the  dirty  dishes 
to  be  washed.  Then  that  table  is  scrubbed. 
About  two  o'clock  1  dump  one  of  the  fires  so  that 
the  stove  will  cool  off  a  little.  When  it  has 
cooled  off  enough  I  get  the  brush,  pail,  soap, 
cloth,  and  hot  water,  and  wash  the  top  of  the 
stove,  and  the  sides,  and  then  put  the  things  away. 
1  next  build  the  fire.  I  get  the  wood,  shavings, 
and  coal.  I  put  the  shavings  in  first,  and  the 
wood  next,  and  then  the  coal.  Then  I  light 
the  shavings  and  see  that  it  doesn't  smoke. 
The  last  thing  that  is  done  is  the  scrubbing  of 
the  floor.  Alonzo  B.  James. 


TH0MP30] 


IkSIvAND 


BEACON 

Vol.  12.  No.  9.        Printed  at  The  Farm  and  Trades  School,  Boston,  Mass.       January,  1909 

Entered  November  23.  1903,  at  Boston,  Mass.,  as  Second-class  matter,  under  Act  of  Congress  of  July  16,  1894 


€bri$tma$  Day 

Christmas  morning  came  with  a  great  deal 
of  cheer  and  happiness  here  on  our  Island. 
Everybody  was  wishing  everybody  else  a  "Merry 
Christmas."  After  breakfast  some  of  the  fellows 
went  skating  until  it  was  time  to  go  to  assembly 
hall  for  the  distribution  of  packages  from  home, 
and  the  presents  given  to  each  of  the  fellows, 
from  the  School,  and  a  box  of  Lowney's  choco- 
lates from  Mr.  Richard  Bell.  The  fellows  all 
enjoyed  themselves  looking  over  their  presents 
until  time  for  dinner.  Some  of  the  presents 
were  as  follows:— sleds,  knives,  tools,  neckties, 
harmonicas,  books,  handkerchiefs,  sweaters, 
shaving  outfits,  gloves,  games,  candy  and  nuts. 

In  the  front  of  the  assembly  hall  was  an 
elevated  platform,  and  on  it  were  Christmas  trees 
situated  along  the  sides  and  back,  and  in  one 
corner  was  a  log  cabin  with  holly  growing  by  it. 
While  the  distribution  of  presents  was  going  on 
a  clown  came  out  and  did  some  feats  in  juggling 
that  were  quite  interesting. 

After  our  Christmas  dinner  the  boys  went 
skating  again  until  three  o'clock.  Then  we  tidied 
up  for  a  vaudeville  show  which  was  provided 
by  Mr,  Adams.  When  we  were  all  gathered  in 
assembly  hall  Mr.  Adams  awarded  the  agricul- 
ture prizes  which  he  gives  each  year.  The  first 
prizes  of  five  dollars  each  were  awarded  to 
Terrance  L.  Parker  and  John  H.  Marshall.  The 
second  prizes  of  three  dollars  each  to  William  B. 
Laing  and  James  Clifford,  and  the  third,  of  two 
dollars  each,  was  given  to  Bernhardt  Gerecke 
and  William  M.  Marshall.  These  prizes  were 
given  to  fellows  in  the  School.  The  next  prizes 
of  five  dollars  each  were  given  to  boys  who  have 
left  the  School  and   are  showing  a  great  deal  of 


interest  in  their  work  on  farms.  Their  names 
were  C.  Ernest  Nichols,  C.  Archie  Graves, 
Joseph  Keller,  and  J.  Herbert  M.  Nelson. 

In  the  show  which  followed,  there  was  clog 
dancing,  singing  and  acrobatic  tumbling.  There 
were  two  boys  who  took  part  in  this  last  one,  a 
little  fellow  who  did  a  great  deal  of  the  tumbling, 
and  a  larger  fellow  who  threw  him.  At  the  con- 
clusion of  the  show,  there  was  a  sketch  in  which 
a  man  and  woman  took  the  parts  of  two  people 
who  had,  first,  no  turkey  for  Christmas,  then  two 
turkeys,  then  none,  and  finally  one  which  they 
kept.  Harold  L.  Marshall. 

B  Successful  fair 

Friday  evening,  December  eleventh,  we  had 
the  big  fair  which  the  fellows  had  looked  forward 
to.  The  instructors  provided  the  fair  for  the 
benefit  of  the  fellows,  and  the  money  that  was 
made  will  be  used  in  providing  an  entertainment 
of  some  kind,  the  nature  of  which,  will  be  decided 
by  the  fellows  themselves,  as  they  have  the  priv- 
ilege of  voting  for  what  they  think  will  give  them 
the  most  enjoyment,  and  we  are  all  wondering 
what  it  will  be.  The  articles,  which  comprised 
about  everything  from  a  popcorn  ball  to  a  shawl, 
were  sold,  and  they  were  not  too  expensive  for 
the  fellows  to  buy  and  send  away  for  Christmas 
presents  to  their  friends.  Everyone  who  at- 
tended voted  the  fair  a  success,  and  it  is  re- 
ported, the  sum  of  $83.86  was  realized.  Quite 
a  number  of  interesting  and  amusing  things  were 
seen,  which  will  be  described  elsewhere  in  this 
issue  of  the  Beacon.       James  R.  Gregory. 

6ettitid  Ready  for  the  Tair 

One  night  a  few  other  fellows  and  1  had  the 
pleasure    of  helping    Miss   Ferguson   and  Miss 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Stratton  make  popcorn  balls  and  candy  for  the 
fair.  First,  we  put  together  the  candy  boxes, 
which  were  made  of  cardboard  covered  with 
pictures  and  Mother  Goose  rhymes.  We  filled 
forty-five  of  them  with  candy  that  was  already 
made.  Miss  Stratton  had  charge  of  the  corn- 
balls  with  three  fellows  popping  the  corn,  and 
three  making  the  balls,  while  Miss  Ferguson  had 
another  fellow  and  me  help  her  make  the  candy. 
First  we  shelled  peanuts  and  made  peanut  candy, 
then  we  had  to  make  plain  fudge.  This  was 
very  easy  so  I  could  make  some  alone.  The 
way  we  made  it  was  to  put  four  cups  of  sugar  to 
two  cups  of  milk,  two  squares  of  sweet  chocolate 
and  some  butter.  To  find  out  when  it  was  done 
we  tested  it  in  a  cup  of  cold  water.  When  it  was 
just  right  we  took  it  off  the  stove  and  added  one 
and  one-half  teaspoonfuls  of  vanilla  and  stirred 
it  until  it  became  thick,  then  put  it  into  pans, 
and  put  it  out  of  doors  to  cool.  While  we  were 
making  this  much  again,  the  other  would  be  pretty 
well  hardened.  After  the  candy  was  good  and 
hard  we  cut  it  up  and  put  it  into  boxes. 

The  cornballs  were  being  made  as  fast  as 
the  candy.  White  sugar  and  molasses  was 
boiled  until  it  would  thread.  While  three  were 
popping  the  corn  the  rest  picked  out  "old  maids." 
When  a  large  pan  full  of  corn  was  ready  the 
molasses  was  poured  over  it  and  some  began  to 
make  balls  while  two  fellows  wrapped  them  up  in 
paraffine  paper.  We  all  took  great  pleasure  in 
testing  the  candy  and  cornballs  as  well  as  making 
them.  As  it  was  getting  late,  all  the  fellows 
went  to  bed  but  three  of  us  who  stayed  to  clean 
up.  We  cleaned  off  the  stove,  swept  the  floor, 
and  washed  all  the  dishes  and  pans.  In  all  there 
were  one  hundred  and  fifteen  boxes  of  candy,  and 
two  hundred  and  fifty  cornballs  ready  to  be  sold 
at  the  fair.  We  all  enjoyed  the  evening  very 
much  and  hope  to  have  a  chance  at  the  same 
work  again.  George  J.   Balch. 

Decorations  and  music  at  the  Tair 

Assembly  hall  was  decorated  for  the  fair 
with  the  national  colors,  and  navy  blue  and  old 
gold,  colors  of  the  School.  The  wide  bunting 
with  red  and  white  stripes  on  the  outer  egdes, 
and  a  central  stripe  of  blue  with  white  stars,  was 


hung  around  the  top  of  the  hall  and  came  toward 
the  middle  from  the  center  of  the  sides,  dividing 
the  ceiling  into  four  parts  and  coming  in  the  cen- 
ter to  form  a  canopy  for  the  fancy  table.  At 
either  end  of  the  table  was  a  national  flag  on  a 
stand.  The  School's  colors  were  looped  all 
around  the  walls  of  the  room.  The  different 
tables  were  also  decorated.  The  fancy  table 
was  decorated  with  red,  white  and  blue  bunting. 
The  pennant  table  was  decorated  with  white  and 
navy  blue  bunting  with  a  large  knot  of  old  gold. 
The  candy  table  had  blue  bunting  draped  with 
old  gold  bunting  looped  and  knotted  at  intervals. 
The  table  for  the  old  man  was  all  draped  in  red. 
Where  the  squash  was  placed  was  decorated  in 
white.  The  decorations  looked  very  pretty. 
During  the  fair  the  School's  band  furnished 
music.  We  also  had  two  graphophones  going. 
At  the  end  we  danced.  Mrs.  Bradley  played  the 
piano  so  the  band  fellows  could  dance. 

Robert  R.  Matthews. 

cne  oia  man 

A  few  days  before  the  fair  we  were  sur- 
prised to  see  signs  on  yellow  cardboard  posted 
up  in  different  parts  of  the  house.  Some  were 
printed  "Visit  David,"  "Oh!  Whiskers,"  "Pull 
'em  Quick,"  "Pull  'em  Good,"  "Visit  the  Old 
Man  of  the  Island,"  "Blue  5c,"  "Yellow  10c," 
"Pull  for  a  Prize,"  "Pull  'em  Often,"  "5c  and 
10c  a  Pull,"  and  "Pull  Whiskers."  Some  of 
these  were  on  blue  cardboard,  and  were  alter- 
nated with  those  on  the  yellow  cardboard  and 
made  into  banners  and  hung  around  to  advertise 
the  old  man.  These  were  auctioned  off  during 
the  fair  and  brought  quite  a  sum.  When  we  en- 
tered the  hall,  on  one  side  we  saw  a  head  painted 
to  look  like  an  old  man.  The  whiskers  were 
made  from  narrow  strips  of  blue  and  yellow 
paper  and  each  one  was  numbered.  When  a 
fellow  pulled  a  whisker  he  told  Mr.  Miller,  and 
then  went  to  either  Miss  Brewster  or  Miss  Gor- 
don after  a  prize.  Harold  W.  Smyth. 

Pennants 

One  of  the  most  attractive  things  at  the  fair 
was  the  pennant  table,  where  School  pennants 
were  sold  by  Mr.  Ekegren  and  Miss  Pierce.  It 
was  situated  in  one  corner  of  the  hall.     The  pen- 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


nants  were  pinned  upon  three  screens  and  also  laid 
on  the  table.  The  first  thing  the  fellows  bought 
were  the  pennants.  The  largest  of  them  were 
made  of  navy  blue  felt  and  had  old  gold  F.  T.  S. 
letters  on  them.  These  cost  fifty  cents  and  the 
staff  five  cents.  The  small  pennants  cost 
twenty-five  cents.  The  pennants  of  the  E.  P.  A. 
were  red  with  white  letters  and  blue  ends,  while 
others  were  blue  with  white  letters  and  red  ends. 
They  sold  for  twenty-five  cents.  The  armbands 
were  navy  blue  with  old  gold  F.  T.  S.  letters  on 
them,  and  cost  fifteen  cents.  The  pennants  went 
very  fast  and  many  more  could  have  been  sold. 
Edward  H.  Deane. 

Cbc  $qua$l)  Contest 

In  one  corner  of  assembly  hall,  there  was 
a  squash,  that  most  of  the  fellows  called  a 
"freak"  because  they  had  never  seen  one  of  such 
a  color  before.  In  back  of  the  squash  was  a  pil- 
low of  navy  blue  felt  which  had  the  letters  F.  T.  S. 
embroidered  in  old  gold.  The  one  who  came  the 
nearest  to  guessing  how  many  seeds  there  were 
in  the  squash  would  get  the  pillow.  In  order  to 
have  a  guess  you  had  to  pay  one  cent.  Some 
of  the  instructors  paid  ten  or  fifteen  cents. 
After  all  had  guessed  the  seeds  were  counted  and 
Mr.  Bradley  read  off  how  many  seeds  there  were 
and  who  guessed  the  nearest  to  the  correct  num- 
ber. There  were  six  hundred  eighty-seven,  and 
Ralph  Whittemore  guessed  six  hundred  ninety- 
nine.  His  guess  was  the  nearest  so  he  got  the 
pillow.  Stephen  Eaton. 

Rebecca  at  the  lUell 

One  of  the  attractions  at  the  fair,  was  an  old- 
fashioned  well,  and  a  well  sweep  from  which  was 
suspended  a  bucket.  The  well  stood  in  one  cor- 
ner of  the  hall.  It  was  about  three  feet  square 
and  about  three  feet  high,  and  was  made  of  slabs. 
The  punch  was  made  of  lemonade  and  grape 
juice.  Miss  Ferguson  was  Rebecca.  She  was 
dressed  in  an  oriental  dress  of  blue  and  white, 
with  her  hair  in  braids.  The  punch  was  sold  by 
Miss  Ferguson  and  Mr.  Kibby  for  two  cents  a 
glass.  The  cornballs  and  candy  made  the  fel- 
lows thirsty,  so  the  well  was  well  patronized. 
Harold  Y.  Jacobs. 


Che  Taney  Cable 

As  we  entered  assembly  hall,  on  the  night  of 
the  fair,  the  first  thing  we  noticed  was  the  gaily 
draped  fancy  table  in  the  center  of  the  room. 
Around  it  stood  Mrs.  Dix,  Miss  Walton,  Miss 
Balch,  and  Mr.  Thomas,  who  were  selling  the 
articles.  On  the  table  were  things  for  sale  that 
the  instructors  had  made,  such  as  handkerchiefs, 
aprons,  neckties,  etc.;  also  many  fancy  articles 
that  came  from  the  city,  such  as  bags,  pin- 
cushions, and  other  things.     Elmer  Bowers. 

Che  Candy  Cable 

The  candy  table  was  located  on  the  area 
side  of  the  assembly  hall.  A  few  days  before  the 
fair,  anyone  passing  through  the  kitchen  would 
smell  the  fudge  and  popcorn.  The  fudge  was  put 
in  little  boxes  covered  with  pictures  and  Mother 
Goose  rhymes.  This  table  was  the  chief  one  of 
interest  and  quite  a  crowd  was  there  all  the  time. 
The  cornballs  were  made  of  popcorn,  molasses 
and  sugar  boiled  until  hard,  and  then  made  into 
balls  and  wrapped  up  in  paper.  The  fudge  was  ten 
cents  a  box,  and  cornballs  one  cent  apiece.  All 
the  candy  and  popcorn  balls  were  sold,  and  more 
could  have  been  sold.      Alfred  W.  Jacobs. 

J\  fortune  Celler 

One  of  the  enjoyable  things  at  the  fair  was 
to  visit  "Madam  Zorah,"  a  lady  who  told  for- 
tunes. To  have  our  fortune  told  we  had  to  pay 
the  small  sum  of  two  cents.  Every  boy  that 
cared  about  it,  and  that  had  a  chance  to  see  the 
fortune  teller,  did  so.  She  was  seated  behind 
screens  so  that  none  could  see  except  the  one 
whose  fortune  was  being  told.  She  had  a  pack 
of  playing  cards  that  she  would  shuffle  before 
she  began,  and  she  told  the  past,  present,  and 
future.  Miss  Lilla  Elizabeth  Kelley  did  this. 
James  L.  Joyce. 

Storm  mindows 

Every  fall  the  storm  windows  are  taken  from 
the  west  loft  and  brought  down  to  the  wash- 
room, where  they  are  washed,  after  which  they 
are  put  on  to  the  windows  most  exposed  to  the 
weather.  In  winter,  the  most  severe  winds  are 
from  the  North,  Northwest,  and  West. 

Frank  H.  Machon. 


THOMPSON'S   ISLAND   BEACON 


Cboinp$on'$  Tsland  Beacon 

Published  Monthly  by 

THE  FARM  AND  TRADES  SCHOOL 

Thompson's  Island,  Boston  Harbor 

A   PRIVATE  SCHOOL  FOR  WORTHY  BOYS 
DEPENDENT  UPON  DONATIONS  AND  BEQUESTS. 


Vol.     12.    No.    9. 


January,   1909. 


Subscription  Price    -     50  Cents  Per  Year. 


BOARD  OF  MANAGERS 


president 

Alfred  Bowditch 


vice  president 

Henry  S.  Grew 


treasurer 

Arthur  Adams 


secretary 

Tucker  Daland 


managers 

Melvin  0.  Adams 
I.  Tucker  Burr 

Charles  P.  Curtis 
George  L.  DeBlois 

Charles  T.  Gallagher 
Walter  Hunnewell 
Henry  Jackson,  M.  D. 

Richard  M.  Saltonstall 
Francis  Shaw 

William  S.  Spaulding 
Moses  Williams,  Jr. 
Ralph  B.  Williams 


Charles  H.  Bradley, 


Superintendent 


Treasurer's  Address  50  State  St. 

Boston,  Mass. 

Confidence  in  a  person  may  be  likened  to 
the  main  spring  of  a  watch.  The  main  spring  is 
the  most  vital  part  of  the  watch,  without  which 
it  would  be  practically  useless  as  a  time  keeper. 
It  must  be  perfect,  and  unbroken,  and  so  ad- 
justed as  to  work  harmoniously  with  every  other 


part  of  the  watch;  and  likewise  a  person  In  whom 
no  confidence  can  be  placed  is  as  helpless  as  a 
ship  in  a  turbulent  sea  with  neither  sails  nor  rud- 
der to  guide  it,  insofar  as  being  able  to  gain  and 
maintain  a  position  in  life  such  as  only  comes  to 
those  whose  every  act  has  been  so  molded  as  to 
merit  the  confidence  and  respect  of  their  busi- 
ness associates,  employers,  friends  or  neighbors. 

Lost  confidence  should  be  abhorred  by  all 
well-meaning  people,  and  the  old  adage — "What 
is  worth  doing  at  all,  is  worth  doing  well"— should 
be  always  paramount,  for  with  such  a  determin- 
ation, success  is  bound  to  come,  and  with  success 
respect  is  bound  to  come  too.  The  failures  seen 
as  one  goes  about  can  be  traced  more  or  less 
directly  to  a  careless,  indolent  person,  whose 
only  aim  or  wish  is  to  see  not  how  much,  but 
how  little  can  be  done  in  a  given  time.  Such 
tactics  are  equivalent  to  a  sly,  deceitful,  under- 
handed method  of  pilfering,  when  pay  is  taken 
for  work  that  has  never  been  done,  but  purposely 
neglected  with  the  intention  of  deceiving,  and 
getting  something  unjustly  deserved.  The  one 
who  thinks  he  is  the  smart  one  and  is  contin- 
ually trying  to  deceive  someone,  is  the  real  fool 
indeed,  for,  sooner  or  later,  a  bomb  will  explode, 
so  to  speak,  and  he  will  find  himself  buffetted 
about  in  the  storm  of  a  general  shake-up  in  the 
working  force,  and  some  industrious  fellow,  who 
has  been  a  conscientious  worker,  pushed  ahead 
with  increased  pay,  while  he  joins  the  ranks  of 
the  unemployed,  and  frets  and  fumes  about  in- 
justice and  an  ungrateful  employer. 

Confidence  when  once  lost  can  never  be  re- 
gained, no  matter  what  one's  position  is  in  life, 
nor  where  located.  It  is  what  seem  to  be  the 
small  things  in  life  that  are  eventually  the 
really  great  ones.  Therefore,  it  behooves  every- 
one to  be  on  the  watch,  and  help  themselves  by 
helping  others.     Neither  success  nor  prosperity 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


can  be  received  without  being  created.  It  is 
upon  the  efforts  of  the  faithful  workers  whose 
whole  hearts  and  souls  are  in  their  work  that 
comes  the  burden  of  supporting  the  indolent  and 
shiftless,  unappreciative  class  of  ingrates.  It  is 
a  pity,  indeed,  that  such  facts  can  be  chronicled, 
and  with  no  apparent  effort  on  the  part  of  the  re- 
cipients of  such  consideration  to  benefit  their 
condition,  nor  willing  to  contribute  their  share 
to  the  well-being  of  the  community. 

Deceitfulness,  and  a  shirking  of  what  is 
justly  expected  from  one,  are  the  quickest  roads 
to  failure  and  lost  confidence.  A  knowing  dis- 
regard of  instructions  and  directions  for  per- 
forming a  given  duty  is  another  direct  road  to  an 
unsuccessful  career.  It  is  being  demonstrated 
more  and  more  every  day,  that  the  ones  who  do 
things,  under  any  and  all  circumstances,  whether 
some  one  is  watching  their  every  movement  or 
not,  are  the  ones  who  reach  the  front  rank  of 
success,  and  have  the  confidence  of  the  people 
at  large.  Dishonesty,  deceitfulness,  laziness, 
and  an  ungrateful  spirit,  are  closely  related  and 
inseparable,  and  when  one  is  inculcated,  the 
others  fall  in  line  with  the  regularity  of  a  well- 
drilled  body  of  soldiers. 

notes 

Dec.    1.     Killed  a  pig  and  bull. 

50  barrels  of  cement  came. 

Mr.  Richard  Humphreys  gave  an  illustrated 
talk  on  his  trip  to  Africa. 

Dec.  2.     Pulled  the  parsnips. 

Dec.  3.     Harvested  the  cabbages. 

Seven  boys  visited  the  dentist. 

Dec.  4.  Play,  "Belle,  the  Typewriter  Girl." 
given  by  the  boys. 

Dec.  8.  George  Homer  Appel,  and  Arthur 
Gardiner  Appel  entered  the  School. 

Small  load  of  spruce,  and  some  spruce  slabs 
from  Freeport  Street. 

Dec.  9.     Banked  hotbeds  with    seaweed. 

Henry  George  Eckman  left  the  School. 


Usual  Christmas  box  of  Lowney's  choco- 
lates came  for  the  boys  and  instructors,  from  Mr. 
Richard  Bell. 

Musical  entertainment  by  Mr.  Clarence 
Humphreys  and  friends. 

Dec.  to.  Graduates  C.  Alfred  Malm  and 
Merton  P.  Ellis  visited  the  School. 

Dec.  11,     Made  20  trespass  sign  boards. 

Made  a  few  repairs  on  rowboat  "Standish." 

Fair  given  by  instructors  for  the  pleasure 
and  benefit  of  the  boys. 

Completed  six  horses  and  ladders  for  Mass- 
achusetts Humane  Society. 

Dec.  12.  Moved  hose  house  to  temporary 
location. 

Treasurer  Arthur  Adams  visited  the  School. 

Dec.  14.  Load  of  dressing  from  Wal- 
worth's. 

Dec.  15.     Began  top  dressing. 

Covered  the  strawberry  plants. 

Pumped  out  City  Point  landing  float. 

Dec.  16.  Moved  ladder  house  to  tempor- 
ary location. 

Magazines  received  from  Miss  Lilla  Eliza- 
beth Kelley. 

Dec,  17.  Placed  horses  and  ladders  on 
the  bank  of  the  Charles  River  for  Massachu- 
setts Humane  Society. 

Dec.  19.  Decorated  chapel  for  Christmas 
concert. 

Branch  and  gate  for  power-house  water 
supply  installed  on  main  pipe  line. 

Dec.  20.     Sunday.     Christmas  concert, 

Dec.  21,     Killed  a  pig. 

Load  of  spruce  boards  and  matched  planks 
from  Freeport  Street, 

Louis  Clifton  Darling  left  the  School  to 
work  for  Martin  L,  Hall  Co,,  Boston, 

Dec,  22.     Fifty  barrels  of  cement  came. 

Dec.  23.     Fall  term  of  school  closed. 

First  skating  of  the  season. 

Set  hydrant  houses  to  protect  hydrants  from 
freezing. 

Dec.  25.  Christmas,  Awarding  of  the 
Adams  Agriculture  prizes. 

Usual  distribution  of  gifts  in  the  morning, 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


and  in  the  afternoon,  entertainment  provided  by 
Treasurer  Arthur  Adams. 

Dec.  28.  Set  out  Christmas  trees  around 
walks  and  buildings,  for  protection  and  ornament. 

Load  of  dressing  from  Walworth's. 

Dec.  30.  Through  the  kindness  of  Mr. 
Bayard  Thayer,  thirty-three  boys  attended  the 
Sportsman's  show,  and  all  are  to  do  so. 

Dec.  31.     Rowboat  "Standish"  painted. 

Thirty-three  more  boys  visited  the  Sports- 
man's show. 

Deccmi^r  meteorology 

Maximum  temperature  64"  on  the  1st. 

Minimum  temperature  1 1  °  on  the  6th. 

Mean  temperature  for  the  month  32.2°. 

Total  precipitation  1 .44  inches. 

Greatest  precipitation  in  twenty-four  hours, 
.42  inches  on  the  8th. 

9  days  with  .01  or  more  inches  precipitation. 

3  clear  days,  23  partly  cloudy,  5  cloudy  days. 

Total  number  of  hours  sunshine  127  and  10 
minutes. 

Monthly  snowfall  2.50  inches, 

Che  Tdrtti  and  trades  School  Bank 

Cash  on  hand  December  1,  1908  $499.73 

Deposited  during  the  month  89.40 


$589.13 
Withdrawn  during  the  month  109.46 

Cash  on  hand  January,  1,  1909  $479.67 

ClK  Christmas  Concert 

The  fellows  gathered  in  assembly  hall  the 
Sunday  before  Christmas  to  have  a  Christmas 
concert.  Twenty-one  fellows  spoke  pieces,  the 
choir  gave  a  number  of  selections,  and  two  boys 
sang  a  song,  the  choir  joining  in  the  chorus. 
The  selection  the  fellows  liked  the  best  was  the 
one  given  by  George  R.  Jordan  and  John  O.  En- 
right — "A  Plan  That  Failed."  One  of  them  was 
Santa  Claus  and  the  other  boy  represented  a 
fellow  who  hung  up  an  extra  large  stocking  to  get 
more  presents,  but  the  plan  failed.  Another  one 
was  "Through  the  Telephone,"  by  Dick  W. 
Steenbruggen.  Here  a  boy  telephoned  to  the 
North  Pole  and  found  out  that  Santa  Glaus  was 
on  his  way  to  the  Island.     Another  prominent 


feature  was  "The  Signals."  Seven  boys  had 
signals  and  after  each  one  of  them  told  the 
meaning  of  his  signal,  Thomas  Games  hoisted 
them  up  on  a  flag  staff.  Mrs.  Dix  then  sang 
"A  Lullaby,"  the  choir  joining  in  the  chorus. 
Mr.  Bradley  and  Mr.  Thomas  made  remarks  on 
Christmas. 
Song       .  -  -  .  Choir 

"Glory  in  the  Highest" 
Address  of  Welcome  Clarence  M.  Daniels 

Responsive  Reading 

Leader,  Paul  H.  Gardner 
Song      Fred'k  Hynes,  Dana  Osborne  and  Choir 

"Hail  the  Day" 
Recitation          -  -  Carl  D.  Hynes 

"A  Recipe  for  Christmas  Cheer" 
Recitation  -  William  M.  Marshall 

"Santa  Glaus'  Names" 
Song       -  -  -  -  Choir 

"Bethlehem  Star" 
Recitation        -  -  LeRoy  B.  Huey 

"Alaska  Christmas  Candles" 
Recitation  -  Terrance  L.  Parker 

"The  Carving  of  Fra  Bernardo" 
Song       _  -  -  -  Choir 

"The  Shepherds" 
Recitation  -  Dick  W.  Steenbruggen 

"Through  the  Telephone" 
Exercise  George  R.  Jordan  and  John  0.  Enright 

"A  Plan  that  Failed" 
Song        -  -  -  -  Choir 

"Swing  Christmas  Bells" 
Recitation    -  -  William  E.  Rowel! 

"Christmas  in  Sweden" 
Recitation        -  -  George  J.  Balch 

"The  Silent  Guide" 
Song        -  ■;  -  -  Choir 

"0  Chime  Again" 
Recitation    -  -  Laurence  C.  Silver 

"Just  in  the  Place  Where  We  Live" 
Recitation  -  Edward  M.  Bickford 

"What  Happened  on  Christmas  Day" 
Song        -  -  -  -  Choir 

"Blest  Mom,  We  Hail  Thee" 
Recitation  -  Ralph  A.  Whittemore 

"Christmas  Tokens" 
Exercise  .  .  -  Class 

"The  Signals" 
Song        -  -  -  -  Choir 

"O.  Peal  Your  Merry  Chimes" 
Remarks   -  -  -  Mr.  Thomas 

Song  -  -  Mrs.  Dix  and  Choir 

"A  Lullaby" 
Remarks    -  -  -  Mr.  Bradley 

William  H.  McCullagh. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Bclk,  the  typewriter  6irl 

One  of  the  most  interesting  entertainments 
we  have  had  this  winter  was  a  play  in  five  acts 
given  by  some  of  the  fellows.  The  first  Friday 
in  December  the  play  came  off.  On  that  even- 
ing we  all  entered  assembly  hall  and  were  con- 
ducted to  reserved  seats  by  ushers,  and  at  eight 
o'clock  the  play  began.  The  players  were: — 
John  Randall  -         -  George  J.  Balch 

A  returned  diamond  miner  from  Africa 
Simon  Morgan         -  Clarence  M.  Daniels 

A  banker  and  broker 
Ralph  Morgan         -         -         Paul  H.  Gardner 

His  son 
Edward  Blake         -         -         Willard  H.  Perry 

Morgan's  chief  clerk 
Abe  Cohen          -         -         Terrance  L.  Parker 

With  a  gold  mine  to  sell 
Belle  Randall         -  Louis  C.  Darling 

The  miner's  daughter 
Julia  Randall  -  -  Frederick  J.  Wilson 
The  miner's  wife 
Between  the  acts  we  enjoyed  music,  refresh- 
ments were  sold,  and  between  acts  three  and  four, 
a  sketch  entitled  "Words  to  the  Wise,"  was  given 
by  Frederick  J.  Barton.  Percy  Smith. 

Sale  of  Cickets 

Assembly  hall,  where  "Belle,  the  Typewriter 
Girl  was  given,  was  divided  into  sections,  A,  B, 
C,  and  D.  At  one  in  the  afternoon,  the  day  be- 
fore the  show  was  given,  the  fellows  lined  up  in  the 
reading-room  to  get  their  tickets.  Everyone  was 
trying  to  get  a  good  seat.  Some  fellows  got  good 
ones,  and  some  not  so  good.  The  tickets  con- 
formed to  the  sections  and  numbers  on  the  set- 
tees. We  filed  to  a  table,  and  Louis  Darling 
sold  the  tickets.  The  tickets  were  5  cents,  and 
10  cents  for  those  over  20  years. 

Herbert    H.    Kenney. 

Sportsman's  Show 

We  had  the  privilege  of  attending  the  Sports- 
man's Show  this  year  as  we  havehad  in  previous 
years.  We  left  the  Island  at  nine  o'clock  in  the 
morning  arriving  there  about  ten.  The  fellows 
went  in  three  different  groups.  The  first  group 
attended  on  Wednesday,  and  the  last  on  Friday. 
As  we  entered  the  building  the  first  things  that 
met  our  gaze  were  large  cages  divided  into  sec- 
tions containing  pheasants  and  grouse.     In  the 


middle  of  the  building  was  a  large  pond  where 
water  birds  were  kept.  As  we  proceeded  we 
came  to  where  the  game  animals  were  kept,  such 
as  moose,  elk,  raccoons,  rabbits,  deer,  a  Rus- 
sian wild  boar,  and  some  squirrels.  The  gun 
case  was  another  place  of  attraction.  Here  were 
kept  the  different  models  of  guns,  such  as  differ- 
ent sizes  of  Colt  revolvers,  rifles,  doudle-barreled 
shotguns,  triple-barreled  shotguns,  etc.  In  the 
back  part  of  the  hall  was  a  large  tank  of  water 
where  the  aquatic  sports  took  place,  such  as  div- 
ing through  a  hoop,  a  tub  race,  a  relay  race,  fancy 
diving,  swimming  races,  etc.  While  these  were 
going  on  the  Salem  Cadet  Band  was  playing. 
Down  stairs  was  the  shooting  gallery  where  the 
men  were  trying  their  skill.  On  the  second  floor 
was  an  exhibit  of  the  sub-target  gun.  This  is 
used  in  armies  and  navies  for  practice.  Oppo- 
site this  was  the  bowling  alley.  We  left  the 
building  about  three  forty-five,  arriving  at  the 
landing  about  four-thirty,  having  had  a  fine  time, 
for  which  we  are  indebted  to  Mr.  Bayard  Thayer. 
George  A.  Matthews. 

Ceaf  mould 

In  the  rear  of  the  storage  barn  is  a  bin  that 
has  lately  been  rebuilt.  In  this  bin  leaves  are  put 
that  the  fellows  have  picked  up  on  the  lawns, 
under  the  trees,  on  the  back  road,  and  various 
places  to  form  leaf  mould.  Leaf  mould  is  formed 
by  time  and  weather.  It  is  composed  of  nitrogen, 
hydrogen,  oxygen,  and  carbon.  It  is  called 
"humus."  Humus  gives  a  dark  brown  or  blackish 
color  to  the  soil.  This  is  very  good  for  trees 
and  sandy  soil.  Stanley  B.  Tisdale. 

Gatberiiid  Drift  Ulooa 

One  afternoon  another  boy  and  I,  with  one 
of  the  farm  instructors,  went  around  the  Island 
picking  up  drift-wood.  One  boy  drove  the  double- 
horse  team  while  the  instructor  and  1  threw  the 
wood  into  the  cart.  We  got  four  or  five  loads 
that  afternoon,  which  were  taken  to  the  wood- 
pile. After  we  got  our  last  load,  and  had  emptied 
it,  the  instructor  cleaned  out  the  cart  and  went 
down  to  the  wharf  after  freight,  while  the  other 
boy  and  1  bedded  the  stalls  of  the  gray  team. 
Edric  B.  Blakemore. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Fred  P.  Thayer,  '04,  is  with  T.  W.  Ripley 
&  Co.,  printers,  where  he  went  to  work  on  leav- 
ing the  School.  Fred  writes  an  ambitious  and 
hopeful  letter,  and  expresses  his  determination  to 
thoroughly  understand  the  printing  business. 

Geo.  1.  Leighton,  '04,  writes  to  wish  us  a 
"Happy  New  Year,"  and  to  add  two  more  years 
to  his  subscription  to  the  Beacon.  George  is  still 
working  for  the  Boston  Counter  Co.,  having  been 
employed  there  since  leaving  us. 

Ernest  Nichols,  '07,  works  for  Mr. 
Arthur  M.  Vaughan,  of  Randolph,  Vermont. 
Mr.  Vaughan  is  State  Forester  of  Vermont,  and 
was  for  some  years  instructor  in  agriculture  at 
this  School.  Ernest  attends,  the  high  school, 
and  is  happy  to  be  able  to  continue  his  studies. 

T.  Chapel  Wright,  '08  sends  an  interest- 
ing letter  from  Three  Lakes,  P.  Q.,  where  he  is 
living  on  a  farm  with  his  mother  and  step-father. 
He,  and  his  brother  Clifton,  are  helping  to  build 
a  log  house.  Clifton  hopes  to  visit  the  School 
next  summer. 

J\  musical  etttcrtainment 

V/ednesday,  December  nineth,  Mr.  Richard 
C.  Humphreys  provided  a  musical  entertainment 
for  us.  These  people  contributed  to  our  pleas- 
ure:— Miss  Charlotte  D.  Pope,  Soprano;  Mr.  A. 
S.  Nye,  Baritone;  Mr.  C.  B.  Humphreys,  Pianist; 
and  Miss  Margaret  Langtry,  Violin,  accompanied 
by  Miss  Gertrude  Belcher.  Mr.  Humphreys 
began  by  playing  a  piece  on  the  piano.  Then 
Mr.  Nye  sang.  Miss  Pope  sang  in  Italian,  which 
sounded  very  funny,  and  then  she  sang  two 
Stevenson  songs.  Miss  Langtry  played  a  piece 
entitled  "Perpetual  Motion."  It  was  very  quick 
and  pretty.  The  fellows  clapped  a  long  while 
and  she  played  it  over  again.  We  heard  some 
fine  duets  by  Miss  Pope  and  Mr.  Nye,  and  a 
number  of  selections  by  Miss  Langtry,  and  Mr. 
Humphreys.  We  went  to  bed  thankful  for  hav- 
ing heard  such  good  music. 

Frederick  J.   Barton. 

B  €ban9c  of  Classes  and  mork 

On  December  eleventh,  the  first  and  third 
classes  changed  sessions.  The  first  class  is 
having  the  forenoon  session,  while  the  third  class 


attends  school  in  the  afternoon.  I  am  glad  the 
first  class  has  the  morning  session  because  we 
had  to  work  by  lamp  light  the  latter  part  of  the 
afternoon.  The  classes  were  changed  so  as  to 
have  a  larger  squad  of  fellows  on  the  farm  morn- 
ings. A  change  of  classes  made  it  necessary  to 
change  their  work.  When  we  came  out  of  the 
dining-room  the  morning  of  the  change,  the  third 
class  fellows  who  were  to  work  in  the  morning 
were  told  where  they  were  to  work  until  further 
notice.  The  first  class  were  told  at  one  o'clock 
where  they  were  to  work. 

Frederick  J.  Wilson. 

£ccturc  on  a  Crip  to  jFffrica 

Mr.  Richard  C.  Humphreys  recently  gave  a 
stereopticon  lecture  on  his  trip  to  Northern 
Africa  and  the  Mediterranean,  and  including  the 
Azores,  Gibralter,  Morocco,  Algeria,  Tripoli, 
Tunis,  Crete,  Malta,  Sicily,  and  Italy.  Mr, 
Humphreys  first  showed  a  view  of  the  Azores 
landing,  the  Battle  of  Flowers,  and  then  a  beauti- 
ful view  of  Gibralter  and  the  Rock  itself.  Other 
pictures  following  were  of  an  Arab,  who  was  Mr. 
Humphrey's  guide,  an  Arab  on  a  camel,  a  lion  of 
the  desert,  Arabs  in  camp  with  their  camels, 
a  wharf  in  Tunis,  which  was  made  of  cork,  the 
chapel  of  bones  in  Malta,  a  view  of  a  city  after 
a  volcanic  eruption,  Mt.  Etna,  Mt.  Vesuvius,  and 
a  great  many  others.  After  the  lecture  Mr. 
Humphreys  asked  if  anyone  would  like  to  ask 
any  questions.  A  few  were  asked  and  answered, 
then  some  souvenirs  of  his  trip  were  shown. 
Mr.  Humphreys  was  thanked  for  his  very  inter- 
esting lecture.  Edward  M.  Bickford. 

milkind 

Every  morning,  at  quarter  of  five,  the 
watchman  awakens  the  milkers.  After  we  wash, 
we  go  to  the  barn,  take  our  stools  and  pails,  and 
milk  our  regular  cows.  Each  milker  has  five  or 
six  cows  to  milk.  When  we  get  through  milking 
one  cow,  we  weigh  the  milk  and  write  the  amount 
on  the  milk  report.  A  pound  is  one  pint.  We  get 
through  milking  about  quarter  past  six  every  morn- 
ing. In  the  afternoon,  as  soon  as  school  is  dis- 
missed at  five  o'clock,  we  milk  again.  We  finish 
at  about  quaiter  of  six.  1  like  milking  very 
much.  John   H.  Marshall. 


THOMPSON^    I3IyAND 


BEACON 


Vol.  12.  No.  10.      Printed  at  The  Farm  and  Trades  School,  Boston,  Mass.      February,  1909 

Entered  November  23,  1903,  at  Boston,  Mass.,  as  Second-class  matter,  under  Act  of  Congress  of  July  16,  1894 


Our  Tariti  macbines 

On  our  farm  we  have  a  number  of  farm 
machines  that  help  us  do  our  work.  In  the 
spring  or  fall  the  land  is  plowed,  harrowed,  and 
fertilized.  For  this  purpose  we  use  the  plows, 
harrows,  and  the  manure-spreader  to  spread  the 
manure.  In  summer  time  the  vegetables  that 
are  planted  have  to  be  cultivated,  hoed,  weeded, 
and  fertilized.  In  planting  our  corn  we  use  the 
corn-planter.  The  corn  and  fertilizer  are  put 
in  the  machine  and  then  a  horse  draws  it  along 
and  the  wheels  go  around  to  plant  the  corn. 
Then  a  big  wheel  turns  to  cover  it  over.  In 
weeding  this  corn  we  have  a  weeder  with  teeth 
similar  to  a  horse-rake.  It  is  called  the  "Star 
Weeder."  A  horse  hauls  it  along  and  a  boy 
guides  it.     It  weeds  a  number  of  rows  at  a  time. 

In  June,  when  the  hay  and  weather  are 
right,  we  begin  our  haying  season.  In  haying, 
first  of  all  we  use  the  "Walter  A.  Wood" 
mowing-machine  to  mow  with.  The  tedder  kicks 
up  the  hay  and  turns  it  over  to  dry.  When  it  is 
dry  the  hay-rake  rakes  it  up  and  it  is  hauled  to 
the  barn  in  a  hay-rack.  After  the  haying  sea- 
son is  over  the  apples  begin  to  get  ripe.  We 
have  a  cider-mill  to  help  us  make  our  cider.  It 
consists  of  a  frame  work  and  trough  to  put  the 
apples  in,  then  a  wheel  is  turned  and  the  apples 
are  crushed  and  then  pressed,  the  juice  running 
into  a  pail.  Our  corn  is  husked  and  the  stalks 
used  as  cut  feed  for  the  cattle.  We  have 
a  horse-power  and  cutter,  that  cuts  the  corn 
stalks  for  this  purpose.  The  cobs  with  the 
kernels  on  them  are  put  in  a  machine  which  is 
called  the  corn-sheller.  This  machine  shells 
the  corn. 

When  mangels  are  ready  to  be  pulled,  we 


gather  them  in  and  grind  them  for  the  cattle. 
The  grinding  is  done  by  a  vegetable  grinder. 
The  mangels  are  put  in  and  the  wheel  is  turned. 
This  turns  a  roller  which  has  spikes  on  it.  The 
mangels  go  between  the  rollers  and  are  crushed 
and  ready  to  be  fed  to  the  cattle. 

In  grading  land  we  first  use  picks  and 
shovels,  and  a  horse  scraper.  After  it  is  leveled 
off  we  have  a  two-horse  roller  that  rolls  the  land 
and  makes  it  ready  for  grass  seed  or  whatever 
is  going  to  be  done  with  it.  When  we  sow 
grass  seed  we  have  a  little  machine  which  can 
be  strapped  around  the  waist.  We  fill  it  with 
grass  seed  and  turn  the  main  wheel  which  turns 
two  cog-wheels  that  turn  the  sifter  that  the  seed 
is  in.     It  sifts  the  seeds  out  on  the  ground. 

Our  farm  machines  are  kept  clean  and  are 
always  to  be  found  in  the  barns  when  not  in  use. 
They  are  good  helpers  and  we  could  not  get 
along  very  well  without  them. 

Theodore  M.  Fuller. 

6etrind  Beacons  Rcaay 

Every  month  when  the  Beacons  are  printed 
it  is  the  office-boys'  work  to  get  them  ready  to 
go  to  the  subscribers.  We  put  the  address  on 
the  wrappers,  which  is  done  by  a  machine  that 
puts  paste  on  the  back  side  of  the  addresses, 
cuts  them  off,  and  pastes  them  on  wrappers. 
After  this  is  done  the  Beacons  are  folded  once, 
and  while  one  of  us  is  doing  this  the  other  puts 
the  wrappers  around.  This  is  done  partly  by 
machine  and  partly  by  hand.  In  the  machine 
there  is  a  board  about  the  size  of  the  wrappers, 
and  on  the  front  edge  of  this  board  is  a  groove 
with  small  holes  in  the  bottom  to  let  out  the 
paste.  Half  way  down  on  the  board  there  are 
two  pieces  of  iron  to  keep  the  wrappers  in  place. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


We  then  take  a  Beacon,  fold  the  wrapper  around 
twice,  then  pull  the  wrapper  out  from  under  the 
groove,  which  will  have  paste  on  the  edge,  and 
paste  it  down.  After  they  are  wrapped  they  are 
stamped.  The  postage  on  the  Beacons  that  go 
outside  of  Boston  is  paid  for  by  the  pound.  We 
have  about  thirteen  hundred  subscribers. 

John  Le Strange. 

Cbe  Dm  Box 

A  box  has  been  made  in  which  the 
steamer's  stern  and  bow  lights  and  the  two  side 
lights  which  are  used  at  night  are  kept.  This 
box  is  lined  inside  with  zinc.  It  is  made  of 
white  pine  three-fourths  of  an  inch  thick.  The 
cover  is  cased  with  canvas  so  water  will  not  get 
in.  On  the  ends  are  handles.  This  box  is  kept 
on  the  stern  deck.  There  were  two  ring-bolts 
put  in  the  deck  about  one-half  foot  from  each 
end  of  the  box,  which  is  lashed  to  the  deck  of 
the  steamer.  The  box  is  painted  a  buff  color. 
Warren  J.   Barter. 

Cottage  Kow  Election 

The  quarterly  election  of  Cottage  Row 
Government  was  held  Thursday  evening,  January 
fourteenth,  in  the  first  and  second  school-rooms. 
The  meeting  came  to  order  and  the  Mayor, 
Percy  Smith,  appointed  for  tellers  Robert  May, 
Frederick  Wilson,  and  George  Balch.  We  at 
once  gave  out  the  ballots.  The  shareholders 
voted  first.  They  can  vote  for  every  office,  and 
the  non-shareholders  can  vote  for  all  but  as- 
sessor. After  the  election  was  over,  the  last 
term's  officers  were  requested  to  hand  in  their 
badges.  After  the  others  went  to  bed,  the  tellers 
counted  the  votes.  The  following  officials  were 
declared  elected: — Mayor,  Willard  Perry;  Share- 
holding Aldermen,  Alonzo  James,  Christian 
Field,  and  Harold  Silver.  Non-Shareholding 
Aldermen,  Edward  Deane  and  Alfred  Jacobs; 
Treasurer,  Stephen  Eaton;  Assessor,  Ralph 
Whitternore.  George  J.   Balch. 

Conduct  Prizes 

January  fifteenth,  conduct  prizes  were  given 
to  the  boys  who  had  had  the  least  number 
of  marks  for  the  preceding  six  months.  Man- 
ager Francis  Shaw,  gives,  twice  a  year,  twenty- 


five  dollars  which  is  divided  into  ten  money 
prizes,  for  conduct,  the  first  being  five  dol- 
lars and  the  last  one  dollar.  Temple  consolation 
prizes  are  given  by  President  Alfred  Bowditch, 
of  our  Board  of  Managers,  which  consist  of 
five  books.  The  following  named  boys  re- 
ceived the  Shaw  prizes: — James  Clifford  $5.00, 
Clarence  S.  Nelson  $3.25,  Earle  C.  Marshall 
$3.00,  Frank  H.  Machon  $2.75,  Herbert  H. 
Kenney  $2.50,  Harold  L.  Marshall  $2.25,  Alfred 
W.Jacobs  $2.00,  Percy  Smith  $1.75,  Robert 
H.  May  $1.50,  and  Harold  N.  Silver  $1.00. 
The  Temple  consolation  prizes  were  given  to 
Ralph  H.  Marshall,  Thomas  Carnes,  Louis  M. 
Reinhard,  Prescott  B.  Merrifield,  and  Robert  R. 
Matthews.  Harold  W.  Smyth,  Royal  R.  Ellison, 
John  0.  Enright,  LeRoy  B.  Huey,  and  Joseph  A. 
Kalberg  received  honorable  mention. 

Robert  R.  Matthews. 

B  Peitorating  Jlttacbment 

A  perforating  attachment  has  been  added  to 
the  other  attachments  for  our  "Sterling"  ma- 
chine in  the  printing-office.  It  is  very  simple  to 
operate,  and  extremely  useful.  The  perforator 
itself  is  a  box-like  affair,  about  three  by  twelve 
inches,  and  is  screwed  on  to  a  table  which  is 
twenty  by  twenty-one  inches,  and  the  table  is  fas- 
tened to  the  "Sterling"  with  a  screw,  while  the 
perforator  is  connected  to  the  driving-rod  by  an 
L  shaped  cam  which  operates  the  lever  upon 
which  the  perforating  punches  are  fastened,  giv- 
ing it  a  sheer-like  movement.  The  length  of  the 
perforating  bar  limits  a  single  perforation  to  ten 
inches  in  length,  but  by  reversing  the  sheet,  and 
making  a  second  perforation,  any  length  up  to 
twenty  inches  may  be  obtained,  and  from  one  to 
four  sheets  may  be  perforated  at  a  time  if  the 
paper  is  not  too  thick.  There  are  fifteen  punches 
to  the  inch.  There  are  also  adjustable  guides 
which  can  be  set  for  different  sizes  of  paper. 
Earle  C.  Marshall. 

meatber  Signals 

Our  weather  signal-flags  are  furnished  by  the 
United  States  government  and  are  the  same  as 
are  used  all  over  the  country.  They  are  displayed 
at  the  observatory.     A  white  flag  indicates  fair 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


weather  and  stationary  temperature.  A  blue 
flag  indicates  rain  or  snow.  A  half  white  flag 
and  the  other  half  blue  indicates  local  rain  or 
snow.  A  white  flag  with  a  black  pennant  above  it 
indicates  fair,  and  warmer  weather.  A  white 
flag  with  a  black  pennant  below  it  indicates  fair 
and  colder  weather.  A  blue  flag  with  a  black  pen- 
nant above  it  indicates  rain  or  snow  and  warmer 
weather.  A  blue  flag  with  a  black  pennant  below 
it  indicates  rain  or  snow  and  colder  weather. 
Frank  Machon,  chief  of  the  weather  bureau, 
puts  these  signals  up  on  a  flagstaff  on  the  roof  of 
the  observatory.  Spencer  S.  Profit. 

J\  Storm 

January  seventeenth,  we  had  a  very  severe 
snow  storm  which  later  turned  to  rain  and  event- 
ually froze,  doing  considerable  damage  to  the 
trees,  bushes,  etc.  The  limbs  of  the  trees  were 
nearly  touching  the  ground  under  the  weight  of 
the  ice.  There  were  many  branches  and  limbs 
broken  off  the  trees,  some  big  branches  and 
limbs  from  "The  Old  Elm,"  one  from  a  tree  on 
the  west  side  of  the  main  building,  and  one  down 
by  the  shop.  The  trees  and  bushes  looked  pretty 
when  the  sun  was  shining  on  the  ice.  A  num- 
ber of  the  instruments  at  the  observatory  were 
frozen,  and  the  weather-flag  was  frozen  stiff  for 
two  days  so  that  it  could  not  be  taken  down. 
Laurence  C.  Silver. 

n  mekb  RarcDit  Party 

Our  teachers  and  one  of  the  other  instruct- 
ors gave  the  boys  of  the  first  class  a  merry 
evening  January  28th.  We  were  told  that  our 
presence  was  requested  in  the  first  school-room. 
We  began  by  playing  games  and  guessing  conun- 
drums, after  which  followed  the  rarebit,  the  mak- 
ing of  which  was  very  interesting  to  us  as  we  are 
not  very  well  acquainted  with  the  chafing-dish. 
When  it  was  done,  it  was  served  on  crackers. 
We  went  to  bed  feeling  we  had  passed  a  pleasant 
evening  and  thanked  those  who  took  the  pains  to 
give  it  to  us.  Willard  H.  Perry. 

Sidn  Boards 

Some  new  trespass  sign  boards  have  been 
made  to  put  around  the  Island.  These  boards 
are  an  improvement  over  the  old  ones,  which 


were  painted  white  with  black  letters.  The  new 
ones  have  cypress  backs  of  seven-eighths  stock, 
and  are  sixteen  and  one-half  inches  long  and 
thirteen  inches  wide.  Two  dovetail  keys  were  put 
in  the  back  of  each  board,  and  the  top  rounded  off 
in  a  good  curve  to  make  it  look  better.  Split 
dowels  with  grooves  in  them,  were  nailed  on  in 
such  a  way  that  a  card  will  just  slide  into  the 
grooves.  Then  two  side  pieces  extending  half 
way  down  the  sign,  and  a  top  piece,  which  slanted 
to  shed  water,  were  nailed  on.  The  cards  with 
the  notice  on  will  be  put  in  the  grooves  and  a  tack 
in  the  lower  part  will  hold  it  in  place.  There  are 
going  to  be  twenty  of  these  signs  put  around  the 
Island.  Clarence  M.  Daniels. 

Playind  1)0CKey 

One  Saturday  afternoon,  a  lot  of  boys  chose 
up  sides  for  a  game  of  hockey.  For  goals  we 
had  four  sticks  which  we  got  from  the  woodpile. 
We  put  two  at  each  end  of  the  pond,  about  six 
feet  apart.  Two  boys  stood  in  the  middle  of  the 
pond  and  when  we  were  ready  to  start  they  hit 
their  hockeys  together  three  or  four  times  and 
then  hit  the  puck.  It  took  the  opposite  side  from 
the  one  I  was  on  a  long  time  to  get  a  goal.  At 
the  end  of  the  game  the  score  was  ten  to  ten. 
Harold  D.   Morse. 

Scrapiitd  tbc  Tee 

On  a  recent  holiday,  which  we  were  given, 
six  of  us  fellows  went  down  and  scraped  the  pond 
near  the  storage-barn  to  make  it  good  and  smooth 
for  skating.  We  all  took  shovels  and  started  in 
to  scrape  all  the  rough  places,  the  snow,  and  all 
that  spoiled  the  skating.  We  took  the  back  side 
of  the  shovels,  and  so  got  it  quite  smooth.  It 
was  then  swept.  Caleb  B.  Frye. 

.  Blistering  Paint 

The  rowboat  "Standish"  was  sent  to  the 
paint-shop  to  be  painted.  The  old  paint  that  was 
on  the  outside  was  in  a  very  bad  condition  and 
very  thick.  In  order  to  scrape  the  old  paint  off, 
it  had  to  be  blistered.  This  was  done  with  a 
painter's  torch.  One  of  us  would  blister  the  paint 
while  the  other  one  scraped  the  blistered  paint 
off  with  a  putty-knife.       Harold  N.  Silver, 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Cbompson's  Tsland  Beacon 

Published  Monthly  by 

THE  FARM  AND  TRADES  SCHOOL 

Thompson's  Island,  Boston  Harbor 

A     PRIVATE     SCHOOL     FOR     WORTHY     BOYS 
DEPENDENT     UPON     DONATIONS     AND     BEQUESTS. 


Vol.     12.    No.     10. 


February,    1909. 


Subscription  Price 


50  Cents  Per  Year. 


BOARD  OF  MANAGERS 


president 

Alfred  Bowditch 


vice  president 

Henry  S.  Grew 


treasurer 

Arthur  Adams 


secretary 

Tucker  Daland 


managers 
Melvin  O.  Adams 
I.  Tucker  Burr 

Charles  P.  Curtis 
George  L.  DeBlois 

Charles  T.  Gallagher 
Walter  Hunnewell 
Henry  Jackson,  M.  D. 

Richard  M.  Saltonstall 
Francis  Shaw 

William  S.  Spaulding 
Moses  Williams,  Jr, 
Ralph  B.  Williams 


Charles  H.   Bradley, 


Superintendent 


Treasurer's  Address  50  State  St. 

Boston,  Mass. 

Apropos  of  what  has  been  written,  or  read, 
concerning  the  collision  at  sea,  of  the  "Repub- 
lic" and  the  "Florida,"  we  think  it  would  not  be 
amiss  to  dwell  awhile  upon  the  lesson  taught  by 
the  fidelity  and  devotion  of  the  Captain  of  the 
"Republic"  to  his  ship,  and  the  attachment  of  an 


under  officer  for  his  superior,  and  the  sacrifice 
each  one  was  willing  to  make  in  the  performance 
of  what  they  considered  their  obligated  duties, 
and  the  illimitable  courage  they  also  displayed 
in  the  face  of  overwhelming  odds. 

It  is  not  the  purpose  of  this  article  to  eulo- 
gize nor  specialize  on  these  particular  men,  but 
to  treat  with  fidelity  and  devotion  to  duty,  and 
with  courage  to  perform  this  same  duty,  no 
matter  what  it  may  be,  providing,  of  course,  that 
it  be  one  of  the  many  legitimate  pursuits  that 
can  be  engaged  in.  By  this,  we  mean  that  when 
a  person  has  selected  what  seems  to  be  the 
most  inviting,  or  remunerative  occupation,  and 
starts  in,  it  must  be  with  the  determination  to  do 
the  position  justice,  not  the  position  make  the 
person,  but  rather  the  person  make  the  position, 
and  not  with  a  sullen,  don't-care  spirit,  but  with 
a  vim  and  a  manifest  willingness  that  will  not 
be  mistaken,  and  by  a  close  study  and  application 
of  detail  become  a  live  factor  in  the  hum  of  in- 
dustry. 

It  does  not  necessarily  follow,  that  to  be- 
come devoted  to  duty,  one  must  give  up  all  else, 
without  diversity  of  any  sort,  for  such  is  a  mis- 
taken idea,  but  one  thing  should  surely  be 
shunned,  and  that  is,  to  become  imbued  with  the 
spirit  of  dissatisfaction  too  often  prevalent,  that 
detracts,  more  or  less,  from  the  fidelity  that 
would  otherwise  be  shown  if  more  devotion  was 
given  to  duty,  and  a  courageous  attempt  made 
to  surmount  whatever  obstacles  might  present 
themselves. 

The  influences  of  association  oftentimes 
tend  to  broaden  or  lessen  the  mind,  to  a  certain 
degree,  and  should  be  given  the  most  careful 
consideration,  and  when  an  associate  or  com- 
panion is  chosen,  let  it  be  one  whose  fidelity  is 
beyond  question;  one  whose  counsel  and  advice 
are  of   the  highest  quality;   one  who  is  always 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


cheerful,  and  not  continually  grumbling  because 
of  his  lack  of  something  within  his  grasp,  yet  too 
lazy  to  reach  out  and  get;  one  whose  influences 
are  an  inspiration  to  aspire  for  the  good  things  of 
life;  and  one  whose  sense  of  honor  and  justice 
is  beyond  refute. 

We  realize  that  there  may  possibly  be  a 
widely  diversified  opinion  as  to  what  may  be 
consistently  called  a  devotion  to  duty,  but  we  as- 
sume that  the  predominating  inclination  should 
be  a  willingness  to  sacrifice  those  things  that  are 
of  an  insignificant,  pecuniary  personal  gain,  and 
put  forth  every  effort  to  become  more  proficient; 
to  also  train  the  mind  to  become  more  active  and 
exacting;  to  utilize  a  few  of  the  many  spare  hours 
at  one's  command  for  the  betterment  of  civic 
conditions;  an  inculcation  of  a  spirit  of  thrift, 
and,  above  all,  a  courage  to  do  our  duty  no  mat- 
ter what,  when,  or  wherever  we  are. 

notes 

Jan.  1.  Nineteen  boys  visited  the  Sports- 
man's Show. 

Usual  supply  of  calendars  received  from  Mr, 
W.  D.  C.  Curtis. 

Jan.  2,  Small  load  of  lumber  from  Free- 
port  Street. 

Jan.  4.     Winter  term  of  school  began. 

Finished  concrete  work  on  pig-pens  under 
storage-barn. 

Jan.  5.  Dr.  Alexander  Burr  here  to  see 
cattle. 

Completed  six  horses  and  ladders  for  Mass- 
achusetts Humane  Society. 

Jan.  6.  Load  of  dressing  from  Wal- 
worth's. 

First  grade  boys  spent  evening  in  the  as- 
sembly-hall with  instructors,  playing  games  and 
singing. 

Jan.  9.     Letter-writing  day. 

Placed  three  horses  and  ladders  on  bank  of 
Charles  River,  Boston  side. 

Jan.  13.  Annual  dinner  of  The  Alumni 
Association. 


Rev,  T.  Namae,  from  Japan,  and  graduate 
William  T.  Walbert  visited  the  School. 

Jan.    14.     .Killed  two  pigs. 

Finished  setting  three  windows  in  piggery. 

Jan.    15,     Shaw    conduct  prizes  awarded. 

Play  "Out  in  the  Street"  given  by  the  boys. 

Jan.  16.  Foster  B,  Hoye,  a  former  pupil, 
visited  the  School, 

Placed  three  horses  and  three  ladders  on 
bank  of  Charles  River,  Cambridge  side, 

Jan.  17.  Sunday.  Rev.  T,  Namae  again 
visited  the  School,  In  the  afternoon  Mr,  Namae 
told  the  boys  something  of  the  Japanese  people 
and  their  customs. 

Jan.    18.     Load  of  plaster  came. 

Jan.  20.  Teachers  visited  schools  in 
town. 

Jan.  22.  Finished  stonework  necessary  to 
carry  foundation  down  to  level  in  east  basement. 

Jan.  23.  Finished  sawing  24  cords  of 
wood  for  the  bakery. 

Jan.  25.  Began  collecting  winter  web  of 
the  brown-tail  moths. 

Jan.  26.  George  Arthur  Mansfield  entered 
the  School. 

Killed  a  beef  and  two  pigs. 

Jan.  27.  Capt.  K.  W.  Perry,  of  the  Reve- , 
nue  Cutter  "Gresham,"  told  of  the  experience  of 
the  cutter  in  going  to,  and  trying  to  save  the 
"Republic," 

Load  of  gtain  came. 

Jan.  30.  Five  boys  visited  the  Motor  Boat 
Show. 

Jan.  31.  Treasurer  Arthur  Adams  visited 
the  School. 

January  meteorology 

Maximum  temperature  58*^  on  the  5th, 
Minimum  temperature  3°  on  the  19th. 
Mean  temperature  for  the  month  30.3°. 
Total  precipitation  3.08  inches. 
Greatest  precipitation  in  twenty-four  hours 
,64  inches  on  the  24th. 

14  days  with  one  or  more  inches  precipi- 


days. 


2  clear  days,    1 8  partly  cloudy,    1 1    cloudy 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Total  number  hours  sunshine  85, 

Snow,  turning  to  a  rain  and  sleet  storm  on 

the  14th  and  1 5th,  caused  some  damage  to  trees 

by  breaking  limbs, 

Cl^e  Tarm  and  trades  School  Bank 

Cash  on  hand  January,  1,  1909  $479.67 

Deposited  during  the  month  37.72 

$517.39 
Withdrawn  during  the  month  34,62 

Cash  on  hand  February  1,  1909  $482.77 

Skafingi 

So  far  this  year  we  have  had  some  good 
skating.  The  fellows  like  skating  about  as  well 
as  any  winter  sport  we  have.  Some  like  to  skate 
to  one  end  of  the  pond  on  windy  days,  and  let  the 
wind  carry  them  to  the  other  end,  some  like  to 
play  hockey,  and  some  like  to  see  how  long  it 
takes  them  to  go  around  the  pond.  We  have 
various  kinds  of  skates,  such  as  clamp,  hockey, 
long-runner,  wooden-top,  and  different  kinds  of 
key  skates.  We  have  three  ponds,  one  at  the 
south  end,  which  is  flooded  by  the  rain,  melted 
snow,  and  salt  water  from  the  tide-gate,  one  by 
the  east  side  tide-gate,  which  is  formed  by  rain 
and  melted  snow,  and  another  one  is  by  the  stor- 
age-barn, and  is  flooded  from  a  hydrant  near  the 
stock  barn.  Prescott  B.  Merrifield. 

B  Calk  on  Japan 

One  Sunday  afternoon,  we  had  the  pleasure 
of  hearing  Rev.  T.  Namae,  a  Japanese  friend 
of  Mr.  Bradley's,  speak.  His  talk  was  based  on 
obedience  and  loyalty.  He  said  that  in  his 
country  the  children  are  very  respectful  to  the 
old  people.  They  are  taught  to  take  care  of  their 
parents  in  their  old  age.  The  children  when  very 
young  work  hard  and  save  their  money  so  that 
when  their  parents  are  old  and  unable  to  work 
any  longer,  they  can  live  comfortably.  Japan  is 
continually  sending  out  men  to  different  countries 
to  learn  their  ways  and  then  to  come  back  and 
teach  these  ways  to  their  people.  When  the  war 
with  Russia  began,  many  a  young  man  left  his 
good  home  to  go  to  the  front  to  fight  for  his 
Nation.     In  Japan,  the  people  never  show  their 


sorrows  to  any  one.  They  are  never  seen  to  cry. 
They  have  a  very  strong  will  power  and  are  able 
to  keep  their  sorrows  hidden.  As  soon  as  the 
war  began  many  children  were  either  homeless 
or  fatherless.  The  mothers  of  the  children  had 
to  go  and  find  work,  and  the  condition  of  their  af- 
fairs was  pretty  bad.  While  the  mothers  were 
out  working,  day  nurseries  were  started  where 
the  mothers  might  leave  their  children.  These 
nurseries  did  a  great  deal  of  good  for  Japan, 
There  were  also  nurseries  for  the  children  who 
did  not  have  any  homes.  The  children  were 
taken  there  and  looked  out  for.  At  the  end 
of  Mr.  Namae'stalk  he  said  the  Lord's  Prayer  in 
Japanese.  It  was  very  interesting,  and  we  en- 
joyed it  very  much.  Paul  H.  Gardner. 

CDe  **6mbam"  and  m  ^'Republic" 

On  the  evening  of  January  twenty-seventh, 
we  had  the  pleasure  of  listening  to  a  thrilling  talk 
given  to  us  by  Capt.  Perry,  of  the  United  States 
Revenue  Cutter  "Gresham."  He  had  taken  an 
active  part  in  trying  to  save  the  "Republic," 
which  had  been  rammed  by  the  Italian  Steamship 
"Florida."  The  latter  was  an  inbound  steam- 
ship for  New  York,  and,  owing  to  the  elements, 
had  gotten  away  from  its  regular  course,  and  not 
being  equipped  with  the  "Wireless,"  there  were 
no  means  at  hand  by  which  communication 
could  be  had  with  the  Nantucket  light-ship 
,  which  was  only  a  few  miles  away.  The  "Re- 
public" was  outward  bound,  with  a  large  pas- 
senger list,  and  supplies  for  the  United  States 
battle-ship  fleet  on  its  way  around  the  world. 

On  the  morning  of  the  disaster,  while  eating 
his  breakfast  aboard  the  "Gresham,"  which  was 
at  anchor  in  Provincetown  harbor,  Capt.  Perry 
received  one  of  the  many  wireless  messages  sent 
out  from  the  "Republic,"  calling  for  help.  Capt. 
Perry  immediately  got  under  way,  although  a 
very  dense  fog  prevailed.  Eventually,  the  "Re- 
public" was  located,  but  having  been  struck  amid- 
ship,  the  water  rushed  into  the  engine-room  and 
disabled  the  engines,  leaving  the  steamship  at 
the  mercy  of  the  sea,  so  a  hawser  was  made  fast, 
and  an  attempt  made  to  tow  it  to  safety.  The 
passengers  had  been  taken  off.     After  awhile. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


it  was  seen  that  the  "Repubhc"  was  begin- 
ning to  sink,  so  the  hawser  was  cut,  and  in  a 
very  short  time  this  splendid  ship  went  to  the  bot- 
tom, thus  ending  one  of  the  most  remarkable 
shipwrecks  that  has  ever  occurred. 

Capt.  Perry  also  told  us  the  purposes  for 
which  the  revenue-cutter  service  was  created, 
and  the  work  it  is  now  performing.  On  Decem- 
ber first,  the  "Gresham"  is  ordered  to  be 
ready  to  go  to  the  assistance  of  any  vessel 
in  distress,  anywhere  on  the  coast,  from 
Portsmouth,  N.  H.,  to  the  Nantucket  light- 
ship, and  these  orders  are  effective  until  the 
first  of  April.  It  was  a  very  interesting  lecture, 
enjoyed  by  everyone  present,  and  we  all  thanked 
Capt.  Perry  for  his  kindness. 

Harold  W,  Smyth. 

Cow-bov 

One  morning,  the  farm  instructor  told  me  to 
go  as  cow-boy  and  see  if  I  could  do  better  than 
the  other  fellow  did,  so  1  went  down  and  began 
my  work.  I  took  a  card  and  brush  and  began 
cleaning  off  the  cows,  after  which  I  helped  the 
barn-fellow  sweep  the  floor  and  clean  the  cracks. 
When  it  was  time,  we  let  out  the  cows,  gave 
them  a  drink,  and  then  waited  until  the  barn- 
fellow  got  the  floor  and  gutter  cleaned,  then  we 
let  the  cows  in  and  cleaned  them  off  again. 
After  this  we  helped  the  barn-fellow  get  down 
hay.  There  are  twenty-seven  cows  and  one  bull 
in  the  barn.  Levi  N.  Trask. 

match  Caps 

January  ninth,  the  watch  caps  were  given 
out.  Every  fellow  in  the  School  was  given  one. 
The  tops  are  old  gold,  and  the  rim  is  navy  blue, 
which  are  the  School's  colors.  These  caps  are 
very  warm  and  we  are  glad  to  have  them. 

Stanley  B.  Tisdale. 

Cbe  trading  Company 

For  the  convenience  of  the  boys  wishing  to 
purchase  articles,  for  their  use,  a  Trading  Com- 
pany was  established  with  the  clothing-room  boy 
as  manager.  This  manager  hands  Mr.  Bradley 
a  slip  with  the  names  of  the  articles  he  wants  to 
order  on  it.     When  the  things  come,  the  bill  is 


copied  into  the  invoice  book,  then  the  cost  is 
found  of  each  article  and  from  that  the  selling 
price  is  decided.  When  a  boy  buys  anything  he 
makes  out  a  check  to  The  Farm  and  Trades 
School  Trading  Company.  On  the  check  he 
also  puts  what  he  buys.  A  record  is  kept  in  a 
sales  book  of  what  is  bought,  who  buys  it,  and  the 
price  paid  for  it.  The  checks  are  deposited  by 
the  manager  who  also  keeps  the  books.  The 
first  of  every  month  an  account  of  stock  is  taken 
with  the  cost  of  each  article  and  how  much  they 
all  cost  together,  then  this  is  all  added  up.  The 
amount  sold,  and  the  gain,  is  also  found.  After 
this  is  done  Mrs.  Dix  approves  the  books.  The 
hour  for  trading  is  between  twelve  and  one  o'clock. 
The  manager  gets  half  of  the  profit,  and  the 
rest  goes  into  the  business. 

Ralph  H.   Marshall. 

ntakind  $m%m  m^dt 

Whenever  a  pig  is  killed  a  certain  part  is 
saved  for  sausage  meat.  One  afternoon  1  had  to 
get  the  meat-chopper  from  the  back  store-room. 
This  meat-chopper  is  fastened  to  a  board  four 
feet  long  by  one  foot  wide.  I  put  it  between  two 
chairs,  and  the  instructor  sat  on  one  end  and  I 
sat  on  the  other  end  to  hold  it  down.  Theodore 
Miller  and  I  took  turns  at  grinding.  When  the 
meat  was  all  ground  I  washed  the  chopper  and  put 
it  back  in  the  store-room.      Roy  D.   Upham. 

Juddiing 

One  of  the  sports  I  like  to  do  is  to  juggle 
tennis  balls.  1  keep  three  tennis  balls  with  me, 
and  am  learning  to  keep  them  going  in  the  air, 
and  as  soon  as  one  lands  in  my  hand,  I  throw  it 
up  as  quickly  as  I  can,  and  in  this  way,  I  keep 
three  going,  one  in  one  hand,  and  two  in  the  air 
all  the  time.  William  B.   Laing. 

Cleaning  off  the  Ulbarf 

Every  morning  1  clean  off  the  wharf  and 
south-side  float.  I  take  a  broom,  a  shovel,  and 
an  ice-chisel  down  to  the  float,  and  begin  there 
first.  I  cut  all  the  ice  that  has  frozen  during  the 
night  with  the  ice-chisel,  scrape  off  all  1  can,  and 
then  sweep  it.  I  do  the  same  to  the  wharf. 
Charles  H.  MacSv/ain. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Jllumni 

Herbert  A.  Hart,  '99,  writes  to  send 
greetings  from  both  his  brother  and  himself,  and 
to  say  he  is  well  and  getting  along  nicely,  and 
wishes  to  be  remembered  to  all  who  may  know 
him.  Herbert  is  with  the  S.  S.  Pierce  Co.,  and 
his  brother  is  at  Wareham,  Mass. 

Charles  M.  McKay,  '00,  is  at  Cape  Pogi 
Light,  Edgartown,  Mass.,  where  he  went  from 
New  Haven.  Charlie  likes  his  new  position  and 
expects  to  move  his  family  to  Edgartown  about 
the  first  of  April. 

Frederick  F.  Burchsted,  '02,  who  was 
formerly  with  the  Fore  River  Ship  Building  Co., 
as  draftsman,  is  now  located  with  the  Blake 
Pump  Co.,  at  an  increased  salary,  and  is  quite 
well  satisfied  at  present,  but  is  studying  evenings 
so  as  to  fit  himself  for  a  still  better  position. 
Fred  is  going  at  it  the  right  way,  and  his  example 
is  a  good  one  to  follow. 

JInnual  meeting  and  Dinner 

The  third  annual  dinner,  and  the  annual 
meeting  of  the  Alumni  Association  of  The  Farm 
and  Trades  School  was  held  on  Wednesday 
evening,  January  13th,  at  the  Boston  City  Club, 
9  Beacon  Street,  Boston.  The  meeting  was 
held  at  7  p.  m.,  and  after  the  reports  of  the  va- 
rious committees  were  received  the  following  of- 
ficers were  elected  for  the  ensuing  year: — Pres- 
ident, Thomas  J.  Evans,  '64;  1st  Vice-President, 
Clarence  W.  Loud,  '96;  2nd  Vice-President, 
Charles  H.  Bridgham,  '95;  Secretary,  Merton  P. 
Ellis,  '99;  Treasurer,  Herbert  W.  French,  '78; 
Historian,  Alfred  C.  Malm,  '01.  Walter  B. 
Foster,  '78,  and  William  T  Walbert,  '08,  were 
admitted  members  and  Rev.  T.  Namae,  Kobe 
City,  Japan,  was  elected  an  honorary  member. 
The  following  guests  were  present  also: — Alfred 
Bowditch,  Arthur  Adams,  George  L.  DeBlois, 
Charles  H.  Bradley,  Frank  E.  Allard,  William 
A.  Morse,  and  Rev.  T.  Namae. 

Cbe  Cobbler's  Outfit  ana  mork 

One  of  the  morning  shop  boys  is  cobbler. 
His  outfit  consists  of  a  stand,  a  set  of  lasts,  (two 
of  each  size),  a  hammer,  knife,  file,  lamp,  awl, 
stretchers,  heel  and  sole  trimmers,  bone-black 


irons,  bone-black,  leather,  shoe-nails,  ink,  and 
oil.  He  keeps  an  account  of  how  many  shoes 
are  brought  in,  the  number  tapped,  heeled,  dis- 
carded, and  returned  to  the  clothing-room.  At 
the  bottom  of  this  account  he  has  to  put  down 
the  extra  work  he  does  other  than  that  of  a  cob- 
bler. When  a  heel  is  to  be  put  on,  hemlock 
trimmings  are  used,  and  are  put  on  in  tiers  until 
the  heel  is  high  enough,  then  a  piece  of  leather 
of  a  better  quality,  and  the  shape  of  the  heel,  is 
fastened  on  with  a  row  of  iron  shoe-nails,  after 
which  it  is  trimmed  and  inked.  When  the  ink 
is  dry,  bone-black  is  put  on,  and  then  it  is  oiled 
and  left  to  dry,  after  which  the  shoes  are  taken 
back  to  the  clothing-room.  The  taps  are  done 
the  same  way,  except  that  they  are  not  built  up, 
but  only  one  layer  of  leather  is  put  on. 

John  0.  Enright. 

Sidbts 

From  the  Island  a  great  many  different 
things  and  places  can  be  seen.  At  the  south  are 
the  Blue  Hills,  Squantum,  and  the  new  houses 
that  are  being  built.  The  view  east  includes 
many  islands,  the  forts,  also  the  outer  harbor. 
Looking  north,  Deer  Island,  Winthrop,  and  many 
different  kinds  of  schooners  and  ships  entering 
and  leaving  the  harbor  are  seen.  To  the  north- 
west, East  Boston,  Charlestown,  Bunker  Hill 
monument,  battle-ships,  liners,  tugs,  barges,  and 
many  other  things  can  be  seen.  Towards  the 
west,  South  Boston,  Dorchester,  and  Dorchester 
Heights  can  be  seen  plainly. 

Clarence  S.  Nelson. 

StoKer 

In  the  laundry  there  are  four  fellows  who 
work  in  the  morning  and  four  in  the  afternoon. 
One  of  the  morning  fellows  has  charge  of  the 
stoves  there.  The  water-heater,  which  furnishes 
hot  water  all  over  the  house,  has  to  be  looked 
after  as  well  as  the  stove  which  heats  the  sad- 
irons. One  fellow  gets  up  at  five  o'clock  to  see 
that  things  are  all  right  for  the  day.  A  new 
fire  is  made  every  morning  in  the  sad-iron 
heater  except  Sunday,  but  a  fire  in  the  water- 
heater  has  to  be  going  all  the  time  to  keep  the 
water  hot.  George  A.   Matthews. 


THOMPSONiS    INLAND 


BEACON 


Vol.  12.  No.  1 1.     Printed  at  The  Farm  and  Trades  School,  Boston,  Mass. 


March,  1909 


Entered  November  23,  1903,  at  Boston,  Mass.,  as  Second-class  matter,  under  Act  of  Congress  of  July  16,  1894 


Caking  JInotbcr  Teilow's  Place 

One  morning  when  Harold  Marshall  went  to 
school  at  nine  o'clock,  the  bread  was  left  in  the 
oven  and  1  had  to  take  it  out,  with  Norman 
Johnson's  help.  There  were  eighty-five  loaves 
of  bread.  ,  It  was  taken  out  with  a  peel  with  a 
blade  four  and  one-half  feet  long,  and  nine  inches 
wide,  and  the  handle  ten  feet  long  and  three 
inches  in  diameter.  This  peel  will  hold  twelve 
loaves. 

The  pans  with  the  bread  in  them  were  taken 
out  and  put  on  the  table  and  turned  over,  and  the 
bread  was  taken  out  and  laid  on  four  boards  about 
four  feet  long,  two  feet  wide,  and  one  inch  thick. 
The  pans  were  put  in  back  on  a  stand. 

When  the  bread  was  all  taken  out,  I  put  in 
the  beans  to  bake.  Harold  Marshall  had  put 
them  in  the  pots  and  fixed  them  so  that  all  I  had 
to  do  was  to  put  some  water  in  them  and  put 
them  in  the  oven  or  on  the  grate. 

Then  I  moved  most  of  the  things  in  the 
bakery  and  swept  and  got  things  ready  to  scrub. 
The  next  thing  I  did  was  to  scrub  the  floor  and 
put  things  in  order  again.  After  that  I  got  up 
wood  and  put  it  away  under  the  oven  to  have  it 
handy  at  any  time,  or  before  five  o'clock  in  the 
morning,  or  when  the    watchman  builds  a  fire. 

The  tops  of  the  mixing  tray  were  scrubbed 
and  wiped  dry.  The  next  to  the  last  thing  was 
to  get  a  barrel  of  flour,  and  the  last  thing  to  be 
done  was  to  set  the  yeast  soaking  in  warm 
water.  1  had  never  set  the  yeast  soaking  but 
had  seen  it  done  and  knew  how  to  do  it  if  nec- 
essary. Alonzo  B.  James. 

tide  Calendars 

One  of  the  pieces  of  work  that  we  do  in  the 


printing-office  is  the  tide  calendars  which  are 
printed  every  year. 

We  make  them  in  two  forms  of  sixteen 
weeks  each  and  one  of  twelve.  Then  they  are 
printed.  After  they  are  printed  and  are  all  dry 
they  are  cut  and  arranged  on  the  bench  in  order 
of  the  months.  A  fellow  then  starts  to  gather 
them.  When  they  are  all  gathered  a  piece  of 
colored  paper  is  inserted  to  keep  the  sets  separate. 
Then  they  are  piled  up  nicely  and  looked  over  to 
see  if  they  are  in  the  proper  order,  after  which 
they  are  stacked  up  evenly  and  padded.  They 
are  trimmed  on  both  sides  and  on  the  bottom. 
There  are  two  different  sizes.  The  small  one 
has  one  week  to  a  leaf,  while  the  larger  one 
has  two  weeks  to  a  leaf. 

The  next  step  is  getting  the  backs  ready. 
These  are  printed  on  cardboard  that  has  a  very 
smooth  surface  so  that  the  half  tones  that  we 
print  on  it  will  show  up  good  and  clear.  We 
generally  have  four  different  illustrations  that 
pertain  to  the  School  and  its  work. 

After  the  backs  are  all  printed  they  are 
punched  and  eyeletted.  Then  the  last  stage  of 
the  work  is  done  which  is  stitching  the  pads  to 
the  backs,  and  then  the  calendars  are  all  ready  to 
send  off  or  keep  for  our  use.  These  calendars 
are  used  to  tell  the  time  when  it  is  high  water, 
and  also  tell  the  time  when  the  sun  rises  and 
sets.  Our  location  makes  these  tide  calendars 
very  useful  to  us.  Earle  C.   Marshall. 

J\  Calk  on  music 

One  Sunday  afternoon  Mr.  Thomas,  who  as- 
sists in  our  Sunday  services,  gave  us  a  very  in- 
teresting talk  on  music  in  connection  with  relig- 
ion.    He  said  it  is  a  fundamental  principle  of  all 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Christian  services.  In  the  ancient  world  it  is 
said  they  had  large  choirs  numbering,  it  is 
thought,  two  or  three  thousand  men,  women,  and 
children.  Their  instruments  were  of  a  very  odd 
make  but  the  music  that  they  produced  was  very 
soft  and  sweet  to  them.  It  is  thought  that  these 
choirs  sang  the  Psalms  that  we  have  in  our  Bible. 
In  this  way  the  vocal  music  was  passed  down 
through  generations  to  the  present  choirs  we  have 
in  our  churches,  but  greatly  reduced  in  number. 
Also  the  church  organ  takes  the  place  of  those 
weird  sounding  instruments  of  the  earlier  times. 
He  said  that  the  Indians  had  vocal  music 
singing  their  song  to  the  rising  sun.  They  wor- 
shipped the  sun  and  every  morning  and  evening 
when  the  sun  rose  and  set  they  would  face  it  and 
sing  their  song.  The  early  Egyptians  also  wor- 
shipped the  sun  in  about  the  same  manner. 
While  Moses  was  in  Israel  he  wrote  a  number  of 
Psalms  and  gave  them  to  the  children  of  Israel 
to  sing.  In  Greece  and  Rome  they  had  the  best 
music  of  the  time.  Then  going  to  the  time  of 
the  Reformation  he  said  that  Luther  also  wrote 
songs  of  praise.  In  this  way  the  music  developed, 
starting  with  the  music  written  all  on  one  note 
which  made  a  weird  sound,  and  a  little  later  it  was 
written  with  one  melody,  and  still  later  two  parts 
were  written,  and  finally  the  four  parts  were  writ- 
ten making  a  melody  and  harmony.  Moody  and 
Sankey  were  two  men  who  worked  for  the  build- 
ing up  of  the  Christian  religion.  Moody  was  an 
evangelist  and  Sankey  was  a  singer.  They  went 
around,  one  preaching  and  the  other  singing. 
They  did  a  great  deal  of  good.  In  speaking  of 
songs  in  our  own  time  we  are  told  that  President 
McKinley  on  his  death  bed  asked  to  have  his 
favorite  hymn  sung  to  him,  "Nearer,  My  God,  to 
Thee."  Another  song  "When  Sorrows  Like  Sea 
Billows  Roll"  was  composed  by  a  woman  who 
was  traveling  on  a  ship  that  sank  and  her  two 
children  with  it.  When  she  recovered  from  the 
shock,  she  wrote  this  song  and  it  has  been  pub- 
lished in  the  church  hymn  books.  Mr.  Thomas's 
talk  was  very  intersting.     Paul  H.  Gardner. 

Ulorkitid  in  the  east  Basement 

At  the  beginning  of  the  work  in  the  east  base- 


ment, holes  had  to  be  dug  out  from  under  the 
old  walls  so  as  to  put  in  large  bowlders  and  con- 
crete and  so  make  a  better  wall  and  a  stronger 
foundation.  They  were  not  low  enough  and  so  an 
underpinning  was  needed. 

These  holes  were  two  or  three  feet  square 
and  every  few  feet  apart.  When  they  were  dug 
down  the  length  of  an  eight  foot  pole  from  the  din- 
ing-room floor,  a  layer  of  concrete  was  put  in 
three  or  four  inches  deep,  then  we  filled  in  as 
many  large  granite  bowlders  as  could  be  put  in, 
these  being  held  together  with  sand  and  cement. 
Then  the  ends  were  blocked  up  with  bricks  and 
filled  up  with  concrete  until  solid. 

When  these  first  posts  were  hard,  the  spaces 
between  were  dug  out  and  then  filled  in  with 
bowlders  and  concrete  the  same  way.  This  was 
done  until  a  wall  was  built  all  around  the  base- 
ment from  the  dining-room  floor  to  the  basement 
floor.  Part  of  the  wall  was  pulled  down,  leaving 
an  opening  large  enough  for  doors,  one  opening 
into  the  tower  and  one  into  the  assembly-room. 

Afterwards  the  dirt  under  the  tower  was 
dug  out  and  carried  away  until  a  hole  was  dug 
back  far  enough  to  admit  a  stairway.  Near  the 
walls  on  all  sides  forms  were  put  up  and  filled  with 
concrete,  the  mixing  beirg  three  parts  sand,  four 
and  one  half  parts  gravel,  and  one  part  cement. 

This  concrete  was  of  a  different  thickness  in 
different  parts  of  the  wall.  Just  sand  and  cement 
was  put  in  places  where  it  was  too  small  for  the 
coarse  concrete  to  penetrate  and  make  a  smooth 
face.  The  walls  will  finally  be  finished  off  with 
fine  sand  and  cement,  this  being  mixed  one  part 
sand  and  one  part  cement.  Later  on  a  concrete 
floor  is  to  be  laid. 

Louis  M.  Reinhard. 

Digging  trenches 

Along  the  side  of  the  road  that  leads  to  the 
wharf  the  old  timbers  are  rotten  and  not  much 
good  to  hold  anything  with.  1  dug  two  trenches 
so  that  new  timbers  could  be  put  in.  I  made 
them  about  one  foot  wide  and  as  long  as  the  tim- 
bers are.  It  took  me  about  three  hours  to  do 
this  as  there  were  a  number  of  big  rocks  in  the 
way.  Charles  H.   MacSwain. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Use  Of  fbe  ''Tair  money" 

The  evening  of  February  twenty-second,  we 
listened  to  a  stereopticon  lecture  on  Europe  which 
Mr.  Bradley  kindly  gave  us.  After  the  lecture 
Mr.  Bradley  allowed  the  boys  to  vote  how  to  use 
the  proceeds  of  the  recent  "Fair."  First  he 
asked  for  suggestions.  Somebody  said,  "Three 
days'  campaign  of  'King  Philip',"  somebody  else, 
"moving  picture  show,"  another,  "banquet  here, 
and  go  to  theater  in  town,"  some  one  else,  "go 
to  just  theater  in  town,"  some  one  else, "banquet 
in  town,"  and  still  another,"  banquet  here  and 
show  here."  We  finally  decided  on  having  a 
banquet  and  show  here.  Between  forty  and  fifty 
dollars  out  of  the  eighty-four  dollars  and  seventy- 
six  cents  was  devoted  to  the  banquet  which  was 
held  February  tw-enty-seventh,  and  the  remainder 
will  be  used  for  the  show. 

Theodore  Miller. 

Padding 

When  there  is  any  padding  to  be  done  in 
the  printing-office  we  get  the  stock,  and  see 
that  it  is  cut,  and  divided  off  into  the  required 
number  of  pads,  after  which  we  get  the  pad  back 
and  cut  it  up  to  the  proper  size,  and  then  place 
it  so  as  to  come  at  the  bottom  of  each  pad. 
When  this  is  done  we  get  the  blocking  press, 
which  has  a  post  at  the  top  and  right-hand  side, 
so  we  can  stack  up  the  stock  and  have  good, 
square  edges  on  the  top  and  right-hand  side,  to 
be  used  as  guide  sides  when  the  pads  are 
trimmed. 

After  the  pads  have  all  been  stacked  up  and 
weighted  down  we  get  the  padding  glue  and 
glueing  outfit  ready,  which  consists  of  a  stove, 
steaming-kettle,  and  melting  pan.  The  glue  is 
cut  into  small  pieces  and  put  into  the  melting 
pan,  and  then  as  soon  as  the  water  in  the  steam- 
ing-kettle begins  to  get  warm  the  glue  will  melt 
and  when  it  is  at  the  proper  temperature  it  is 
taken  to  the  bench,  and  two  coats  applied  to  the 
stock,  and  then  a  piece  of  cheese  cloth  is  put  on 
and  two  more  coats  of  the  glue  applied.  When 
the  padding  glue  is  used  separately,  the  pads 
sometimes  get  broken  into  several  pi-eces,  but 
when  cheese  cloth  is  used  they  hold   together 


much  better  and  stand  hard  usage. 

These  are  the  principal  things  we  do  in  pad- 
ding, but  after  this  is  all  done  the  glue  is  allowed 
to  dry  over  night,  and  the  next  morning  the  pads 
are  split,  or  separated,  then  trimmed  to  the  right 
size,  after  which  they  are  ready  for  delivery. 
William  H.  McCullagh. 

Dkind  Coasting  Pictures 

One  Wednesday  afternoon  before  school 
Mr.  Bradley  told  some  of  the  boys  to  get  sleds 
and  go  to  the  front  lawn  to  have  their  pictures 
taken.  We  all  took  a  sliding  position,  the 
double-runner  in  front  with  a  "flexible-flyer"  on 
each  side.  There  were  also  sleds,  and  toboggans 
scattered  on  the  brow  of  the  slope,  and  three  fel- 
lows standing  in  back  of  them.  Mr.  Bradley 
took  pictures  from  different  positions.  Then  we 
were  told  to  slide  down  once,  after  which  we  re- 
turned to  school.       Robert  R.   Matthews. 

Bugler 

For  quite  a  number  of  years  it  has  been  the 
custom  of  the  School  to  have  two  or  three  buglers 
to  do  work  similar  to  that  done  in  the  army  or 
navy.  There  are  different  calls  such  as  reveille, 
which  calls  the  fellows  to  get  up  and  dress;  mess, 
which  is  blown  before  each  meal;  and  taps,  which 
is  blown  the  last  thing  before  going  to  bed.  Be- 
sides these  everyday  calls  we  have  the  assembly, 
church  call,  fire  call,  and  other  calls  which  are 
blown  on  special  occasions.  Attention  is  given 
to  taps.  When  it  is  blown  every  fellow  stands 
still  and  when  in  the  dormitory  stands  by  his  bed. 
Percy  Smith. 

Sunday  morning  farm  Ulork 

Sunday  morning,  the  farm  boys  do  only  the 
work  that  must  be  necessarily  done,  such  as 
cleaning  the  cows  and  horses,  watering  them, 
cleaning  up  the  barn  and  getting  down  hay.  It 
is  the  work  of  the  cow-boys  and  barn-fellow,  but 
on  Sunday  we  help  them  so  that  they  will  have 
some  time  for  themselves  and  be  in  time  for 
Sunday  School.  Sometimes  I  help  clean  the 
cows  and  sweep  the  mangers,  and  other  times  1 
get  down  hay.  1  like  this  kind  of  work  very  much. 
Dick  W.  Steenbruggen. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Cbomp$on'$  Island  Beacon 

Published  Monthly  by 

THE  FARM  AND  TRADES  SCHOOL 

Thompson's  Island,   Boston  Harbor 

A   PRIVATE  SCHOOL  FOR  WORTHY  BOYS 
DEPENDENT  UPON   DONATIONS  AND  BEQUESTS. 


Vol.     12.    No.     11, 


March,    1909. 


Subscription  Price 


50  Cents  Per  Year. 


BOARD  OF  MANAGERS 


president 

Alfred  Bowditch 

VICE    PRESIDENT 

Henry  S.  Grew 

treasurer 

Arthur  Adams 

secretary 

Tucker  Daland 

managers 

Melvin  O.  Adams 
I.  Tucker  Burr 

Charles  P.  Curtis 
George  L.  DeBlois 

Charles  T.  Gallagher 
Walter  Hunnewell 
Henry  Jackson,  M.  D. 

Richard  M.  Saltonstall 
Francis  Shaw 

William  S..Spaulding 
Moses  Williams,  Jr, 
Ralph  B.  Williams 


Charles  H.   Bradley,    -    -    -  Superintendent 

Treasurer's  Address  50  State  St. 

Boston,  Mass. 

Nothing  is  more  important  than  good 
thoughts.  Every  earnest  parent  or  teacher  de- 
sires to  instill  into  the  life  of  children  about  him 
a  goodly  supply  of  them.  He  realizes  that  if  the 
child  is  taught  only  the  subjects  in  the  prescribed 
course  of  study,  the  more  important  part  of  his 


education  will  be  omitted.  Especially  is  this  so 
of  a  private  school  like  The  Farm  and  Trades 
School.  Here  the  boys  are  with  us  all  the  time 
and  during  their  stay  we  create  their  home  in- 
fluence. 

What,  then,  is  the  best  means  of  teaching 
good  thoughts,  as  well  as  good  actions?  The 
first  important  factor  lies  in  the  character  and 
personality  of  the  teacher.  The  child  more  than 
others,  unconsciously  feels  the  influence  of  the 
people  who  surround  him.  A  teacher,  then, 
who  has  high  ideals  will  radiate  an  atmosphere 
of  good  thoughts,  and  will  suggest  them  uncon- 
sciously to  the  child. 

Secondly,  our  school  stands  for  work,  the 
dignity  of  labor.  We  realize  and  impress  upon 
our  boys  the  satisfaction  of  duties  well  done;  that 
honest  effort  brings  its  own  reward.  We  be- 
lieve that  an  intelligent  recognition  of  his  efforts 
will  help  the  boy,  promote  good  thoughts,  and 
bring  to  him  happiness. 

Thirdly,  every  child  has,  to  some  degree, 
the  love  of  the  beautiful.  Since  the  child  enjoys 
beautiful  flowers,  pictures,  books  and  colors,  these 
are  a  real  source  of  education  to  him.  To-day 
the  fine  thoughts  of  the  writers  of  many  times 
and  lands  are  offered  to  children.  Some  of  the 
most  precious  bits  of  literature  offer  good  food 
for  the  mind.  Much  is  gained  if  they  are  com- 
mitted to  memory. 

From  our  location,  we  have  an  unusual  ad- 
vantage of  seeing  Nature  in  her  different  aspects. 
She  presents  an  interesting  appearance  in  sum- 
mer, in  winter,  in  calm  days  as  well  as  stormy 
ones.  The  boys  who  carry  the  milk  from  the 
barn  to  the  house  have  a  splendid  chance  to  en- 
joy the  fine  sunsets. 

If  a  boy  reads,  he  finds  many  ideas  in  books. 
Care  has  been  taken  that  the  books  of  our  library 
and  the  papers  of  the  reading-room  are  of  the 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


helpful  and  inspiring  kind.  The  plays  that  the 
boys  "get  up"  also  serve  as  a  proper  center  of 
thought. 

All  interests  of  an  educational  value  should 
be  encouraged,  all  others  should  be  shut  out.  It 
is  the  abundance  of  good  thoughts  that  will  crowd 
out  poor  ones — there  will  be  no  room  left  for  them. 
Therefore,  "Whatsoever  things  are  pure,  what- 
soever things  are  lovely,  whatsoever  things  are 
of  good  repute,  think  on  these  things." 

notes 

Feb.  2.     Cleaned  snow  off  skating  pond. 

Feb.  4.  Several  of  the  band  instruments 
repaired. 

Feb.  5,     Class  in  machine  work  formed. 

Feb.  6.  Graduate  S.  Gordon  Stackpole 
visited  the  School. 

Feb.  8.     Good  Citizenship  Prizes  awarded. 

Feb.  9.     Letter-writing  day. 

Feb.  II.  Made  a  few  repairs  at  City 
Point  Landing. 

Feb.  12.  Lincoln  Day,  Appropriate  ex- 
ercises by  the  School. 

Graduate  Alfred  H.  Neumann,  and  George 
A.  Maguire,  a  former  pupil,  visited  the  School. 

Valentine  exchange  in  assembly-hall. 

Feb.    16.     Killed  a  pig. 

Feb.  22.     Washington's  Birthday. 

Game  "King  Philip"  played  in  afternoon. 

Treasurer  Arthur  Adams  visited  the  School. 

Stereopticon  views  of  Mr.  Bradley's  trip 
abroad  in  evening. 

Boys  voted  to  use  proceeds  from  fair  for 
banquet  and  entertainment. 

Feb.  23.  Repaired  south  side  gang  plank 
and  landing  float,  it  having  been  damaged  by 
heavy  seas. 

Collected  1426  brown-tail  moth  nests. 

Feb.  25.  First  grade  boys  entertained  in 
assembly-hall  by  teachers. 

Feb.  27.      Banquet  for  boys. 

Began  hauling  dressing  from  the  compost- 
shed  to  North  End. 


Removed  about  fifteen  feet  of  stone  wall 
on  account  of  changes  and  new  work  in  east 
basement. 

Feb.  28.  Sunday.  Rev.  S.  H.  Milliard 
spoke  to  the  boys. 

Veterinary  here. 

Tcbruary  meteorology 

Maximum  temperature  60°  on  the  6th. 

Minimum  temperature  3°  on  the  1st. 

Mean  temperature  for  the  month  32.4°. 

Total  precipitation  2.49  inches. 

Greatest  precipitation  in  twenty-four  hours 
.50  inches  on  the  17th. 

10  days  with  .01  or  more  inches  precipita- 
tion, 4  clear  days,  19  partly  cloudy,  5  cloudy  days. 

Total  number  of  hours  sunshine  135  and  30 
minutes. 

Monthly  snowfall  2.25  inches. 

Sleet  storm  on  the  14th  and  15th  slightly 
damaged  some  trees  and  shrubs  by  breaking 
branches. 

Cl)e  Jam  and  trades  School  Bank 

Cash  on  hand  February  1,  1909  $482.77 

Deposited  during  the  month  23. 1 1 

$505.88 
19.89 


Withdrawn  during  the  month 
Cash  on  hand  March  1,  1909 


$485.99 


1)0vv  me  Spent  CIncoln  Day 

Lincoln  Day  with  us  was  a  holiday  and  in 
the  morning  the  fellows  hurried  around  to  get 
their  work  finished.  At  half  past  nine  we  stopped 
work  and  at  ten  o'clock  we  assembled  to  hear 
the  exercises. 

When  we  entered  the  assembly-hall  almost 
the  first  thing  we  saw  was  a  large  United  States 
flag  over  the  door.  On  one  side  of  the  door  was 
hung  a  state  flag  of  Kentucky,  and  on  the  other 
side  one  of  Indiana. 

On  the  left  hand  side  of  the  room  was  an 
easel  with  a  picture  of  Lincoln  draped  with  a 
United  States  flag,  and  a  large  laurel  wreath 
above  his  picture.  Before  the  exercises  each  boy 
was  given  a  small  United  States  flag  which  he 
pinned  to  the  lapel  of  his  coat.     We  had  pieces 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


spoken  and  songs  sung  and  we  enjoyed  them  very 
much. 

One  of  the  principal  features  was  a  drill  given 
by  sixteen  boys  each  holding  a  United  States 
flag  over  his  shoulder.  After  a  very  pretty  drill 
they  sang  "The  Red,  White,  and  Blue"  waving 
their  flags  while  they  sang  the  chorus.  The  pro- 
gram follows:^ 

Remarks  -  -  -  Mr.   Bradley 

Prayer  -  -  -  -  School 

Song      -  -  -  -  School 

"America" 
Recitation     -  -  -       Alfred  Jacobs 

"Abraham    Lincoln" 
Song    -  -  -  School  standing 

"The  Star  Spangled  Banner" 
Recitation  -  -  Frederick].  Barton 

"0!  Why  Should  the  Spirit  of  Mortal  be  Proud?" 
Reading    -  -  -  Ralph  Marshall 

"What  Made   Lincoln  Great?" 
Song      -  -  -  -  School 

"Battle  Hymn  of  the  Republic" 
Recitation  -  -  -  Ralph  Jones 

"O  Captain!   My  Captain!" 
Reading  -  -  Frederick  Wilson 

"Brief  Sketch  of  the  Life  of  Abraham  Lincoln" 
Song  and  Drill  -  School  and  sixteen  boys 

"Red,  White,  and  Blue" 
Recitation  -  -  -  Ernest  Catton 

"Toast  to  the  Flag" 
Recitation  -  -  -  Seven  boys 

"Lincoln  as  a  Humorist" 
Recitation    -  -  Harold  L.  Marshall 

"Gettysburg  Address" 
Saluting  the  Flag  -  -  School 

Song      -  -  .  -  School 

"Marching  Through  Georgia" 
At  dinner  time  we  had  a  good  dinner. 
There  was  candy  on  each  table.  In  the  after- 
noon we  went  on  a  visit  to  the  schooner,  "Fuller 
Palmer."  It  was  a  good  deal  of  enjoyment  to 
look  over  the  different  parts  of  the  ship.  This 
boat  was  launched  in  November,  1908. 

When  evening  came  we  again  went  to  as- 
sembly-hall and  Mr.  Bradley  gave  out  valentines. 
We  were  then  allowed  to  change  them  with  each 
other.  Mr.  Bradley  also  gave  us  some  post 
cards,  mostly  funny  ones. 

In  the  front  of  the  room  was  a  table  upon 
which  lay  some  interesting  war  relics  from 
Gettysburg   and    souvenirs   from    other    places. 


These  Mr.  Bradley  explained  to  us.  There  was 
a  piece  of  wood  from  Lincoln's  log  cabin,  a  nail 
and  piece  of  iron  from  the  "Merrimac,"  a  large 
shell  and  several  bullets,  three  beautiful  canes, 
two  that  were  made  of  wood  that  grew  on  the 
battlefield  and  one  of  a  piece  of  wood  containing 
a  bullet.  This  bullet  had  lodged  in  the  tree 
during  the  battle  and  afterwards  the  wood  was 
made  into  a  cane  with  the  bullet  in  the  handle. 
There  was  alsc  a  number  of  various  other  relics 
that  we  enjoyed.  This  ended  a  very  pleasant  day 
for  all.  Harold  W.  Smyth. 

Clearing  out  a  Drain 

One  day  it  thawed  while  the  ground  was  cov- 
ered with  snow.  As  a  result  a  great  quantity  of 
water  came  into  the  shop  basement.  This  was 
pumped  out  but  the  next  day  it  was  flooded  again. 
Then  we  saw  that  our  drain  was  blocked  up.  We 
took  two  lengths  of  fire  hose  and  coupled  them 
together,  fastened  one  end  to  a  hydrant  and 
screwed  a  large  fire  nozzle  to  the  other.  This 
end  we  put  in  the  drain  and  the  water  was  turned 
on.  For  a  few  minutes  the  water  came  up  the 
drain  into  the  basement,  then  it  went  down  with 
a  rush.  We  then  swept  all  the  water  that  was  in 
the  basement  down  the  drain  which  now  keeps 
the  basement  dry.      Clarence  M.   Daniels. 

Cbc  Bell 

At  the  top  of  the  tower  of  the  main  building 
hangs  a  bell  which  is  rung  by  means  of  a  rope  in 
the  tower.  The  chief  work  of  the  bell  is  to  call 
all  the  boys  up  to  the  house  to  get  ready  for  din- 
ner or  any  thing  that  is  wanted  of  them.  The 
bell  rings  at  fifteen  minutes  after  eleven  for  the 
boys  to  stop  work  and  at  one  o'clock  for  them  to 
go  to  work  again.  At  five  o'clock  the  bell  rings 
again  at  the  close  of  work  and  after  supper  is 
over  it  rings  again  at  seven  o'clock,  this  time 
to  get  ready  for  bed  or  whatever  may  be  going 
on.  Ernest  M.  Catton. 

'%m  pwiip" 

Washington's  Birthday  is  usually  celebrated 
by  a  snowball  battle.  This  year  as  there  wasn't 
any  snow,  we  played  "King  Philip."  We 
chose  the  Colonial  General  and  King  Philip,  and 
they  chose  their  officers,  and  subordinates. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


The  Colonists  were  as  follows: — General, 
Captain,  First  Lieutenant,  Second  Lieutenant, 
Third  Lieutenant,  First  Sergeant,  Second  Ser- 
geant, Third  Sergeant,  Color  Sergeant,  and  Pri- 
vates. King  Philip's  were: — King  Philip,  Big 
Chief,  Little  Chief,  King  Philip's  Wife,  King 
Philip's  Son,  First  Brave,  Second  Brave,  Third 
Brave,  Medicine  Man,  and  the  Young  Bucks. 

The  leaders  were  equal  to  twenty-five  points, 
Big  Chief  and  the  Captain  were  equal  to  fifteen 
points.  Little  Chief  and  the  First  Lieutenant  equal 
to  ten  points,  King  Philip's  Son  and  Second  Lieu- 
tenant equal  to  five  points.  King  Philip's  Wife 
and  Third  Lieutenant  equal  to  five  points,  First 
Brave  and  First  Sergeant  two  points,  Second 
Brave  and  Second  Sergeant  two  points.  Third 
Brave  and  Third.  Sergeant  two  points,  Medicine 
Man  and  Color  Sergeant  two  points,  and  the 
Young  Bucks  and  Privates  were  equal  to  one, 
point. 

The  forts  were  located  one  at  the  back  of 
Gardner  Hall  and  the  other  over  by  the  sumach 
trees.  If  a  spy  was  caught  he  was  out  of  the 
game  altogether.  To  capture  a  man  you  must 
be  his  equal  or  higher  in  grade.  Each  side  tried 
to  see  how  many  men  they  could  capture  or  how 
many  points  they  could  get.  There  were  scouts 
on  both  sides.  On  the  Indians'  side  there  was  a 
scout  on  Whale  Back,  Oak  Knoll,  Spruce 
Ridge,  and  one  near  the  cemetery.  The  scout 
at  Whale  Back  was  to  signal  to  the  other  scouts 
if  he  saw  any  of  the  other  side.  They  were  fur- 
nished with  flags  to  do  this.  Toward  the  end  of 
the  game  while  some  of  the  Indians  were  scout- 
ing on  the  east  side  of  the  Island,  King  Philip 
took  the  remaining  men  he  had  and  tried  to 
capture  the  Colonists'  fort  and  then  sweep  down 
and  capture  the  men.  While  marching  up  to 
do  this  one  of  the  scouts  on  the  other  side  saw 
them  and  signalled  to  the  Colonists  to  go  to  the 
fort.  Just  as  the  Indians  got  there,  they  were 
captured  by  a  higher  grade  of  points,  ending  the 
game  with  the  Colonists  the  winners. 

George  A.  Matthews. 

Uisiting  the  "Tulkr  Palmer" 

The  afternoon  of  Lincoln's  centennial  anni- 


versary Mr.  Bradley  took  the  boys  out  to  the 
"Fuller  Palmer,"  a  five-masted  schooner  an- 
chored not  far  from  our  Island.  This  is  the  newest 
boat  of  the  Palmer  fleet  of  which  there  are  four- 
teen. It  was  launched  November  tenth,  nineteen 
hundred  and  eight.  It  has  a  capacity  of  fifty-two 
hundred  tons.  It  is  three  hundred  nine  and  four- 
tenths  feet  long,  forty-eight  and  nine-tenths  feet 
beam,  twenty-seven  and  four-tenths  feet  draft. 
It  cost  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  dol- 
lars. The  masts  are  made  of  Oregon  pine  and 
are  thirty-six  inches  in  circumference  at  the 
base.  There  are  four  pets  on  the  boat,  an  angora 
cat,  Scotch  collie,  a  parrot,  and  a  canary  bird. 
We  were  taken  to  and  from  the  boat  on  our 
steamer.  We  noticed  the  mud  anchors  on  it 
which  few  other  boats  have.  The  captain  was  not 
on  board  but  the  first  and  second  mates  showed  us 
around  the  boat.  Only  Capt.  Clarke  and  the 
first  and  second  mates  live  on  board  now.  The 
boys  all  enjoyed  the  afternoon  very  much. 

Royal  R.   Ellison. 

Sifting  Jfshcs 

One  day  Mr.  Burnham  told  me  to  help  Paul 
Rietz  sift  ashes.  I  went  to  the  ash  pile  and 
began  to  sift  them.  Some  ashes  had  just  come 
from  the  shop  so  we  had  enough  to  keep  us  busy. 
After  we  sifted  them  we  took  out  all  the  clinkers 
and  then  put  the  coal  in  a  big  can,  ready  to  be 
used  again,  and  wheeled  it  to  the  shop  basement. 
Albert  J.   Blakemore. 

Playing  **3ack  on  Rips" 

One  day  a  gang  of  fellows  started  to  play  a 
game  of  "Jack  on  Hips."  First,  two  fellows 
chose  up  sides,  then  one  side  "got  down,"  that 
is  they  bent  over,  each  putting  his  head  between 
the  legs  of  the  fellow  in  front  of  him.  The  first 
fellow  leans  against  a  post  or  a  fellow  standing 
against  the  wall  so  this  first  fellow  won't  get  hurt. 
The  other  side  has  three  turns  to  run  and  jump 
on  these  fellows.  If  the  side  that  is  down  caves 
in  or  le's  all  the  fellows  on  their  backs  fall  down, 
that  side  gets  another  jump.  If  the  side  that  is 
jumping  touches  the  floor,  they  lose  the  rest  of 
their  jumps,  and  the  side  that  was  down  has 
three  jumps.  Frederick  J.   Barton. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Jllumni 


Joseph  W.  Clark,  '93,  who  lived  at  28 
Conley  St.,  Dorchester,  Mass.,  died  Dec.  18, 
1908  at  his  place  of  business,  452  Neponset  Ave., 
Dorchester,  poisoned  by  illuminating  gas.  He 
was  buried  in  Garden  Cemetery,  Chelsea,  Mass. 

Chester  R.  Palmer,  '95,  who  is  at  Lynn, 
Mass.,  writes  that  he  often  thinks  of  the  pleasant 
times  he  had  at  the  School,  even  though  he  has 
been  away  thirteen  years,  and  sends  his  best 
wishes  to  the  boys. 

Thomas  J.  Fairbairn,  '97,  writes  from 
Plaistow,  N.  H.,  that  he  is  living  with  his  mother 
and  sister,  and  is  working  in  Haverhill.  Tom  has 
a  garden,  a  fine  little  place,  is  enjoying  himself, 
and  is  identified  with  church  work,  having  be- 
come a  member  of  the  Congregational  Church 
and  Christian  Endeavor. 

Elkanah  D.  LeBlanc,  '97,  is  at  Charles- 
town,  Mass.,  and  writes  that  he  is  living  right, 
and  speaks  well  of  former  pupils  of  the  School 
that  he  is  constantly  in  touch  with. 

mv  every  Day  3ob 

Every  day  1  attend  to  the  cows  with  another 
boy.  1  clean  off  half  the  number  of  cows. 
When  1  get  through  if  it  is  half  past  eight  I  help 
let  the  cows  out,  after  which  I  wash  the  milk- 
stands,  sweep  half  the  cow  mangers,  and  water 
the  bull.  If  there  is  nothing  else  to  do  1  help  to 
get  down  some  hay,  let  the  cows  in  and  brush 
my  half  off  again.  After  this  is  done  my  barn 
work  for  the  day  is  over.    George  H.  Appel. 

mritiitd  Day 

Every  month  for  six  months  of  the  year  the 
fellows  write  letters  to  their  friends.  Writing  day 
comes  about  the  tenth  of  every  month.  The 
other  six  months  the  fellows'  friends  come  and 
see  them.  I  write  quite  a  number  of  letters  and 
wish  1  had  more  friends  to  write  to. 

Frederick  Hynes. 

B  new  Cool-Cbe$t 

On  February  first,  Mr.  Ekegren,  our  sloyd 
teacher,  finished  a  new  model  of  a  tool-chest. 


This  chest  is  twenty-six  inches  long,  fourteen 
inches  wide,  and  twelve  inches  high,  being  two 
inches  longer  and  wider  than  the  old  model.  It  is 
made  from  three-fourths  inch  soft  pine,  and  the 
trimmings  are  of  one-half  inch  maple.  It  has 
forty  dovetail  joints,  eight  more  than  the  former 
one  had.  The  fellows  like  this  chest  a  great 
deal  better  than  the  other  one,  and  three  or  four 
fellows  have  each  begun  making  one.  The  chest 
is  the  last  model  in  the  sloyd  course  and  is  given 
to  a  fellow  when  it  is  finished  for  his  use  and  to 
take  away  with  him  when  he  leaves  the  School. 
Frederick  J.  Wilson. 

Drawittd  maps 

One  of  our  recent  drawing  tests  this  term 
was  to  draw  the  map  of  Southern  Europe.  This 
includes  the  countries  of  Portugal,  Spain,  France, 
Italy,  and  parts  of  Switzerland,  the  German  Em- 
pire, Austria-Hungary,  Belgium,  and  the  British 
Isles.  We  put  in  Sicily,  Corsica,  Sardinia,  and 
a  few  other  islands  in  the  Mediterranean  Sea. 
When  the  outline  was  all  drawn  the  countries 
were  marked  off  and  their  names  printed  in. 
Prescott  B.  Merrifield. 

Being  Careful 

Signs  have  been  put  up  on  different  stair- 
ways in  the  house,  saying,  "Do  not  hit  riser," 
and  "  Do  not  scuff . ' '  This  was  done  so  we  fellows 
will  be  careful,  the  stairs  will  not  be  disfigured, 
and  we  will  make  a  better  appearance.  Mr. 
Bradley  said  that  we  would  look  better  if  we 
would  walk  more  manly  and  not  scuff. 

George  M.   Holmes. 

Scrubbitid  the  Ceiling 

The  ceiling  of  the  second  school-room  is 
painted.  It  needed  to  be  scrubbed  so  I  was 
chosen  to  do  it.  I  work  at  it  every  morning  until 
half  past  eight.  To  reach  the  ceiling  I  use  a 
ladder.  I  get  a  pail  of  hot  water,  a  scrubbing- 
brush,  two  cloths,  one  to  wipe  and  one  to  wash, 
and  a  piece  of  soap.  I  scrub  in  squares  and  rinse 
with  hot  water  without  soap  in  it.  Around  the 
places  where  the  four  lamps  hang  is  the  worst. 
I  use  more  soap  and  scrub  harder  in  these  places. 
I  have  a  large  square  done  now  but  there  is  much 
more  to  be  done.  William  J.  White. 


TH0MP30NVS 

BEACON 


Vol.  12.  No.  12.      Printed  at  The  Farm  and  Trades  School,  Boston.  Mass. 


April,  1909 


Entered  November  23,  1903,  at  Boston,  Mass.,  as  Second-class  matter,  under  Act  of  Congress  of  July  16,  1894 


\m  Reports 

The  annual  reports  of  the  School,  which  are 
printed  in  our  printing-office,  usually  contain  from 
twenty  to  twenty-four  pages  and  a  cover.  This 
year  there  were  twenty-four  pages  beside  the  fol- 
lowing illustrations: — "A  Coasting  Scene,"  four 
small  views  of  the  "Foundation  Work  on  the 
New  Power  Plant,"  "Horizon  Direction  of  the 
Sun  at  Sunrise  and  Sunset,"  and  "Group  on 
Alumni  Field  Day,  June  17,  1908." 

After  the  type  had  been  set  for  the  reports 
and  proofs  taken,  corrected,  and  approved,  the 
type  was  made  into  pages,  after  which  a  form 
of  four  pages  was  locked  up,  put  on  the  press, 
made  ready,  and  then  printed.  There  were  two 
thousand  five  hundred  copies  to  run  off.  After 
all  the  forms  had  been  printed  the  illustrations 
that  were  to  be  inserted  were  printed.  After  this 
had  been  done  the  paper  was  folded  and  the  dif- 
ferent sections  of  the  report  iarranged  in  order, 
the  illustrations  inserted,  gathered,  stitched,  the 
covers  glued  on,  and  then  trimmed  on  three 
sides,  after  which  they  were  taken  to  the  office 
ready  to  be  sent  out  or  filed  away  for  future  use. 

The  reports  have  a  drab-gray  "Paradox" 
cover,  on  which  was  printed  in  red  ink: — "The 
Farm  and  Trades  School,  1909,  Ninety-Fifth 
Year." 

In  the  reports  are  printed  the  list  of  present 
and  former  Officers  and  Managers  of  the  School; 
a  review  of  what  has  been  done  in  the  way  of  re- 
pairs, alterations,  or  additions,  during  the  past 
year;  a  brief  outline  of  the  agricultural,  meteor- 
ological, and  manual  training  courses.  Atten- 
tion is  called  to  the  School  paper,  the  "Beacon," 
published  monthly;  Cottage  Row,  our  bank.  The 


Trading  Company,  pleasures  and  meetings,  and 
the  Alumni  are  each  described  in  turn. 

To  call  attention  to  the  financial  needs  of 
the  School  a  pink  slip  of  paper  is  inserted  at  the 
first  page  on  which  is  printed  a  request  for  aid, 
from  the  Managers.  There  are  lists  of  the 
names  of  the  people  who  contributed  the  past 
year  to  the  School,  and  toward  the  new  power 
plant. 

Toward  the  last  came  the  Treasurer's  re- 
port, a  schedule  of  investments,  a  printed  voucher 
of  the  Treasurer's  record,  and  a  statement  of 
the  amount  placed  to  the  credit  of  the  School. 

These  annual  reports  give  printed  intelli- 
gence about  the  different  features  of  the  School, 
and  the  work  that  is  being  done. 

Earle  C.  Marshall. 

Sprittd 

All  the  fellows  are  glad  to  know  that  spring 
is  here.  The  birds  have  come,  the  buds  are 
bursting,  the  grass  is  beginning  to  grow  green, 
the  rhubarb  has  begun  to  sprout,  and  the  shrubs 
to  leaf  out.  Some  of  the  fellows  are  working  oh 
their  gardens,  while  others  are  fixing  their  cot- 
tages. We  are  all  glad  that  spring  is  here  with 
its  bright,  warm  sunshine  and  happy  days. 

Oscar    E.  Neumann. 

Carryittd  £odl 

One  morning,  five  other  fellows  and  I  car- 
ried coal  from  the  carts  as  they  came  from  the 
stock-barn  basement.  We  carried  the  coal  to 
the  furnace  bin  and  when  we  had  that  filled,  we 
carried  some  to  the  boiler-room  bin  and  filled 
that.  There  were  about  eight  loads  brought  up 
and  emptied  that  morning. 

Dana  W.  Osborne. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Rodents 

The  gnawers,  or  "rodents,"  are  among  the 
worst  enemies  of  the  farmer.  There  are  several 
different  kinds  of  rodents  such  as  the  rat,  squirrel, 
muskrat,  beaver,  chipmunk,  woodchuck,  rabbit, 
and  different  varieties  of  mice. 

The  Norway  rat  is  brown  in  color  and  makes 
its  home  on  the  banks,  around  the  barns,  and  in 
the  barns.  It  was  not  until  a  few  years  ago  that 
it  was  thought  necessary  to  put  poison  around 
the  Island  to  destroy  them.  This  poison  was 
put  around  in  several  different  ways  such  as  in 
fish,  on  bread,  and  on  wooden  plates.  In  this 
way  we  got  a  good  share  of  the  rats  taken  care  of. 

The  squirrel  is  a  pet  on  the  Island,  as  he 
does  no  damage  of  any  account.  The  varieties 
we  have  here  are  the  gray  and  fox  squirrel. 

The  muskrat  is  brownish  in  color,  and  con- 
siderably larger  than  the  Norway  rat.  There 
are  very  few  of  these  seen  around  the  Island 
as  they  need  fresh  water.  The  muskrat  lives 
on  clams  and  things  found  on  the  beach. 

The  teeth  of  the  rodents  are  very  peculiar. 
They  have  to  keep  gnawing  to  ket>p  their  teeth 
the  right  length. 

The  rabbit  is  a  pet  here  at  the  Island  and 
a  white  Angora  is  kept  in  Audubon  Hall.  Some 
rodents  are  pets,  while  others  are  pests. 

Robert  H.  May. 

ecttiitd  Ready  for  Baseball 

Now  that  spring  has  come  and  the  days  are 
getting  warmer  and  longer,  the  boys  are  begin- 
ning to  play  baseball.  The  fellows  have  picked 
their  nines  and  are  practicing  on  the  playground. 
These  nines  play  each  other  according  to  their 
rank.  The  first  and  second  play  each  other  and 
the  second  and  third  play  each  other,  and  so  on. 
I  play  baseball  and  1  think  it  is  a  pretty  good 
game.  James  L.  Joyce. 

mendltid  Clothes 

Miss  Putney  looks  the  boys'  clothes  over 
to  find  the  ones  that  need  mending.  There  are 
sometimes  quite  a  number  of  trousers  to  mend. 
After  they  are  all  looked  over  we  commence 
mending  them.     There  are  mostly  rips  and  tears 


to  be  mended,  and  sometimes  buttons  have  to  be 
sewed  on.  When  there  are  holes  in  them  Miss 
Putney  puts  on  patches.  Sometimes  there  are 
trousers  that  are  worn  so  much  that  we  save  only 
the  best  part  of  them  and  use  these  for  patches. 
The  trousers  usually  come  in  the  last  of  the 
week  and  we  do  them  sometime  during  the  next 
week.  When  they  are  all  mended  the  sewing- 
room  boys  carry  them  to  the  clothing-room 
where  they  are  given  out  when  needed. 

Thomas  Milne. 

Cbe  masDroom  Sink 

The  washroom  sink,  where  all  the  fellows 
wash,  extends  almost  the  entire  length  of  the 
washroom,  and  is  supplied  with  hot  and  cold 
water.  A  shelf  holds  the  soap  and  brushes  we 
use.  Here  the  boys  wash  three  times  a  day,  and 
oftener  if  necessary.  The  sink  has  to  be  kept 
clean  and  in  good  order.  Kerosene  oil  is  used 
to  remove  any  rust  from  the  sink,  and  fcr  the 
brass  water  pipe  that  runs  the  length  of  the  sink 
kerosene  oil  and  bristle  brick  are  used  for  clean- 
ing and  polishing  it.  Each  boy  has  a  stream  of 
water  to  himself.         Albert  J.   Blakemore. 

Our  Brick  Oven 

In  the  bakery  there  is  a  large  brick  oven  in 
one  end  of  the  room.  Here  the  boys'  baking 
is  done.  It  is  of  red  brick  and  painted  red  in 
front  and  the  color  of  the  walls  on  the  side.  The 
oven  is  in  the  center  of  the  front,  and  has 
an  iron  door.  This  is  where  all  the  food  is 
baked.  Below  is  another  opening  not  so  large  as 
the  main  oven,  where  the  wood  that  comes  from 
the  beach  is  dried.  At  the  right  hand  side  of 
the  main  oven  is  an  iron  door  that  leads  to 
the  grate.  Here  is  where  the  fire  is  built  that 
heats  the  oven.  Before  I  put  anything  into 
the  oven  I  clean  it  out  by  means  of  a  long  pole 
with  a  cloth  on  the  end.    Alfred  W.  Jacobs. 

Cbe  Battle  of  Gettysburg 

Among  the  beautiful  pictures  that  adorn  the 
walls  of  our  school-room,  there  is  one  which  has 
impressed  me  more  than  any  of  the  others.  It 
is  a  beautiful  engraving  of  the  battle  of  Gettys- 
burg. This  picture  is  a  fine  illustration  of  the 
three   days'   battle.     In  the  background  every- 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


thing  is  being  devoured  by  fire.  In  the  fore- 
ground the  troops  are  engaged  in  a  desperate 
fight,  the  North  against  the  South.  The  ground 
is  covered  with  dead  and  wounded  men  and 
horses.  Some  of  the  ranks  are  scattered  by 
the  enemy's  cannon.  The  bombs  are  doing  their 
share  of  the  deadly  work  by  bursting  in  the  air 
over  the  soldiers'  heads.  This  picture  has 
always  made  this  impression  on  me,  that  war  with 
other  countries  should  be  held  off  as  long  as 
possible.  Under  this  picture  is  a  key  to  it  telling 
who  the  different  officers  were  who  took  part  in 
the  struggle.  Paul   H.   Gardner. 

Getting  €citicttt 

One  afternoon  the  steamer  m.ade  a  trip  to 
the  Public  Landing  for  a  load  of  cement.  When 
she  arrived  two  planks  were  nailed  to  the  gang- 
way so  as  to  form  skids  for  the  barrels  to  slide 
upon.  A  pair  of  skids  was  placed  in  the  scow 
and  two  fellows  rolled  the  barrels  into  it  while  one 
fellow  piled  the  barrels  up.  On  arriving  at  the 
Island  the  scow  was  beached  and  the  cement  un- 
loaded and  taken  to  the  house  and  barn.  There 
were  fifty  barrels  of  cement  in  all. 

Ralph  H.   Marshall. 

Sctriitd  a  Pane  of  Glass 

If  a  pane  of  glass  is  broken,  it  is  the  work 
of  one  of  the  painters  to  set  a  new  one.  The 
sash  that  needs  a  new  pane  is  taken  out  of  the 
window-frame  and  carried  down  to  the  paint- 
shop,  where  the  putty,  glazier's  points,  and 
broken  glass  are  chiseled  out.  A  new  pane  of 
glass  is  then  set,  and  the  sash  returned  to  where 
it  belongs.  Harold  N.  Silver. 

my  first  Earbc  Ulork 

My  first  work  on  the  machinist  lathe  was  to 
true  up  a  cast  iron  cylinder,  making  the  length 
eight  inches,  and  the  diameter  one  inch  and  five- 
eighths.  1  then  divided  the  length  into  four  equal 
parts  of  two  inches  each,  made  square  shoulders 
an  eighth  of  an  inch,  that  is,  the  first  two  inches 
the  diameter  was  one  inch  and  five-eighths,  the 
next  two  inches  it  was  an  eighth  of  an  inch 
smaller  and  so  on  until  1  finished.  I  then  shined 
it  up  with  emery  paper  and  oil. 

WiLLARD  H.   Perry. 


l)orses 

We  have  six  horses,  named  as  follows: — 
Baby,  Bell,  Colonel,  Dan,  General,  and  Major. 
Baby  is  the  carriage  horse,  snd  the  others  are 
work  horses,  Colonel  and  General  being  used  as 
a  team.  Our  horses  are  very  useful  to  us  and 
we  use  them  for  various  purposes,  such  as  haul- 
ing, ploughing,  cultivating,  mowing,  other  farm 
work,  and  for  family  driving.  I  take  care  of  the 
horses  and  have  noticed  many  things  that  they 
do.  They  know  the  way  into  the  barn,  when  it 
is  time  to  be  fed,  and  when  I  speak  to  them  they 
prick  up  their  ears.  We  treat  our  horses  kindly. 
They  are  cleaned  off  every  day,  and  with  the  ex- 
ception of  Baby,  are  fed  two  quarts  of  oats,  one 
quart  of  corn,  and  some  hay  three  times  a  day. 
Baby  is  fed  only  half  of  this.  They  are  also 
watered  three  times  a  day. 

Harold  Y.  Jacobs. 

Quotations 

About  every  morning,  when  the  fellows  come 
into  school,  they  look  on  the  black-board  to  see 
if  there  are  any  quotations  to  learn.  There  is  a 
different  one  there  about  every  morning.  When 
the  time  comes  our  teacher  gives  us  a  few  min- 
utes in  which  to  learn  it,  after  which  we  repeat 
it.  Recently  we  had  quotations  from  Tennyson, 
Oliver  Wendall  Holmes,  and  Gladstone,  all  of 
whom  have  their  hundredth  anniversary  occur- 
ring this  year,  so  we  learn  different  selections 
from  them  that  will  help  us  in  life.  One  of 
them  was  as  follows: — 

"Some  will  hate  thee. 
Some  will  love  thee, 
Some  will  flatter. 

Some  will  slight, 
Cease  from  man  and  look  above  thee, 
Trust  in  God  and  do  the  right." 

Elliott  W.   Rowell. 

making  Curtain  Rods 

Most  of  the  cottages  have  window  curtains. 
I  needed  some  rods  for  mine  so  I  took  two  small 
dowels  four  feet  long,  and  sand-papered  them 
good  and  gave  them  a  coat  of  shellac,  after 
which  1  cut  each  one  in  halves  and  rounded  off 
the  ends.  These  rods  will  be  held  up  by  screw 
eyes.  Prescott  B.   Merrifield. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND   BEACON 


Cbonip$on'$  Island  Beacon 

Published  Monthly  by 

THE  FARM  AND  TRADES  SCHOOL 

Thompson's  Island,  Boston  Harbor 

A  PRIVATE  SCHOOL  FOR  WORTHY  BOYS 
DEPENDENT  UPON  DONATIONS  AND  BEQUESTS. 


Vol.     12.     No.     12. 


April,    1909. 


Subscription  Price 


50  Cents  Per  Year. 


BOARD  OF  MANAGERS 


president 

Alfred  Bowditch 


vice  president 

Henry  S.  Grew 


treasurer 

Arthur  Adams 


secretary 

Tucker  Daland 


managers 

Melvin  O.  Adams 
I.  Tucker  Burr 

Charles  P.  Curtis 
George  L.  DeBlois 

Charles  T.  Gallagher 
Walter  Hunnewell 
Henry  Jackson,  M.  D. 
Richard  M.  Saltonstall 
Francis  Shaw 

William  S.  Spaulding 
Moses  Williams,  Jr. 
Ralph  B.  Williams 


Charles  H.   Bradley, 


Superintendent 


Treasurer's  Address  50  State  St. 

Boston,  Mass. 

The  future  of  the  younger  generation  is 
of  the  utmost  importance.  Its  seriousness  should 
be  constantly  before  us.  It  should  be  so  im- 
pressed upon  the  mind  of  the  youth  that  he 
will  realize  the  necessity  of  a  proper  prepara- 
tion to  make  a  place  for  himself,  and  to  provide 


for  the  adversities  of  life.  In  a  sense  his  future 
is  in  his  own  hands. 

Probably  the  first  thing  to  be  given  consid- 
eration is  the  disposition — that  is,  the  youth 
should  be  taught  the  necessity  and  advantage  of 
having  a  willing  disposition,  a  courteous  manner, 
a  tidy  personal  appearance,  an  alacrity  in  doing 
things,  an  orderliness  in  what  he  is  doing,  a 
sensitive  regard  for  the  feelings  of  those  with 
whom  he  is  in  daily  contact,  and  to  avoid  a 
needless  waste  either  from  wanton  carelessness 
or  destructive  inclinations. 

The  parental  influences  should  ever  sur- 
round the  boy,  and  the  interests  be  mutual  and 
general.  He  can  be  taught  to  feel  how  keenly  his 
efforts  are  appreciated,  and  the  joy  and  pride 
his  success  will  bring  to  those  at  home  who 
are  so  zealously  advising  and  watching  him. 
Under  such  circumstances  there  is  no  doubt  the 
boy  will  do  his  best  to  succeed. 

The  home  training  of  the  boy  is  conceded 
to  control  his  destiny  to  a  certain  extent,  and 
bespeaks  his  inclinations,  disposition,  and  possi- 
bly his  ambition.  It  is  instantly  discernible  by 
those  with  whom  he  is  associated,  especially  by 
one  of  refined  tastes  and  a  high  moral  character. 
The  faculty  of  seeing  and  grasping  an  opportunity 
is  to  the  advantage  of  everyone,  and  there  are 
many  opportunities  always  presenting  themselves 
to  an  ambitious  boy,  who  is  alive  to  his  own  in- 
terests. One  who  proves  by  his  own  effort* 
that  he  is  willing  to  help  himself  is  not  only 
bound  to  receive  the  admiration  of  his  parents, 
but  will  have  means  placed  at  his  command 
by  which  he  may  possess  that  to  which  he  as- 
pires, and  so  on  throughout  his  whole  career. 

Success  sometimes  comes  slowly,  only  after 
a  long,  determined,  laborious  effort,  and  then 
again  it  sometimes  comes  rapidly.  In  neither 
case  can  reward  be  expected  unless  earned,  and 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


a  boy  should  begin  to  lay  his  foundation  for  the 
future  at  the  earliest  possible  moment,  and  never 
allow  a  relaxation  of  his  watchfulness  for  his  in- 
terests and  responsibilities.  Whatever  duties 
he  may  be  given  to  perform,  let  them  be  done 
with  a  cheerful  spirit,  whether  they  be  pleasing 
or  distasteful,  and  also  in  the  best  possible  man- 
ner, and  to  realize  the  advantage  of  so  doing. 

Nowadays  a  boy  has  a  great  many  oppor- 
tunities of  various  sorts  to  improve  his  condi- 
tion, and  he  is  constantly  apprised  of  the  fact. 
Whether  at  this  School  or  some  other,  there  will 
be  found  many  things  of  a  similar  nature  to  be 
learned,  that  if  properly  digested  by  the  boy  will 
become  of  inestimable  value  at  some  future 
time.  As  the  years  roll  along  he  will  look 
back  with  a  feeling  of  gratitude  for  those  who 
labored  so  arduously  for  him  that  he  might  be- 
come a  successful  man. 

notes 

March  3.  New  Singer  sewing-machine, 
and  darning-machine  installed  in  sewing-room. 

March  6.  Went  to  Freeport  Street  for 
small  load  of  North  Carolina  pine. 

Manager  George  L.  DeBlois,  with  Mrs. 
DeBlois  and  little  daughter,  visited  the  School. 

Mr.  Frederick  N.  Frazier,  a  graduate  of  the 
School,  sent  a  box  of  Porto  Rico  oranges  to  the 
boys. 

March  8.     Began  work  on  the  hotbeds. 

Load  of  dressing  from  Walworth's. 
^      March  9.     Fifty  barrels  of  cement  came. 

Leslie  Howard  Barker  entered  the  School. 

March   10.     Letter-writing  day. 

March  1 1 .  Replaced  gang  plank  at  City 
Point. 

March  12.  Planted  lettuce,  tomatoes,  and 
radishes  in  the  hotbed. 

March  14.  A  number  of  boys  attended 
church  in  town, 

March  15.  Outside  windows  removed 
from  the  main  building. 


Planted  spinach,  peppers,  egg  plant,  and 
radishes  in  hotbed. 

Manager  Francis  Shaw  visited  the  School. 

March  17.  Seventy-six  barrels  of  cement 
came. 

Musical  and  literary  entertainment  by  Mr. 
Edward  Brigham. 

March  19.  Seventy-four  barrels  of  ce- 
ment came. 

All  day  campaign  game  of  "King  Philip" 
played. 

March  21.  Several  boys  attended  church 
in  town. 

March  22.  Secretary  Tucker  Daland  vis- 
ited the  School. 

March  23.     Rowboat  "Brewster"  painted. 

Finished  removing  ten  brick  piers,  and  re- 
placed them  with  ferro  concrete  columns  in  east 
basement, 

March  26,  Inside  of  the  penthouse  revar- 
nished, 

March  27,     Transplanted  lettuce. 

Finished  collecting  brown-tail  moths'  nests; 
total  6,798. 

March  29.  Load  of  dressing  from  Wal- 
worth's. 

march  meteorology 

Maximum  temperature  52°  on  the  11th 
and  27th. 

Minimum  temperature  17°  on  the  1st. 

Mean  temperature  for  the  month  35.5°, 

Total  precipitation  1.79  inches. 

Greatest  precipitation  in  twenty-four  hours 
.90  inches  on  the  25th. 

1 1  days  with  .01  or  more  inches  precipita- 
tion, 7  clear  days,  18  partly  cloudy  days,  6  clear 
days. 

Total  number  of  hours  sunshine  195  and 
30  minutes. 

Monthly  snowfall  1 .25  inches. 

Cbe  Tarm  and  Crades  School  Bank 

Cash  on  hand  March  1,  1909  $485.99 

Deposited  during  the  month  7.71 

$493.70 
Withdrawn  during  the  month  10.65 

Cash  on  hand  April  1,  1909  $483.05 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


new  $ewin9-Koom  macDincs 

In  the  sewing-room  we  have  two  new  ma- 
chines. One  is  a  darning  machine,  and  the 
other  an  ordinary  sewing-machine,  both  being 
"Singers."  The  sewing-machine  is  used  for  all 
kinds  of  boys'  work  that  needs  to  be  stitched. 
There  is  a  new  way  of  winding  the  bobbin  on  this 
machine.  The  bobbin  winds  while  the  machine 
is  stitching,  by  means  of  an  automatic  bobbin 
winder.  The  presser-foot  is  lifted  by  pressing  a 
piece  of  iron  near  the  treadle  with  the  knee. 
This  machine  is  a  fast  feeder.  The  darning 
machine  is  used  for  darning  stockings  and  other 
things.  There  is  a  projecting  arm  that  the 
stocking  is  put  over  ready  to  be  darned.  Trous- 
ers are  darned  the  same  way.  For  darning 
sheets,  towels,  etc.,  a  steel  plate  is  clamped  over 
the  arm.  All  the  sewing-room  boys  like  these 
machines.  Preston  M.   Blanchard. 

Scrubbing  the  m\\% 

During  the  winter  the  walls  in  the  kitchen 
got  rather  dirty,  so  one  day  1  got  a  pail,  brush, 
and  step-ladder  and  began  to  scrub  them.  I  be- 
gan on  the  side  nearest  the  door  leading  to  the 
hall  and  scrubbed  from  there  to  the  door  leading 
into  the  bakery.  Then  as  it  was  dinner  time  1 
put  my  things  away  and  the  work  was  finished 
another  day.  George   M.   Holmes. 

Cbe  Scbool-Room  Cibrary 

On  a  shelf,  in  the  back  of  the  first  school- 
room, are  fifty-nine  books  which  can  be  read  dur- 
ing our  spare  time  in  school.  Each  book  is  num- 
bered and  has  a  special  place  on  the  shelf. 
When  we  want  a  book  we  ask  permission  and 
must  judge  by  the  name  which  one  we  want  be- 
cause we  are  not  allowed  to  look  them  over  at 
the  back  of  the  room.  There  are  a  variety  of 
histories,  geographical  readers,  and  nature  books. 
Dick  W.  Steenbruggen. 

One  Saturday  afternoon  another  fellow  and 
I  made  fudge.  We  borrowed  a  copper  kettle 
and  a  spoon.  Into  the  kettle  we  put  four  cups 
of  sugar,  and  cut  up  two  squares  of  chocolate, 
adding  to  this  a  cup  of  milk  and  a  pinch  of  salt, 


and  then  stirred  it  all  together.  While  it  was 
boiling  I  put  in  a  piece  of  butter.  To  find  out 
when  it  was  done  I  took  a  cup  of  cold  water  and 
poured  some  of  it  in,  and  then  turned  out  the 
water,  and  if  it  was  a  sticky  mass  it  was  done, 
after  which  we  took  it  off  the  stove  and  beat  it 
until  it  became  stiff,  then  I  poured  it  into 
greased  pans  where  I  left  it  to  harden.  At  last 
it  was  cut  up  into  squares  and  put  in  a  box. 
Norman  V.  Johnson. 

Telling  Crccs 

On  our  Island  are  many  trees,  some  of  which 
have  died.  These  trees  are  first  dug  around  at 
the  foot  so  as  to  get  at  the  roots  which  are 
cut  with  an  axe.  When  all  the  roots  are  cut 
that  can  be  seen,  a  rope  is  attached  to  the  top  of 
the  tree  and  a  number  of  fellows  pull  on  the  rope 
in  a  certain  direction  so  as  to  have  it  fall  right 
and  not  injure  other  trees.  The  limbs  are 
chopped  off  and  saved,  to  be  burned  in  the  bakery, 
and  the  twigs  are  gathered  and  taken  to  the 
burning  pile.  The  stump  is  sawed  off  and  carried 
away,  while  the  trunk  is  saved  to  make  spars  and 
other  things  out  of.  In  Lyman  Grove  we  felled 
four  trees  in  an  afternoon.         Percy  Smith. 

Uacation 

Vacation  started  March  twelfth,  much  to 
the  pleasure  of  the  boys  who  expected  a  pleasant 
time.  During  the  week  we  had  such  sports  as 
baseball  and  marbles.  Some  of  the  boys  have 
quite  a  few  glassies,  some  of  which  they  received 
from  Mr.  Bradley.  One  of  the  best  things  we  had 
during  the  vacation  was  a  day's  campaign  play- 
ing "King  Philip,"  We  started  at  nine  o'clock 
in  the  morning  carrying  our  provisions  with  us  and 
continued  up  to  nine  o'clock  at  night.  The  next 
day  most  of  the  boys  were  pretty  tired. 

Edward   H.   Deane. 

Six  Tamous  Poets 

In  the  first  school-room,  hanging  up  on  one 
of  the  walls  is  a  picture  of  six  famous  New  Eng- 
land poets.  They  are  noted  for  their  poems  all 
over  the  world.  They  are  Longfellow,  Lowell, 
Holmes,  Emerson,  Whittier,  and  Bryant. 

Thomas  H.  Doty. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


On  the  eighth  of  March,  we  began  to  get 
the  hotbeds  ready  for  planting.  First  the  winter 
covering  of  boards  and  seaweed  was  cleared  away 
and  compost  was  hauled  and  spread  about 
eighteen  inches  thick  over  the  bottom  of  the  four 
hotbeds.  Loam  was  sifted  and  put  on  about  five 
inches  thick.  The  glass  was  then  put  on  and 
when  the  temperature  rose  to  between  sixty  and 
seventy  degrees  the  hotbeds  were  ready  for 
planting.  Frederick  J.  Wilson. 

eoitid  for  fertilizer 

One  day  before  school  some  other  fellows 
and  I  went  after  fertilizer  in  the  scow.  When 
we  got  over  to  City  Point,  the  team  was  just 
coming  so  we  did  not  have  to  wait  for  it.  There 
were  thirty-three  bags  of  chemicals  that  we 
mix  for  fertilizers.  We  carried  them  down 
to  the  scow  where  two  fellows  took  them  and 
piled  them  up.  The  bags  varied  in  weight,  some 
weighing  two  hundred  and  twenty-four  pounds, 
some  two  hundred  pounds,  and  others  one  hun- 
dred pounds.  When  we  got  them  all  on  board 
we  started  for  the  Island. 

Charles  H.  MacSwain. 

€99  Carriers 

The  egg  carriers  that  we  use  are  about  eight 
inches  long,  six  inches  wide,  and  two  inches  high. 
They  are  made  of  soft  pine  and  each  holds  one 
dozen  eggs.  The  eggs  are  put  on  end  between 
two  curved  wires.  These  wires  are  bent  into 
about  the  shape  of  the  egg.  The  eggs  are 
brought  up  from  the  hen-house  in  the  carriers 
that  are  kept  there.  They  are  then  washed  and 
I^t  into  carriers  that  are  kept  in  the  store- 
room. One  morning  !  washed  some  of  the 
carriers.  Roy  D.  Upham. 

Gardening 

When  1  came  to  the  School  I  had  a  garden 
given  me.  1  have  kept  it  ever  since,  but  this 
year  I  wanted  a  larger  one  so  1  changed  with 
another  fellow  who  wanted  a  smaller  one.  I 
took  the  loam  out  and  put  it  at  one  end  of  the 
garden,  then  I  took  the  clay  soil  to  the  dirt  pile. 
1  took  out  about  a  foot  of  clay  and  shoveled  the 


loam  into  the  place  where  I  had  taken  the  clay 
from.  After  this  is  all  done  I  will  fill  it  with 
loam  and  make  it  oval  in  shape,  then  I  will  get 
some  stones  with  rounded  tops  and  set  them 
around  the  edge  of  the  garden  so  that  they  will 
be  about  two  inches  out  of  the  ground  on  the 
edge  of  the  path,  and  in  the  garden  there  will  be 
soil  almost  to  the  top  of  the  stones.  I  think  the 
garden  will  be  ready  for  planting  then. 

Frederick  Hynes. 

Dressing 

A  number  of  the  fellows  often  go  to  Wal- 
worth's after  dressing.  This  is  the  time  of  the 
year  to  put  it  on  the  land.  When  they  come 
back  with  a  scow  full,  the  scow  is  beached 
and  at  low  tide  the  carts  are  driven  down  and  the 
fellows  unload  it.  The  farm  fellows  are  kept  busy 
spreading  it  on  the  ground.  1  helped  to  spread 
it  one  day  at  South  End.        John  T.  Slade. 

Repairing  BasKets 

A  couple  of  laundry  baskets  were  badly 
broken  and  were  sent  to  the  shop  for  repairs. 
Some  thin  strips  of  maple  not  quite  an  eighth 
of  an  inch  thick  were  sawed  out  and  soaked  in 
water  to  make  them  pliable.  While  the  new  strips 
were  soaking  the  old  broken  ones  were  removed. 
The  new  strips  were  then  woven  in  just  as  the  old 
ones  had  been  and  the  baskets  were  almost  as 
good  as  new.  Clarence  M.   Daniels. 

new  Library  Books 

Lately  we  have  had  some  new  library  books 
given  to  us  by  Manager  Henry  S.  Grew.  The 
names  and  numbers  were  posted  on  the  bulletin 
board.  The  next  week  all  of  them  were  out. 
Most  of  the  books  were  by  Edward  Stratemeyer. 
He  is  a  favorite  author  of  the  fellows.  The 
names  of  the  books  are,  "Dave  Porter  at  Oak 
Hall,"  "Dave  Porter  in  the  South  Seas,"  "Dave 
Porter's  Return  to  School,"  "Dave  Porter  in  the 
Far  North,"  "Defending  His  Flag,"  "Between 
Boer  and  Briton,"  "The  Motor  Pirate,"  "A 
Tar  of  the  Old  School,"  "American  Boy's  Life  of 
Theodore  Roosevelt,"  "At  the  Fall  of  Port 
Arthur,"  and  "Bound  to  be  an  Electrician." 
We  all  like  these  books  very  much  and  thank 
Mr.  Grew  for  them.     Frederick  J.  Barton. 


THOMPSON'S    ISLAND    BEACON 


Jllumni 

Andrew  W.  Dean,  '03,  is  working  in  a 
saw-mill  at  St.  Johnsbury,  Vt.,  where  he  expects 
to  be  for  another  month,  after  which  he  is  going 
to  learn  blacksmithing. 

Harry  M.  Chase,  '04,  is  working  for  J.  K. 
&  B.  Guires,  lumber  concern  of  Hyannis,  Mass. 
Harry  is  doing  well,  has  a  good  home,  is  mar- 
ried, and  has  a  little  one  seven  weeks  old. 

Matthew  H.  Paul,  '06,  recently  visited 
the  School.  He  is  in  the  shipping  department 
of  Selmar  Hess  &  Co.,  publishers,  Boylston  St., 
Boston. 

C.  James  Pratt,  '06,  writes  us  from 
Everett,  that  he  is  working  every  day  and  enjoy- 
ing himself.  James  is  interested  in  poultry  and 
expects  to  raise  quite  a  number  of  chickens  this 
year.     He  also  has  a  garden. 

Albert  L.  Sawyer,  '06,  is  with  the  Roy- 
crofters,  at  East  Aurora,  N.  Y.,  has  a  good  posi- 
tion, and  is  getting  along  finely. 

Pruning 

The  object  in  pruning  is  to  cut  all  the  dead 
limbs  out,  to  cut  out  all  limbs  that  interfere  with 
other  limbs  and  to  make  a  well-formed  head. 
The  trees  that  we  pruned  were  in  rows  in  the 
orchard.  We  took  the  first  row  and  went  through 
to  the  end  before  we  started  on  the  next  row. 
Suckers  had  to  be  cut  off,  and  the  limbs  cut  close 
to  the  tree.  The  old  limbs  were  put  in  piles  and 
were  taken  to  the  burning  pile  at  the  sorting 
grounds.  Ralph  A.  Whittemore. 

Ploagbing 

As  the  ground  was  ready  to  be  ploughed,  I 
was  sent  with  another  fellow  to  take  the  gray 
team  and  help  plough  it.  We  went  to  the  stor- 
age-barn to  get  the  side-hill  plow.  We  put  it  on 
the  drag  and  took  it  to  the  corn  piece  at  North 
End.  Then  the  horses  were  hitched  to  the  plow 
and  we  were  shown  how  to  hold  and  reverse  it. 
We  ploughed  back  and  forth,  and  so  had  to  re- 
verse the  plow  at  the  end  of  each  furrow.  Har- 
old Jacobs  drove  the  horses  while  I  held  the 
plow.  When  I  was  taking  too  wide  a  furrow  I  would 
tip  the  plow  a  little  towards  the  opposite  side  of 
the  moulding-board,  which  narrowed  the  strip. 


Tipping  it  the  opposite  way  would  widen  it.  The 
way  this  plow  is  reversed  is  to  push  a  lever  up, 
have  the  horses  turn,  and,  as  they  turn,  lift  the 
plow  a  little,  the  moulding-board  swings  over,  and 
the  lever  pushes  down  to  hold  it  in  place.  Then  the 
sod  colter  and  gauge  are  moved. 

James  R.  Gregory. 

In  the  morning,  before  school,  Earle  Miller 
and  1  sweep  the  assembly-room.  The  assembly- 
room  is  where  the  fellows  hang  their  coats  and 
caps  before  washing,  and  where  they  assemble  be- 
fore going  to  meals,  school,  work,  and  other  places. 
There  are  four  benches  and  four  windows  in  the 
room.  We  hang  up  the  sweaters,  sprinkle  the 
floor,  and  then  sweep  it.  After  we  get  it  swept 
we  fix  the  boys'  books  in  a  little  cupboard  at  one 
corner  of  the  room.  Edson   M.   Bemis. 

Sweeping  Cobwebs 

Our  barns  get  dusty  and  cobwebs  collect  at 
the  top  of  them,  so  Mr.  Kibby  had  a  squad  of 
the  farm  fellows  set  out  one  day  to  clean  the 
stock-barn.  We  took  brooms  and  climbed  on 
the  beams  and  scaffolds  and  swept  down  the 
cobwebs  and  cleaned  up  in  general. 

Earle  C.   Miller. 

Concrete  Tloor 

In  the  east  basement  we  are  laying  a  con- 
crete floor.  This  floor  is  four  inches  thick.  We 
lay  three  inches  of  concrete,  composed  of  cement 
one  part,  sand  three  parts,  small  stones  four 
parts,  and  finish  with  one  inch  of  fine  sand  and 
cement.  This  sand  is  put  through  a  small 
screen  which  takes  out  all  the  gravel  and  leaves 
good  fine  sand  to  finish  off  with.  The  concrete 
finish  is  put  on  in  the  morning  about  ten  o'clock, 
and  in  the  afternoon  about  four  o'clock  it  is  trow- 
eled off  good  and  left  to  dry. 

Robert  W.  Gregory. 

Che  Sltower 

The  boys  bathe  under  the  shower  in  the 
washroom.  This  shower  is  eighteen  and  one- 
half  feet  long,  the  two  pipes  are  two  feet  apart, 
and  six  inches  in  circumference.  It  is  the  wash- 
room boys'  duty  to  keep  it  clean.  We  shine  it 
with  bristol  brick  and  oil.    Royal  R.  Ellison.